Carlsbad is a great destination any time of year, but as the temperatures rise and the days lengthen, summer is an especially good time to visit this seaside town. With eight beaches, more than 60 miles of hiking and biking trails, and five golf courses, you could spend months exploring this upscale city in North County San Diego.

What makes this town even better is the range of activities for all ages and the fact that summer temperatures rarely rise above 80 degrees Fahrenheit. So feel free to spend all day outside and never once complain about the heat. (You can’t say that about many summer vacation spots!)

1. Golf Courses For All Skill Levels

Carlsbad has five golf courses with something for all skill levels and budgets. 

Located at the Park Hyatt Aviara, the Aviara Golf Club is the only Arnold Palmer-designed course in San Diego. Considered a challenging course, Aviara is one of the priciest spots to play.

The Omni La Costa Resort & Spa offers two courses, Champions and Legends, both of which have hosted PGA legends like Jack Nicklaus and Tiger Woods. The public can golf here, but better tee times and lower greens fees are offered to guests of the resort.

The Crossings at Carlsbad is a public course designed by the renowned course architect, Greg Nash. It’s a nice option for players of all abilities and has reasonably priced greens fees.

Also public, Rancho Carlsbad Golf Club is a par-three course ideal for beginners, families, and those on a budget.

2. Endless Hiking And Biking Trails

Carlsbad features over 60 miles of trails with a wide range of scenery. Many are located near the town’s lagoons teeming with birds and marine life.

If you’re looking for an easy, flat, and scenic hike, look no further than Carlsbad and specifically the shores of Batiquitos Lagoon. This easy 3.4-mile trail is frequented by locals and visitors alike. To learn more about this ecosystem, look for the signage along the trail pointing out breeding grounds for migratory birds, a trash pile from Native American tribes, as well as native and invasive plant species.

For something more challenging, head to Hosp Grove Trail to enjoy views of the Buena Vista Lagoon and the Pacific Ocean.

If you prefer to bike, the 4.7-mile-long Coastal Rail Trail is the ideal ride. The trail begins south in Solana Beach, passes through Carlsbad, and concludes in Oceanside. Grab lunch along the way or bring a picnic to enjoy on the beach.

3. Water Activities In Carlsbad Lagoon

Whether you want to paddle slowly through the seagrass or race along on a wave runner, the Carlsbad Lagoon has you covered. This 400-acre lagoon is a peaceful spot to enjoy a day on the water with family and friends. 

If you’re looking for a bit of exercise, rent a kayak, paddle board, or paddle boat. Keep your eyes peeled for the shore and seabirds including herons, sandpipers, and egrets. To learn more about the ecosystem, consider scheduling a guided kayaking experience with the Agua Hedionda Lagoon Foundation.

If you prefer something motorized or adrenaline-producing, there are jet skis, mini boats, and pontoons available for rent as well.

4. A Relaxing Spa Day

After all that outdoor activity, it’s time to relax in the spa. Fortunately, Carlsbad has a new, five-star spa opening this year, The Miraval Life in Balance Spa at Park Hyatt Aviara. The 15,000-square-foot facility will feature 20 indoor and outdoor treatment rooms, a fitness center, and a yoga studio. Spa guests can choose from a wide array of treatments and classes.

Other spa options in Carlsbad include The Spa at La Costa located at Omni Resort and The Ocean Pearl Spa at The Westin Carlsbad Resort & Spa.

5. Relax On The Beach

If sunbathing on the sand or wading in the water sounds good to you, then Carlsbad has plenty of beaches to choose from.

Bordering the Pacific Coast Highway, and across the street from the Batiquitos Lagoon, is South Ponto Beach. This large beach is popular with volleyball players and surfers, and in the summer can be quite busy. Arrive early to secure a parking spot.

If you’ve ever dreamed of camping near the beach, then South Carlsbad State Beach is for you. The campground is located on a rugged bluff overlooking the ocean with access to the beach below. There are also several footpaths along the bluffs, perfect for a short walk. Be sure to make camping reservations far in advance.

Carlsbad State Beach, or Tamarack Beach, has long been popular with local surfers, so if you hope to surf yourself, or just watch others catching a wave, head here early in the morning. There are also two paved paths here popular with walkers, joggers, and cyclists.

And for beachside eats, head on over to The Camp Store on Carlsbad Boulevard. With a unique but exquisite menu, it’s a great place to eat and enjoy Carlsbad State Beach Campground. It also offers beach rentals, camping supplies, and several scheduled musical events throughout the month. The Camp Store is sure to become a family favorite during your summer getaway.

6. Be A Kid Again At LEGOLAND

If you’ll be traveling with young children this summer, there is no better amusement park in California than LEGOLAND. A combination of a theme park, water park, and aquarium, this destination is perfect for families looking for something both fun and affordable. When purchased online, tickets are more reasonably priced than other amusement parks. 

The iconic plastic building blocks loved by kids everywhere take center stage here. Build your own LEGO creation, hop on a roller coaster, climb a rock wall, or speed down a water slide. There is plenty to do, but the size of these parks won’t exhaust parents.

Don’t leave LEGOLAND before checking out MINILAND San Diego, the world’s first LEGO version of San Diego. Made of over 5 million blocks, it includes the Coronado Bridge, Petco Park, the County Fair, and much more.

7. Stroll Among The Flowers

Each spring, a large swath of land in Carlsbad bursts into color during the ranunculus bloom. Yellow, orange, pink, white, and purple flowers seem to go on forever at The Flower Fields at Carlsbad Ranch. Open from March to Mother’s Day, 50 acres of flowers can be explored here.

The colorful fields alone are worth the trip, but there are many other activities offered including an antique tractor wagon tour, the cymbidium orchid greenhouse, sweet pea maze, and Santa’s playground for children. If you’re interested in purchasing ranunculus to take home, pop into Armstrong’s Garden Center on site.

8. Great Shopping And Dining In Carlsbad Village

The downtown portion of town, known as Carlsbad Village, is a charming stretch of boutique shops, hotels, galleries, and restaurants. You could easily spend a day exploring the streets of the village. 

Olde Ivy Antiques specializes in coastal décor as well as eclectic and classic antiques. This is definitely the place to go for decorating your beach home. If you enjoy watching glassblowing, then head to Barrio Glassworks. Founded by the Raskin/Devlin family, this unique shop was inspired by the famous glassblowing island of Murano, Italy.

When you get hungry, you’ll have loads of restaurants to choose from. For something casual and family-friendly, try Harbor Fish Cafe and order their delicious clam chowder. For an upscale dinner, don’t miss Campfire, recently awarded Bib Gourmand by the Michelin Guide. And no matter what you order for dinner, save room for the make-your-own s’mores!

Where To Stay In Carlsbad

Carlsbad is home to a wide variety of hotels and resorts. It is an upscale town, so be aware that budget accommodations are hard to find here.

If you can splurge on your stay, then definitely head to Park Hyatt Aviara, a five-star, luxury resort spread among 200 beautifully landscaped acres. Here you’ll find fine dining, the soon-to-open Miraval Spa, and the Avaira Golf Club. Rooms feature marble baths and private balconies with views of the coast or golf course.

Another splurge is the Omni La Costa Resort & Spa featuring eight pools, two golf courses, and an award-winning spa. Accommodations include rooms, suites, and villas spread throughout the large and lovely property.

The Carlsbad Seapointe Resort is an ideal option for families or larger groups since it offers an all-condominium property across the road from the ocean. One- and two-bedroom condos are available with fully stocked kitchens. There’s plenty to do on site including a family pool, adult-only pool, putting green, barbecues, and fire pits.

As the only beachfront hotel in Carlsbad, Beach Terrace Inn is definitely the choice for a romantic getaway. Guests can enjoy ocean views from their room, the pool deck, and the outdoor lounge. A beach valet provides complimentary use of chairs, umbrellas, boogie boards, and sand toys.

We all have different vacation styles. Some of us gravitate toward leisure, others lean into adventure when they’re enjoying time away from home. Those varying interests — and paces — can tend to make traveling as a family a bit difficult as you consider and balance the needs of every member.

But there’s a central Illinois getaway spot that will tick most, if not all, of your family’s boxes when it comes to an unforgettable vacation, with a focus on the outdoors. From foodies and shopping mavens to thrill seekers and athletes, Champaign-Urbana won’t disappoint in the summer. Tucked between Chicago, Indianapolis, and St. Louis, and well-connected by interstates and Amtrak, it’s a snap to get to from just about anywhere. 

Here are a few of the reasons why you might want to consider the Champaign-Urbana area as a summer destination spot!

Get Moving!

From hiking, walking, and camping to biking and fun on the water, Champaign-Urbana is especially fun in the summer. For starters, the area’s park and preserve system is both scenic and robust, with enough trails and paths to keep you moving no matter your individual fitness level. 

Allerton Park and Retreat Center features more than a dozen miles of trails that will take you through prairies, gardens, and forests along the Sangamon River. When you’re done wandering, be sure to check out the historic Allerton residence, built back in 1900 by artist and philanthropist Robert Allerton. Lake of the Woods Forest Preserve also features a gorgeous setting to get those steps in, with a covered bridge, botanical garden, and 2 miles of paved and unpaved trails around Lake of the Woods.

If you’re more of a water baby, the Champaign-Urbana area also has you covered. Cool, clear water in two lakes makes the 275-acre River Bend Forest Preserve a hotspot for both fishing and kayaking. Middle Fork River Preserve is a favorite for swimming and camping is also available. Middle Fork is Illinois’ first and only International Dark Sky Park. Its intentional low light pollution means you’ll be treated to an incredible star show in the evenings.

Bicyclists will especially enjoy Kickapoo Rail Trail, the former CSX railroad tracks turned bike path in Urbana. The nearly 7-mile rail trail is flat as a pancake, offering an easy ride from town to the village of St. Joseph. You’ll see native plants and wildlife, and the best part is that there’s more to come: When complete, the Kickapoo will offer more than 24 miles of scenery for bikers to enjoy from the saddle.

To combine a dose of rich history with your outdoor time, consider stops — and steps — along the Champaign County African American Heritage Trail. The trail educates residents and visitors alike, sparking conversation and expanding understanding. This online resource is accessible to all and includes physical stops plus the stories of people who helped shape the county.

Embrace The Arts

Champaign-Urbana makes it easy for you to get your groove on and embrace your inner culture vulture, especially during the summer when the weather is warm. There are a variety of live outdoor music events, including Friday Night Live, a celebration that continues every Friday evening between Memorial Day and Labor Day among three locations featuring different music styles. There’s also the Allerton Park Concert Series, held on the estate’s lovely lawn once a month. If you want to combine your love of music and nature, head to either Homer Lake or Lake of the Woods Preserves for occasional live music sets. Pack a picnic to make it the perfect day or evening! Finally, the Sipyard beer garden hosts local and regional acts, where they play in shipping crates turned music stages during the summer.

You’ll also have the chance to check out a variety of art galleries in the cities and towns of Champaign-Urbana, which focus on locally produced pieces by master craftspeople and artisans. And to get your sunshine fix in along with the art, make plans to attend the Crystal Lake Park Art Fair. Held in August, this event features more than 40 artisans setting up shop right along the lake. It’s a beautiful setting for artwork that’s just as pretty. You’re bound to find pieces to consider adding to your collection! 

Enjoy The Markets And Festivals

For starters, any fan of locally grown produce and goodies will want to check out Urbana’s Market at the Square, held downtown Saturday mornings May through October, rain or shine. The market offers the best fruits and veggies from surrounding farmers fields, along with baked goods and other handicrafts.

On the first Saturday of every month during the summer, downtown Champaign hosts the fabulous Toast to Taylor Street Block Party Series, which features food, music, fun, and plenty of beautiful items for sale from local and regional makers, designers, and artisans. There’s even an onsite beer tent!

Families looking for old-fashioned fun should have the Champaign County Fair on their vacation radars. The late-July event includes rides, games, and fun food, along with livestock competitions, a demolition derby, horse shows, motorcycle races, live mainstage music shows, and even a fair queen contest.

And if you’re craving a sweet, bubbly treat, make plans to attend the Mahomet Soda Festival! This charming outdoor event combines live music, great food, and all sorts of out-of-the-box soda flavors. Historic downtown Mahomet hosts the annual event, which takes place in June. Make your way through the festival and sample endless options from family-owned bottlers across the country. From hot ginger ale to colas and fruit flavors, once you find the soda you like best, you can purchase your favorites to take home and enjoy.

There’s A Taste For Everyone

Champaign-Urbana prides itself on having a diverse and critically acclaimed culinary scene, with a focus on locally grown and produced food. There’s a whole host of international flavors to try out as well, from Filipino to Indian, Italian, and Vietnamese. Barbecue lovers will delight in the many restaurants that serve up saucy delicacies from the grill, and there are also many craft breweries and wine bars across the county. Bottom line, you’re not going to go hungry during your visit, no matter your palate’s preferences. It’s incredibly easy to curate a foodie weekend here the entire family will love. To check out all that’s available, visit Champaign-Urbana’s food guide!

And once the weather heats up, Champaign-Urbana really rolls out its patio season. Many of its restaurants, bistros, cafés, and bars offer al fresco drinking and dining. They’ll be breaking out the umbrellas so everyone can enjoy meals outside with family and friends. Downtown Champaign alone boasts more than 2,000 outdoor seats during the summer season!

Pro Tips: Getting To Champaign-Urbana

Champaign-Urbana is incredibly accessible from major midwestern cities, as it’s located at the crossroads of Interstates 57, 72, and 74. American Airlines serves the county’s Willard Airport, with direct flights daily from both Chicago and Dallas/Fort Worth. And Amtrak runs right through the heart of the county, with stops in both downtown Champaign and nearby Rantoul, as well as routes starting to the north in Chicago and terminating south as far as New Orleans. The area is truly in the middle of it all!

While summer is a terrific time to visit, the sun shines hot and direct. Take necessary precautions so that sun doesn’t slow you down: Wear high-SPF sunscreen, perhaps a hat, and by all means, stay well-hydrated. Also, if you’re going to enjoy Champaign-Urbana’s parks, preserves, waterways, and other outdoor amenities (which we highly recommend!), make sure you apply plenty of bug spray and wear light, long sleeves to avoid bothersome bites.

When someone mentions Buena Park, you may not immediately recognize the name. But if they mention Knott’s Berry Farm, Medieval Times, or The Source, you’ll know exactly what they are talking about. All three are located in Buena Park, California, but they are only a small piece of what this great city has to offer.

Buena Park can be found just 5 miles from Disneyland and 20 miles from Los Angeles, and is home to five of the seven major attractions in Orange County, including a theme park, waterpark, and three interactive dinner shows. It is no wonder Buena Park is known as SoCal’s FUN City!

The city celebrates its 70th anniversary this year with many new and exciting opportunities for you and your family to do and discover. There is no limit to the things you can say “yes” to in “The Land of YES.”

Now is a great opportunity to get acquainted — or reacquainted — with Buena Park. Here are 13 reasons why we know the whole family will fall in love with Buena Park.

Knott’s Berry Farm

1. Knott’s Berry Farm

The center of attention this summer figures to be Knott’s Berry Farm, California’s first theme park. Knott’s is well known for its thrilling rides and unique attractions. There’s also Camp Snoopy, where the kids and grandkids can experience adventures geared toward them.

Fun Fact: Knott’s Berry Farm was once a real, working berry farm. It was the boysenberry that put Knott’s Berry Farm on the map. Rudolf Boysen experimented with crossing a blackberry, a raspberry, and a loganberry. After a while, Boysen’s efforts came to the attention of one Walter Knott, who had a berry farm in Buena Park. The new berry was eventually named the boysenberry after its creator. The rest, as they say, is history.

Though the berry farm is no longer there, Knott’s origins can still be seen (and tasted) in the many berry products available at the park as well as in your local grocery store. There is also the annual Knott’s Boysenberry Festival.

Pro Tip: Knott’s has several ticket options including discounted online tickets, priority ride boarding with Fast Lane, Season Pass, VIP experiences, and park/hotel packages.

2. Fiesta Village

A village within Knott’s Berry Farm, Fiesta Village reopens this summer with an all-new look. The village pays homage to California’s Hispanic heritage. As you stroll through the village, you will encounter exciting entertainment, rides, and shopping, in addition to authentic Mexican food and drink.

3. MonteZOOMa: The Forbidden Fortress

The last time I visited Knott’s, Montezooma’s Revenge had just opened. Since then, the ride has undergone a massive upgrade and the new chapter is called “MonteZOOMa: The Forbidden Fortress”. The newly renovated coaster, scheduled to reopen this summer, will catapult riders at top speeds toward a 360-degree loop. The queue forms inside a Mayan temple where guests become engaged in a story of intrigue — and gold — while they wait for their turn to ride.

4. Ghost Town Alive!

Ghost Town Alive! transports you back to America’s Old West. On select days from Memorial Day weekend through Labor Day, you will see cowboys and bandits roaming the park. Robberies and other happenings add to the Western adventure. Join the fun by dressing up. (Knott’s has Western wear you can buy.) The event concludes with an old-fashioned hoedown.

5. Knott’s Summer Nights

The summer party known as Knott’s Summer Nights brings live bands, DJs, and food and beverage booths to the park. You will also find games and more for the whole family in a midway-type atmosphere. The nighttime festivities begin Memorial Day weekend and run through Labor Day.

6. Knott’s Soak City

When summer temperatures rise, you can cool off at Knott’s Soak City. The summer season at Knott’s Soak City begins May 20 and runs through September 10. The expansive 15-acre waterpark features thrilling water slides, tubes, and raft rides, as well as a massive 750,000-gallon wave pool for parkgoers of all ages to enjoy. Not to mention, the lazy river is one of the longest in the country.

Pro Tip: Cabana rentals include lounge chairs, umbrellas, and tube rentals and are a great option for families looking to enjoy the park together. Soak City requires a separate admission: Buying tickets online is cheaper than purchasing at the gate.

Entertainment In Buena Park

7. Medieval Times Dinner & Tournament

Medieval Times Dinner & Tournament is the #1 dinner show in North America. Medieval Times transports guests back to medieval times for a delectable dining experience featuring a four-course meal. All the while, feats of swordplay, falconry, horsemanship, and a jousting tournament take place in front of you.

Pro Tip: Check out their website for a discount coupon.

8. Pirates Dinner Adventure

“Action, adventure, and mutiny” is what is promised at Pirates Dinner Adventure. This family-friendly, interactive dinner show takes place on an 18th-century Spanish galleon floating in an indoor lagoon. Feast on a three-course meal while being immersed in the nautical stunts, swordplay, and aerial action taking place around you.

Pro Tip: See their website for special offers. Parents should also be ready with their cameras during the dinner adventure. Kids will have the opportunity to go on stage and be sworn in as pirates!

9. Boulevard Beach Club

Boulevard Beach Club is a newcomer to Buena Park. Fueled by dueling piano performances, it is quickly becoming one of the city’s hotspots. The club’s atmosphere harkens back to the Prohibition era and audience participation is encouraged. BBC serves hand-crafted cocktails, accompanied by small bites, and a few larger dishes.

Pro Tip: BBC is open Thursday through Saturday nights. Food and drink are extra and there is a two-drink minimum. Save a few dollars by purchasing tickets in advance.

More Great Things To Explore In Buena Park

10. Ralph B. Clark Park

Ralph B. Clark Park is a 104-acre park with plenty of green space for you and your family to enjoy. The park has fields for softball, volleyball, and baseball. Also, visitors to the park can enjoy an amphitheater, barbeque pits, fishing, biking and hiking trails, and picnic areas.

11. Concerts In The Park

The Summer Concert Series in the Park, featuring live music from local bands, gets underway at Henry Boisseranc Park on June 28 and runs for six Wednesdays through August 2. Food trucks and vendors will be on hand for your shopping and eating needs. The music begins at 7 p.m. each week.

12. Family Movies Under The Stars

Henry Boisseranc Park also hosts Family Movies Under the Stars. For four evenings this summer, free family-friendly movies will be shown in the park. Bring your own chairs and blankets. Seating is first come, first served and food trucks will be there as well. Showtime is 8:15 p.m., but you can begin arriving as early as 7 p.m.

13. The Source OC

The Source OC is a destination unto itself. Spread across three floors, the venue has numerous shopping and entertainment options. Over three dozen mouth-watering dining choices encompassing cuisines from around the world are sure to satisfy your inner foodie. Enjoy souffle pancakes from Basilur Tea & Coffee, croffles — a cross between a croissant and a waffle — from Don Melt, Korean Hot Dogs from Myungrang Hotdog, award-winning Ramen at Yoshiharu, and decadent donuts from Old Ferry Donut.

Best Restaurants In Buena Park

Dining choices in Buena Park are as plentiful as they are delicious. Here are a few options that we would recommend for you and your family.

Honeymee Ice Cream

Honeymee specializes in ice cream made with fresh, California milk. The honey they use is 100% pure. Both the milk and the honey are sourced from kosher-certified farms. The result? A simply delicious, all-natural collection of ice cream flavors.

John’s Incredible Pizza Company

John’s Incredible Pizza Company is like its own theme park. Think endless, all-you-can-eat buffet, rides, games, attractions, prizes, and themed dining rooms, all under one roof. Birthday parties for the kids are their specialty.

Pro Tip: There is an admission charge, but you can save with an annual pass. Discounts are available for active military and seniors 55 and up.

Mrs. Knott’s Chicken Dinner

Sitting right outside the entrance to Knott’s is where you’ll find legendary Mrs. Knott’s Chicken Dinner. In operation for nearly 90 years, the restaurant still serves Cordelia Knott’s famous fried chicken, biscuits, and boysenberry pies, all made according to her original recipes.

Fun Fact: Walter Knott started constructing what eventually became the park’s ghost town to entertain patrons while they waited to be served at his wife’s restaurant.

Porto’s Bakery And Cafe

The massively popular Porto’s Bakery and Cafe topped Yelp’s “Top 100 Places to Eat in the U.S.” From personal experience, whenever items from Porto’s show up at the office or a family gathering, they are quickly and heartily devoured — especially the potato balls and cheese rolls.

Portillo’s

Fans say it’s not a real trip to Chicago unless you eat at Portillo’s. Fortunately, you can taste a bit of Chicago right in Buena Park. Portillo’s is a Chicago icon “unrivaled” in their offering of Chicago-style hot dogs and Italian beef sandwiches. The menu also includes burgers, salads, sandwiches, shakes, and desserts.

Pro Tip: The famous Cake Shake is a must-try.

Ramen & Tsukemen TAO

Ramen & Tsukemen TAO serves ramen with “an intense broth that takes 40 hours to prepare.” Their fare is good enough to earn them a MICHELIN Guide Bib Gourmand nod.

Visit Buena Park includes even more fantastic options on their Dining in Buena Park webpage.

Where To Stay In Buena Park

With so much to do, a day trip is just not enough time for all that Buena Park has to offer, so don’t forget lodging when planning your next trip. You will find several comfortable and affordable lodging choices around Buena Park, many within walking distance of Knott’s Berry Farm. Many offer free breakfast to guests, while others provide a free shuttle to Disneyland and other area attractions — perks that will remove stress from your trip. Regardless of the size of your group and budget, there is a place for you.

Getting To Buena Park

Buena Park is less than 40 miles from all five major Los Angeles-area airports, including Ontario Airport. Driving is the most convenient way to get there. Rail service options include Amtrak with stops in Fullerton and Anaheim, and Metrolink with a stop in Buena Park. All three are just a short Uber/Lyft ride from your destination. Several bus lines offer service to Buena Park as well.

To help you get started on your getaway, Visit Buena Park is even offering a free travel guide service for when you arrive.

May is probably the best month of the year, don’t you agree? Warm enough to sit outside on cafe terraces, cool enough to walk around exploring a city without breaking into a sweat. Trees decked in young, fresh green leaves, flowers still popping up everywhere, and people smiling at the sunshine. It’s quite simply a perfect month to travel to Europe and enjoy city life.

While probably every single European city is lovely to visit in May, some have a little something extra to offer. This is my selection of favorites for you to sample and plan for.

1. Hamburg, Germany

Hamburg, my hometown, is a great city to visit year-round. Hamburg has beautiful architecture; great river and lake walks; more bridges than Amsterdam, Venice, and Stockholm together, each with a photogenic view of the city and its many swans; a huge biannual fairground fest; the Dom; and plenty of good shopping, restaurants, and cafes. But, if you had to choose one reason and one time to visit, choose the first weekend in May. The world’s biggest harbor festival, the Hamburger Hafengeburtstag, the Hamburg Harbor’s birthday, is a spectacle not to be missed.

The river Elbe fills with historic tall ships, cruise ships, sailing and motorboats, fire-ships, tugboats, basically anything that floats. There is barely a drop of water visible between the boats. Ship parades, music events, the aforementioned funfair, fireworks, food stalls, and much more all get crammed into one weekend, and it couldn’t be more spectacular.

Pro Tip: Book early and get yourself a room with a view in the Hotel Hafen Hamburg, or at least a table on the terrace for a meal with the best view in town.

2. Bath, UK

After my hometown comes the city where I got married. Beautiful Bath is even more beautiful in May. The parks are alive and the pedestrianized streets filled with chairs and tables to sit out with a Jane Austen novel at the ready, enjoying the historic surroundings. While that would generally be enough to relish Bath to the fullest, the Bath Festival is the cherry on top. Ten days are crammed full of classical and other concerts, debates on culture and arts, and all sorts of events taking over many historic buildings and outdoor locations, making the most out of Bath’s architectural marvels.

Pro Tip: Book yourself lunch at The Hive Restaurant right by the fabulous Pulteney Bridge, a UNESCO World Heritage site overlooking the Avon weir. The food is good, too.

3. Coopers Hill, Gloucester, UK

While you are in Bath in May, take the opportunity to visit one of the world’s weirdest festivals: the annual Cheese Rolling Festival in Gloucestershire, some 37 miles north of Bath. Seriously silly and dangerous to join, but fun to watch: Every year, a gigantic wheel of Double Gloucester cheese is rolled down a very steep, 1:2 gradient hill, and a bunch of contestants, taking this very seriously indeed, try to catch it. First across the line, wins. The festival, which is now made up of four races, is said to have started in the 15th century, I am guessing by someone who dropped their cheese, tried to catch it, and thought he’d bring some friends along to join in the fun, and attracts lots of people cheering on those chasing the cheese.

Pro Tip: Rent a car and take the country roads, not the motorway, between Bath and Gloucester, as this is part of the Cotswolds, and you stumble across one village (or pub) more inviting than the next as you go.

4. Florence, Italy

Italy, even northern Italy, is simply too hot to enjoy in summer, and yet the crowds get unsurmountable and take the fun out of la dolce vita. Florence especially gets very crowded, and the queues for the Uffizi simply mind-bogglingly long. Come early in May, though, and you can enjoy the gorgeous gardens in bloom, such as the Rose Garden with its panoramic views across Florence, and take in the historic flag-throwing event, the Trofeo Marzocco, that takes place each May 1 on the Piazza della Signoria. May 1 is also Labor Day, which means many businesses are closed and people are enjoying a day off work, but generally, the crowds are more local than touristy.

Pro Tip: On the first Sunday in May, in fact, every month, a lovely antique market takes place in the small town of Fiesole on Florence’s doorstep. Great for some unusual souvenirs.

5. London, UK

London from late spring to early summer is perfect for strolling through the lanes, enjoying feeding the squirrels in the parks, and hanging around the Thames soaking up sun rays. But there is one event that makes a May visit even more interesting: The Chelsea Flower Show. Even if you are not normally keen on groomed parks and organized flowers, this is the best of the best, in England at least. Royals and international celebrities flock there, having flowers named after them, and the sheer size and selection of blooms are amazing regardless of if you have a green thumb.

Schedule in at least 2 or 3 hours if you are not extraordinarily fond of flowers. If you are, then plan to spend the day. You might even bump into the Queen.

Pro Tip: If, after all that nature, you could do with some contemporary art, the Saatchi Gallery is only steps away from the Royal Hospital Chelsea grounds.

6. Palma, Mallorca

Mallorca is one of the best-loved islands for Europeans. Especially the Germans and the English flock there. But don’t let that put you off, as the crowds tend to come in summer, and in May, you will have perfect balmy temperatures of 72.5-degree Fahrenheit highs and 59-degree lows with little rain. You can also enjoy the capital Palma on foot without breaking a sweat. Palma is a lovely old city full of history, a great marina where you can marvel at the royal family’s stunning yacht, and cobbled lanes full of boutiques selling sunny outfits and typically Spanish home decor items. It is also a great place to rent a car and enjoy the truly varied countryside of the largest Balearic island. Head for the mountains and enjoy the vistas.

Pro Tip: The Palma Vela sailing regatta sets off from Palma on April 28, racing around Palma Bay for 8 days, culminating in a grand finale on May 7. The regatta is accompanied by various events taking place around the Palma Marina.

7. Riga, Latvia

Riga is one of my favorite Baltic state capitals. It is perfectly walkable and historic and has superb restaurants and beer gardens, plus a daily fresh produce market located in a set of the most enormous hangars, designed to hold zeppelins, you have ever seen.

In May, the ancient city has emerged from its winter hibernation but its pubs, bars, and streets aren’t yet overrun with stag and hen (or bachelor and bachelorette) party revelers. In May, you can meander through the streets and explore without too much of a crowd and sit by the City Canal or take a boat ride, looking out for the ever-elusive beavers that reportedly live there.

Pro Tip: On May 4, Latvia celebrates the Day of the Restoration of Latvian Independence, with military parades held across the country. But this is a normal working day, and shops, museums, and restaurants remain open.

8. Bratislava, Slovakia

Bratislava is a delightful little capital city. It has a medieval part dotted with a selection of statues depicting weird and wonderful characters, from paparazzi to a man emerging from a manhole, and several other art trails. Outside the old town, there is an opera house, small but in grand style, a castle on a hill overlooking the town, plus a somewhat sci-fi and appropriately-named UFO viewing tower on the bridge across the Danube, with toilets offering spectacular views. In May, you don’t get the crowds, nor those stag parties that also have reached the area by now, and the temperatures are perfect even for climbing the castle hill.

Pro Tip: In late May, food stalls take over the streets of Bratislava, with the Slovakia Food Festival taking place. Do not forget to try the Lokse pancakes.

9. Girona, Spain

Girona, roughly halfway between Barcelona and the Pyrenees, is a superb but often overlooked city on the river Onya, a little reminiscent of Bilbao. In May, the temperatures are perfect for scaling and walking along the medieval city walls, as any later in the summer, it gets too hot. Equally, you can walk across the bridge, Pont de les Peixateries Velles, a Gustave Eiffel construction, and meander through the medieval streets spotting filming locations for Game of Thrones.

Pro Tip: In mid-May, the Girona Flower Festival takes place, showcasing art, kitsch, and many flowers across the city.

10. Madrid, Spain

Madrid doesn’t need many reasons to be on anybody’s travel itinerary, but in May, the city pulls out all the stops for the Fiesta de San Isidro, Madrid’s largest traditional festival. Celebrating the city’s patron saint San Isidro, the fiesta starts off with a procession of Giants and Bigheads, and continues during the week with countless music events, stalls, theater, and dance; basically, a great big, fun Spanish fiesta that ought not to be missed.

Pro Tip: In Spain, one fiesta rarely turns up alone, and on May 2, Dos de Mayo is celebrated in and around Plaza Dos de Mayo. Celebrating Madrid’s win against Napoleon’s armies in the early 1800s, there are military parades, concerts, sports events, and food and drink. 

11. Venice, Italy

You might have missed Carnivale this year, but Venice is always a good idea, especially in spring. And in April, there is another reason to pop over to the canal city: The Venice Biennale. In 2023, its focus on architecture will be one of the world’s most important art festivals. Opening in late April and continuing until late November, more than 200 artists from around the globe showcase their work at the Biennale. There are often additional exhibitions throughout the city at stunning locations such as the Gallerie dell’Accademia.

Pro Tip: Even a watery city like Venice has its spring blossoms, and during early May, many walled gardens showcase wisteria blooms creeping over the walls. They are especially spectacular in the Royal Gardens.

For the most incredible European destinations:

• 10 Amazing European Destinations That Feel Like Time Stood Still
• My 13 Favorite European Cities To Avoid The Crowds
• 10 Amazing Experiences In Europe’s Most Gorgeous Parks

Reward yourself for making it through winter with a warm-weather getaway. TravelAwaits writers have been all over the place at different times of the year, so we turned to the experts to tell us where to go in April 2023. Here are their recommendations!

1. Baton Rouge, Louisiana

“You’ll be surprised by how warm — or cool — Baton Rouge is in April. 

“Baton Rouge’s oldest neighborhood, historic Spanish Town, is a must-visit. This community has been around longer than the French and English, leaving its mark with pink flamingos and its own Mardi Gras parade. Nearby is the stunning Louisiana State Capitol, with the tallest tower in the United States and a round-about porch on top for a beautiful view of the city and river. Home to a spectacular sprawling live oak tree, the Old State Capitol is a beautiful National Historic Landmark with a free museum. Just keep in mind that it’s closed on Mondays.

“Two plantations, Magnolia Mound Plantation and LSU Rural Life Museum, are well worth a visit. The best part is their presentation of the true story of enslaved people’s experiences in each building. The city has lots of trees, lakes, and scenic running trails, including a few through the LSU campus grounds.” — Ann Bush

Pro Tip: Check out Peggy Cleveland’s article, 8 Fabulous Restaurants To Try In Baton Rouge, Louisiana, for delish Bayou eats!

2. Catalina Island, California

“If you’re yearning for an easy-to-access island with year-round temperate weather, look no further than Catalina. April might just be the best time to visit with temperatures that are warm but not hot, setting the scene to enjoy a wide array of outdoor adventures. 

“Most visitors depart from Los Angeles or Orange Counties aboard the Catalina Express and arrive 60 to 90 minutes later in the small town of Avalon. Spend time browsing the boutique shops, relax on the beach, or hop on a submarine for an underwater tour of Lover’s Cove.

“If you’re feeling more adventurous, head out to explore Catalina’s wild side. Protected by the Catalina Island Conservancy, 88 percent of the island is undeveloped. Take a 3-hour Eco Tour to learn all about the wildlife on the island and keep your eyes open for bison and island fox. Or hike along the Trans Catalina Trail with Catalina Backcountry.

“While most visitors just spend the day in Catalina, it is really worth an overnight stay. After all the day trippers return home, the island is even more peaceful at night. Grab dinner at one of the waterfront restaurants like Bluewater Avalon and watch the sun set over the harbor.” — Wendy Lee

3. Galveston, Texas

“A majestic fleet of tall sailing ships returns to Galveston April 13–16. Tall Ships® is a fascinating festival featuring family-friendly fun, food, special events, live music, and sailing excursions.

“Rescued from a Greek shipyard and restored, Galveston’s 1877 Elissa is a floating museum that actively sails, welcoming over 40,000 visitors yearly. This National Historic Landmark serves as the official tall ship of Texas.

“Stay at the Grand Galvez hotel and spa, the Queen of the Gulf since 1911, and enjoy fresh Gulf Coast seafood at its Galvez Bar & Grill, plus Sunday brunch. Eat fresh seafood at the historic Gaido’s or any local eateries in the Strand Historic District, including the Black Pearl Oyster Bar or Rudy & Paco Restaurant and Bar.” — Janie H. Pace

4. Gulf Shores, Alabama

“With average highs in the mid-70s and lows in the upper 50s, April weather in Gulf Shores, Alabama, can’t be beaten. Sugar-white sandy beaches and the crystal-clear turquoise waters of the Gulf of Mexico make for a relaxing day of doing nothing. Of course, if you somehow tire of lying on the beach there’s great shopping, excellent seafood, and a myriad of spectacular golf courses at your disposal.

“I recommend taking a cruise with Wild Hearts on their 53-foot catamaran. There are plenty of sailing adventures to choose from, but my favorite is the Dolphins & Angels, available on Tuesdays and Wednesdays in the spring. On this incredible tour, you’ll witness breathtaking aerial displays performed by the Blue Angels, the U.S. Navy’s precision flying team, during their practice session.” — Tami Brooks

5. Hilton Head, South Carolina

“Hilton Head is a stunning vacation destination island with Atlantic Ocean views. Best known as a golfing destination, Hilton Head also has beautiful beaches and excellent restaurants.

“The average high in April is 76 degrees, perfect for getting in a round of golf with your besties. I love visiting the iconic Harbour Town Lighthouse and Museum on the southwest coast. Book a tee time at Sea Pines Resort’s spectacular Harbour Town Golf Links and try to play 18 holes like the pros.

“Take time off the links and score a dayboat ride out to Daufuskie Island. Rent a golf cart and explore the island’s peaceful Lowcountry vibe. Daufuskie was a haven for emancipated slaves who lived in isolation for generations, resulting in the area’s unique African/Creole Gullah culture.

“Hudson’s Seafood House on the Docks is hands down the best place to eat. I’m a big fan of small plates and they offer lots of options. I love their oysters Rockefeller, Maryland-style crab cake, and the local fried green tomatoes. It offers a coastal casual vibe with perfectly crafted cuisine.” — Sandi Barrett

6. Huntsville, Alabama

“April is the perfect time to visit Huntsville, Alabama, because winter is gone and the heat of summer has yet to arrive. Plus, Huntsville’s concert calendar is bulging with events. Hunstville aspires to be Music City and various venues ensure that the North Alabama city’s musical aspirations take flight. Don’t limit your preferences to the Von Braun Center’s venues or The Orion Amphitheater. Try these quirky venues, too:

• Have a Huntsville music experience at Lowe Mill, a former 190,000-square-foot textile mill now repurposed into an arts and entertainment district. With 152 studios, seven galleries, and four venues, something is always happening.
• Find a unique instrument at The Cigar Box Guitar Store. Luthier Jeff Mello also creates guitars from other recycled materials like lunchboxes and baseball bats. Learn how to play the instrument on Saturdays. Other classes teach cigar box guitar building. Check out all of the cool classes at Lowe Mill in April.
• Traditional guitars and mandolins are in Tangled Strings Studios’ province. Tangled Strings continues the musical lifecycle in its 105-seat live performance venue.

“Beyond the music, every form of art, including culinary art, lives at Lowe Mill. Try an In-Fidel pizza at the Happy Tummy. It’s a Cuban sandwich turned pizza. The restaurant’s smiling stomach logo makes it a winner before your first bite.” — Roxie Yonkey

7. Lahaina, Maui, Hawaii

“No words can describe the beauty of Hawaii’s tropical landscape. It is beyond anything you see in photos; it surpasses stunning. April is a great month to go to Maui, the state’s second most visited island. The average high is 73 degrees, the winter rains have passed, and the large winter waves have calmed.

“Golf at the Ka’anapali Golf Courses in Lahaina promises views you only see on the Golf Channel, and if you love a challenging game, it definitely belongs on your bucket list.

“The courses are just a short walk from some of Lahaina’s best resorts. Stay at Marriott’s Maui Ocean Club – Molokai, Maui & Lanai Towers. One of my favorite amenities during my stay was a massage in a beachside cabana — dreamy.” — Sandi Barrett

8. Las Vegas, Nevada

“Las Vegas is a fun destination any time of year, but April is one of the best times to visit. The weather is perfect, spring break is usually over, and things seem less busy. We aren’t big gamblers, but we still like to visit Vegas for all the other things to do. High on our list are the nearby parks.

“Valley of Fire State Park is so gorgeous it could pass for a national park, and Red Rock Canyon has excellent hiking trails. Both are less than an hour from The Strip. Speaking of The Strip, I like the vibe downtown better. The casinos are much closer together, so you’re not walking miles to get from one to another, and the minimum bets are less. Then you can Uber to The Strip and check out some celebrity chef restaurants, catch a show, and head back downtown for the night. The Fremont Street Experience downtown is a good time and you can’t beat the people watching.” — SJ Morgensen

“Las Vegas is a great year-round destination, but April is perfect for 80-degree temps and a visit before the days hit over 100. Flying into Las Vegas makes the most sense, but if you are close enough to drive in, I would absolutely add on a visit to Valley of Fire State Park (the oldest in Nevada and second most visited in the country) and the incredible Hoover Dam. Living in nearby Mesquite, I go weekly. I recommend getting off The Strip for fabulous museums and attractions, such as The Mob Museum, Fremont Street Experience, Ethel M Chocolate Factory, and Container Park.

“Stay at Circa Resort for a stellar rooftop pool offering or one of the Station hotel options for the best prices. Dine at Nacho Daddy, Cornish Pasty Co., or Chicago Joe’s. For a splurge, go to Dig This Vegas to operate heavy machinery in the nation’s first heavy equipment playground.” — Melody Pittman

9. Palm Springs, California

“April is a great month to visit Palm Springs, California, when temperatures average around 85 degrees.

“Walk around downtown and you’ll find several museums to visit, boutiques to shop, and dozens of dining options (Sherman’s Deli & Bakery is a must). The Palm Springs Village Fest street fair is held Thursday nights.

“Farther out, you can play one of the famous golf courses, pamper yourself at a spa, hike trails and canyons, visit the zoo or a garden, take in a play or concert, or ride the Palm Springs Aerial Tramway to the top of Mt. San Jacinto.

“The Coachella Valley Music and Arts Festival is held in April in Indio, 25 miles southwest, so expect a bit of traffic on the highways.” — Stan Thomas

10. Roswell, New Mexico

“Best known for its alien and UFO incident, Roswell is an exciting city. Crowds are thick during the summer when temperatures are in the 90s, so April is an optimal time to visit. My husband and I visited about this time last year and the sun’s intensity made the mid-to upper-70s weather feel much warmer.

“Stroll the historic downtown area and take an in-depth look at the iconic stories in the International UFO Museum and Research Center. Venture into the metaphysical, souvenir, and coffee shops. Dive deeper into the alien craze with Roswell UFO Tours and consider driving out to the alleged UFO crash site.

“Cowboy Cafe has an excellent breakfast with chicken fried bacon and gravy. For lunch, try La Gran Victoria’s tasty mole dishes. Sample wine at Pecos Flavors Winery & Bistro, and grab Dunkin’ Donuts from the shop with the little green man out front.” Melody Pittman

11. San Juan, Puerto Rico

“If you’re looking for warm weather in April, head to the Caribbean island of Puerto Rico and its capital city, San Juan.

“San Juan is known for its blue cobblestone streets and Spanish colonial forts, but there is more to explore in the city. Consider taking a food tour and learning about the island’s popular dishes. Or head to Casa BACARDÍ and learn about the history of rum and the island’s sugar cane plantations. Want to learn about Puerto Rican art? Head to the Museo de Arte de Puerto Rico in Santurce and admire the talent of local artists.

“One of our favorite things to do in Old San Juan is simply wander the streets. Start at the fortresses, then walk to Catedral de San Juan Bautista, the oldest church in the U.S. From here, head to La Fortaleza (the governor’s mansion) and Parque de las Palomas to watch and feed the local pigeon population. Be sure to shop at the local stores and grab a paleta (fruit popsicle) if you need to cool down, or a café con leche if you need a pick-me-up.” — Kirsten Maxwell

12. South Padre Island, Texas

“Enjoy sandy beaches, sunshine, and great weather in South Padre Island, Texas’s tropical paradise. With an average of 80 degrees during the day and 72 at night, this Texas Gulf Coast beach town is a much-desired vacation spot in April. 

“Miles and miles of beaches offer plenty of public access. Swimming and scouring for seashells is half the fun, but building a sandcastle on the beach is a blast, too. You can even take a lesson on how to build a sandcastle from an expert. If you want to see dolphins, take a cruise out in the morning — as that’s the best time to see them. (Hopefully you’re a morning person!)

“Spring is a great time to visit, before the crowd starts in for the summer, but South Padre Island offers unforgettable experiences and attractions all year long.” — Kim Croisant

13. West Volusia, Florida

“Offering something for everyone, West Volusia makes for the perfect warm weather getaway in April. Stetson Mansion and Henry DeLand House Museum (currently closed for restoration) are great for history lovers. Blue Spring State Park is the place for a boat ride and the possibility of spotting manatees. Hontoon Island State Park also has lots of wildlife.

“Downtown DeLand has an award-winning MainStreet with lots of unique shops and great dining. If you are craving culture, visit DeLand’s murals along the Wings of the West mural trail. Reputed to be haunted, Athens Theatre offers live performances. If you’re into the paranormal, visit Cassadaga, the oldest active spiritualist camp in the country.

“For living history, you can’t beat Barberville. The pioneer settlement hosts a wonderful Spring Frolic festival in April with over 180 musicians playing and singing folk, Celtic, bluegrass, blues, country, and more. Another amazing event in April is the Cracker Day Rodeo.” — Kathleen Walls

14. Lakeland, Florida

“Lakeland, Florida, is a tremendous multi-generational spring break getaway. High temperatures are typically in the low 80s, which is comfortable for outdoor activities.

“For the grandkids, the new Bonnet Springs Park is a fun place to discover the outdoors, but if it rains, you can take shelter in the nature center. The park’s brand-new Florida Children’s Museum is another rainy-day option. The kiddos will love the playground and have a chance to blow off some steam. The Butterfly House and Botanical Gardens are a few of my favorite areas to explore.

“Check into Margaritaville RV Resort and Cabana Cabins in nearby Auburndale. No RV? No problem. The cabins are a roomy option for the entire family. The cabins have a full kitchen, but there are two onsite restaurants and a couple of tiki bars if you’re not in the mood to cook.” — Amy Piper

15. Winter Haven, Florida

“The temperatures during April in Winter Haven, Florida, are perfect for those who want a spring getaway with the grandkids. Mine are ages 4 and 20, so the age disparity makes it difficult to plan something everyone will enjoy. But Winter Haven fits the bill.

“Younger kiddos will be delighted by Peppa Pig Theme Park, and everyone, even the adults, can get into building intricate structures with LEGOs at LEGOLAND Florida Theme Park and Water Park.

“Family members interested in art and architecture will enjoy exploring the buildings and galleries of downtown Winter Haven’s Historic District. Be sure to check out the restored 1925 vintage Ritz Theatre.

“Spring is also a great time to get out on a pontoon boat and explore Winter Haven’s Chain of Lakes with The Living Water Boat Cruises.” — Amy Piper

Related Reading:

1. 11 Fabulous European Cities To Visit In April 2023
2. 8 Amazing Spots To Visit In May According To Our Travel Experts
3. Why You Are Never Too Old For Spring Break — 2 Alabama Beach Towns Perfect For Mature Travelers

A little April getaway serves as a wonderful reward for making it through winter. TravelAwaits writers have been all over God’s green earth at all times of the year, so when considering warm destinations to travel to in April, we turned to them for advice. Here are their top picks.

1. Anguilla, British West Indies

“Anguilla is paradise on earth. The resorts are incredible, offering views of the azure blue water and sugar-white sand. There are several beaches to explore, including ones you can only get to by boat.

“The ocean temperature in the Caribbean Sea hovers around eighty degrees, and the water is so clear, with visibility of up to 100 feet. This is perfect for swimming, paddle boarding, and snorkeling, or just taking in the breathtaking views from a lounge chair.

Anguilla is also the foodie capital of the Caribbean with fabulous restaurants from beach shacks to five-star establishments, all serving the freshest seafood and local specialties. It’s the perfect place to restore and relax, especially at this time of the year.” — Jeanine Consoli

2. Antigua, Antigua and Barbuda

“If you are looking to enjoy some warm Caribbean weather in April, Antigua — half of the twin islands of Antigua and Barbuda — is hard to beat.

“Temperatures on the island average around 84 degrees in April, and April has the second lowest amount of rainfall (after January). It’s also the tail end of peak season, meaning the crowds begin to thin out.

“Antigua boasts 365 beaches — one for every day of the year. Ask a resident, and they’ll tell you that in a leap year, you can probably find that 366th beach!

“Plenty of boating activities take place in Antigua during the month of April. They include the Oyster Antigua Regatta (April 5–8) and the Peters & May Round Antigua Race (April 29). Antigua Sailing Week runs from April 28 through May 5.

“Landlubbers will enjoy the Antigua and Barbuda International Kite Festival (April 10), and Antigua and Barbuda Art Week (April 16–22).” — Stan Thomas

3. Bermuda

“Contrary to some belief, Bermuda is not in the Caribbean. It’s actually a tiny island in the Atlantic, off of North Carolina. The weather is glorious, but not really before April. I was last there in January, and it was a tad chilly. But in the spring months, Bermuda becomes the perfect spot for a 4-day getaway.

“Flying there from the East Coast is an absolute breeze. In under 2 hours, you’re on the pink sand beaches that lead to the clear turquoise sea.

“Bermuda’s food scene is amazing; unsurprisingly, the seafood and fish are outstanding — some of the best I’ve ever had. There’s also excellent golfing, shopping, and fascinating, lesser-known history, all of which add up to a perfect April escape.” — Karen Burshtein

4. Dubai, United Arab Emirates

“If you’re thinking of visiting Dubai, April is a great time to go. It’s the city’s transitional month, when the mild days of winter are replaced by long, hot, sunny days. You won’t face the blistering heat of summer, but you will get 10 hours of sunshine a day — perfect for exploring the city.

“Some of the best things to do in Dubai in April include

• a visit to the Burj Khalifa (the world’s tallest building)
• taking a dhow cruise (for a unique perspective of the city skyline)
• visiting the Dubai Aquarium (home to more than 30,000 marine animals)
• joining an early-morning or evening desert safari
• attending the Dubai Food Festival

“Visiting the iconic Palm Jumeirah man-made island should also be on your to-do list. Anantara The Palm Dubai Resort is found here and is a great place to stay.

“Note that April can coincide with the Holy Month of Ramadan, which may result in limited opening hours for some shops and attractions.” — Sarah Kingdom

5. Tahiti And The Tuamotu Islands, French Polynesia

“A Tahiti and Tuamotu Islands small-ship cruise with Windstar Cruises is the perfect April getaway. I cruised aboard the Wind Spirit, a romantic sailing yacht, last April and have never experienced better swimming or snorkeling anywhere in the world. You’ll embark in Tahiti and your ship will stop at remarkable islands like Bora Bora, Motu Mahaea, Moorea, Riaiatea, and Huahine in the Society Islands, and the ultra-remote Tuamotu islands of Rangiroa and Fakarava. You can even choose to stay in one of the over-water bungalows during the cruise.

“When it comes to hotels, consider the fabulous Pearl Resorts in Tahiti and Raiatea and the ultra-luxurious Vahine Island Resort, a boutique Small Luxury Hotels private island resort near Taha’a.

“Between your resort stays and a Windstar Cruise, French Polynesia in April promises fine dining, comfortable accommodations, and outstanding excursions in and on the pristine turquoise waters. Bonus: Flying direct from San Francisco or Los Angeles to Papeete, Tahiti, is simple and straightforward. I slept almost the entire flight!” — Judi Cohen

6. The Maldives

“Lying in the Indian Ocean, to the southwest of India and Sri Lanka, the Maldives is a wonderful, warm, April destination. With a tropical monsoon climate, temperatures are pretty high all year round here, but April tends to be calm, with plenty of sunshine — perfect for enjoying beach activities during the day and cool enough to spend balmy evenings out under the stars. This is the end of the Maldives’ official dry season, so the occasional tropical rain shower is possible.

“With calm tides, clear skies, and great water visibility, April is the perfect time for fantastic snorkeling and diving experiences, and the reefs are at their best at this time of year. As a bonus, whale sharks are year-round residents in the Maldives, and seeing them is definitely something to add to your bucket list.

“Boasting breathtaking beaches and a plethora of water adventures, Anantara Kihavah Maldives Villas is my favorite place in the Maldives. Surrounded by a turquoise lagoon and white sand beaches, this is a gorgeous place to be.” — Sarah Kingdom

7. Victoria Falls, Zimbabwe

“Summer starts winding down in Africa in April, and the continent pauses before winter, so it’s not quite summer, not yet winter, and travelers get to experience that magical moment in between. It’s a quieter time, perfect for visitors who want to avoid peak-season crowds and prices but still enjoy warm temperatures.

“On the border of Zambia and Zimbabwe, the Zambezi River, Africa’s fourth largest river, is at its powerful peak in April, fully charged with 5 months of summer rain and pouring thunderously over the world-famous Victoria Falls. As the water surges over the mile-wide precipice, rumbling and tumbling 360 feet down into the gorge below, vast clouds of mist rise into the air — and can be seen from 30 miles away.

“If this is one of your bucket-list destinations, April is the time to see it, especially from above. Take the helicopter ride aptly named the Flight of Angels. At full moon, an ethereal lunar rainbow, a phenomenon only seen in a few places around the world, is visible in the gorge.

528 Victoria Falls Guest House is a great accommodation option. For activities, dining, and accommodation suggestions, check out Africa’s Eden’s Victoria Falls page.” — Sarah Kingdom

Editor’s Note: See fellow writer Vanessa Chiasson’s Best Things To See And Do In Victoria Falls, too.

Related Reading:

1. 11 Fabulous European Cities To Visit In April 2023
2. 9 Wonderfully Warm Places To Visit In April
3. 3 Unique Festivals In The Southern U.S. To Put On Your April Calendar

Alabama is becoming quite the hiking destination for travelers around the world. It’s no wonder with its incredible natural beauty — roaring waterfalls, rolling mountains, and deep canyons. 

No matter what time of year you visit, Alabama or are passing through, make time to stop and explore the natural side of the state on one of these spectacular hiking trails. 

January

Lake Guntersville State Park

Guntersville, Alabama

Length Varies

Located on the banks of its namesake lake and town, Lake Guntersville State Park offers 36 miles of hiking and biking trails of various lengths and difficulties that lead to incredible views and wildlife. 

Visit the park beginning the second to last weekend in January and take part in the annual Eagle Awareness Weekends that run for three consecutive weekends during which conservationists and birders lead panel discussions and take you out on the trail to view and learn about one of the most mesmerizing avian species, the American bald eagle. 

Pro Tip: Lake Guntersville State Park has an incredible lodge perched high atop a rock bluff. Most rooms in the lodge face the bluff for incredible lake views. Make your reservations early. The lodge fills up fast in January. 

February

Stone Cuts

Monte Sano State Park, Huntsville

Length: 2.4-Mile Moderate Loop 

Hiking at Monte Sano State Park in Huntsville is amazing any time of year, but in the winter, the park is still, peaceful, and quiet, the perfect time to take a hike through an incredible geologic feature of the region, the Stone Cuts. 

The Stone Cuts are just that — a series of tall limestone walls that have been scoured away over the ages by the elements. A combination of the park’s South Plateau Loop, Mountain Mist Trail, Stone Cuts Trail, and Sinks Trail will lead you between the tall white rock walls and a short cave.

Pro Tip: Not only is winter a great time to hike Monte Sano State Park but also to do some star gazing at the Von Braun Astronomical Observatory located right at the park. Doors open to the public Saturday nights for a planetarium show, an informative speaker, and after the show, a view of the night sky through their telescopes. 

March

Cheaha Falls

Talladega National Forest, Delta

Length: 2.3-Mile Easy Out-And-Back Hike

Spring showers ignite the many waterfalls of Alabama and one of the most popular and easiest to hike to is Cheaha Falls in the Talladega National Forest. 

The falls itself is a 20-foot tall plunge-type waterfall with a pool at the bottom, a beautiful and relaxing location if ever there was one. 

The hike itself is along the relatively level but rocky Chinnabee Silent Trail starting at the trail’s southern terminus and parking lot on AL-281. 

April

Walls Of Jericho

Estillfork

Length: 6.4-Mile Out-And-Back, Moderate Hike In, Difficult Out 

The Walls of Jericho have been described as beautiful, awesome, and amazing. The accolades go on and on. It is definitely one of Alabama’s most incredible hiking destinations. 

This hike takes you past deep sinkholes and caves and crosses beautiful turquoise streams before arriving at your destination, the Walls of Jericho themselves — a spectacular high-walled limestone bowl canyon with an incredible plunge waterfall on top that cascades into a hole in the rocks and eventually shoots out through the bottom tier of rocks far below. 

Pro Tip: At a minimum, this is a half-day hike but plan on a full day to be safe. You will be climbing down just over 3 miles into a canyon and what goes down must come back up. Bring plenty of water, snacks, and lunch. Make sure to wear comfortable but sturdy hiking boots. 

May

DeSoto Falls

Mentone

Length: 1.4-Mile Moderate Out-And-Back Trail

One of the tallest, most stunning, and probably most visited waterfalls in Alabama is DeSoto Falls. The falls are located in a separate northern segment of DeSoto State Park and not the main park. 

You can get a breathtaking view of the falls by following this non-marked, rocky, 1.4-mile out-and-back trail that takes you near the bottom of the falls. The turnaround for this trail is alongside the West Fork of Little River close to the base of the falls. It’s a spectacular sight and you may catch a little spray if the wind is right. 

The hike is a moderate one and very rocky. At times you will be climbing over boulders as you walk along the banks of the river. You can get more information on this trail with maps on the AllTrails app and website. 

June

DeSoto Falls Picnic Area

Mentone

Length: 0.2-Mile ADA Accessible Out-And-Back At The Picnic Area 

The easiest way to view DeSoto Falls and one that is perfect for smaller children and is ADA accessible is the 0.2-mile loop at the DeSoto Falls picnic area on DeSoto Falls Road. The short stone and cement path takes you to the edge of the falls with breathtaking views from the top of the roaring falls and canyon. There are picnic tables and restrooms here. 

Pro Tip: Even though Alabama’s waterfalls usually run fast, they can be a mere trickle during times of drought, even DeSoto Falls. 

July

Devil’s Den Via Chinnabee Silent Trail

Talladega National Forest, Delta

Length: 1.4-Mile Moderate Out-And-Back

Everything that makes the Talladega National Forest so beautiful is on full display along the Chinnabee Silent Trail and this hike to Devil’s Den — the shimmering waters of Cheaha Creek as it rushes towards Lake Chinnabee with its many shoals, cascades, and drops, an impressive view of Devil’s Den Gorge from high above on an elevated bluff walkway, and best of all, many refreshing pools that invite you to take a dip in the cool mountain stream. 

The hike begins at the Lake Chinnabee Recreation Area with a turnaround at the walkway high above the gorge.

Pro Tip: There is a small day-use fee charged for parking at the recreation area. 

August 

Mardis Mill Falls

Blountsville

Length: 0.1-Mile Easy Out-And-Back 

Ok, so a hike to Mardis Mill Falls isn’t a challenging full-day hike, but what is at the end of this short, easy walking trail is a spectacular 15-foot tall, 35-foot wide block waterfall with one of the best easy access swimming holes around. 

The falls — also known as Graves Creek Falls by locals — are hidden away just down the hillside from a narrow gravel parking pull-off on the side of Mardis Mill Road. The walk down is easy for young and old alike. If it’s damp out, the rocks can be a little slippery, so be careful. 

Pro Tip: When visiting the town of Blountsville, save some time to check out the Blountsville Historical Park and explore the historic homes, cabins, and churches that date back to the early 1800s and are furnished with period artifacts. 

September

Audubon Bird Sanctuary

Dauphin Island

Length: 3.4-Mile Easy Loop 

There is a whole lot of nature packed into the easy walking 3.4-mile rambling loop hike on Dauphin Island’s Audubon Bird Sanctuary. The trail here loops around beautiful sparkling lakes, turtle-filled wetlands, and along the beaches of the Gulf of Mexico. 

Fall is the best time to hike the sanctuary because the island is a major destination for migrating birds from Canada and across the U.S. as they head to the warmer climbs for the winter, and not just a few. Tens of thousands of them. Dauphin Island has been called “America’s Birdiest City.” 

Pro Tip: There is plenty to do off the trail on Alabama’s barrier island including kayaking adventures, fishing, an aquarium and sea research lab to explore, and history at historic Fort Gaines to name only a few. 

October

Pulpit Rock

Cheaha State Park, Delta

Length: 0.7-Mile Moderate Out-And-Back

We have to get a little leaf peeping in and a wonderful little hike to do just that is this short walk to a rock outcropping called Pulpit Rock atop the state’s highest mountain, Cheaha. 

The hike is a moderate walk over an extremely rock-strewn path but the view from the outcropping is sprawling and stunning. Just use caution on the bluff edge. 

Doug Ghee Accessible Trail

Cheaha State Park, Delta

Length: 0.6-Mile Easy Out-And-Back

For people with mobility issues or small children who want to bathe in the fiery fall colors of Cheaha Mountain, then try Cheaha State Park’s Doug Ghee Accessible Trail.

The boardwalk is made of composite material with high railings that follow the ridge of the state’s tallest mountain and leads out to the edge of a rock outcropping with breathtaking 180-degree views of the Southern Appalachian Mountains. 

November

Pine Beach Trail

Bon Secour National Wildlife Refuge, Gulf Shores

Length: 3.4-Mile Easy Out-And-Back

Heading into winter, the Alabama Gulf Coast offers up its snow — the snowy white beaches of the Gulf of Mexico. There is no better trail to hike to experience the Gulf beaches than the Pine Beach Trail at the Bon Secour National Wildlife Refuge. 

Along the trail, you will experience beautiful ancient oak trees draped in Spanish moss, maritime wetlands and forests, many species of birds and wildlife, and the pristine, and secluded, white beaches of the Gulf of Mexico that in the summer months become prime habitat for nesting loggerhead sea turtles. 

Pro Tip: Dogs are not permitted in the wildlife refuge. 

December

Little Smith Mountain Loop

Jackson’s Gap

Length: 0.9-Mile Moderate Loop 

We wrap up the year with a stunning view. Scamper up and around the rock bluffs and boulders of Smith Mountain where you will be rewarded with spectacular views of Lake Martin from the summit. The view only gets better when you climb the fully restored 90-foot tall fire tower at the peak of the mountain for a 270-degree view of the lake. 

Pro Tip: Lake Martin offers loads of fun and adventure and makes an excellent vacation destination any time of year with fishing, museums, kayaking, and more.

Cherry blossoms, or sakura, have a special place in Japanese culture. They usher in the arrival of spring, the beginning of the farming season, and a time to congregate with friends and family to enjoy the pleasant weather. Many Japanese hold parties to celebrate hanami, the practice of watching the blossoms and contemplating life.

I visited in April of 2019, just in time to see the cherry blossoms and decide for myself whether they were worth the hype. Spoiler alert: They are. In fact, you could visit Japan just to see the cherry blossoms in full bloom, provided that you know where, when, and how to plan your trip. Here’s everything you need to know about cherry blossom season in Japan.

1. Peak Season Is Late January Through Early May

Booking your trip for optimal cherry blossom viewing will require some planning since sakura season starts early in southern Japan and then gradually moves north. According to the Japan Meteorological Corporation (JMC), in 2023 “Northern Japan and eastern Japan will see flowering earlier than normal, while western Japan will see flowering at the same level as normal.”

In the south, Okinawa sees its first blooms in late January while Kyushu cities such as Fukuoka will start to see blooms in mid-March. Around Tokyo, the sakura bloom in mid to late March, while the Osaka area sakura trees begin blooming at the end of March. In mid-April, head to Aomori in the Tohoku region to see Ashino Park’s cherry blossoms. Sapporo cherry blossoms are expected to bloom in late April, while other areas of Hokkaido pop in early May.

If you’re planning a trip to a specific city, check the Japan cherry blossom forecast when booking your trip. It has data for cities such as Yokohama, Nagoya, Kumamoto, Kanazawa, Kyoto, and Kagoshima listed by region, including the Shikoku regions (home to Hiroshima) and the Kanto region (home to Tokyo), and more. The first forecasts of the year are typically released in early January.

When in doubt, book a few days later than the expected bloom date. Cherry blossoms only bloom for a week or two, and you’ll want to land in Japan during the peak bloom period when most of the cherry blossom trees are flowering.

2. Different Varieties Bloom At Different Times

Because the cherry blossom season is fairly short, you might miss the peak bloom even if you plan carefully. The good news: Different varieties of cherry blossoms bloom at different times. Late bloomers and early bloomers aren’t too difficult to find, and if you head to an area with a large number of trees, you’ll still have a perfectly pleasant experience.

In Tokyo, for instance, Shinjuku Gyoen has more than 1,000 cherry trees of different varieties, so you’ll see at least some of them blooming for at least a week after the peak bloom. If you miss the bloom in Nagano, you can head to Takato Castle Ruins Park, which has about 1,500 cherry trees.

When in doubt, ask the locals where to go or head to the largest public park you can find. As long as you’re within a week or so of the bloom, you’ll find some cherry trees showing their colors.

3. Be Flexible When Booking Your Accommodations

One morning in Tokyo, I started my day with a walk through Shinjuku Gyoen. Rows of beautiful cherry trees waved in the breeze, and I finally felt like the trip was worth the jet lag.

That incredible experience was an accident; I booked the cheapest hotel room I could find, which happened to be a few blocks away from Shinjuku Gyoen. When booking your accommodations, exercise a little more planning than I did. Look for hotels near parks or public transit lines. Japan’s excellent public transportation infrastructure makes the latter fairly easy, but if you’re hoping to stay near a park, you’ll need to do some research.

More importantly, recognize that flexibility is key. You might need to change your flight or your hotel reservations to ensure that you actually arrive in cherry blossom season — a cold snap could delay your trip by a few days — so look for hotels that allow for late changes or cancellations. If your airline offers an add-on that allows you to change your flight for free, pay for it.

4. More Than 30,000 Cherry Trees Bloom On Mount Yoshino

Located in Nara Prefecture, Mount Yoshino is one of the most popular spots for cherry blossom seekers. More than 30,000 cherry trees bloom here each spring, covering the mountain in extraordinary color.

This is also a great place to try an onsen, or natural hot spring bath. The nearby town, Yoshinoyama, has quite a few hot spring hotels, and some allow travelers to use their onsen for a small fee. Take a stroll by the mountain, snap a few pictures, and then find a hotel with an onsen where you can relax and reset.

5. See Nakameguro Cherry Blossom Illuminations Mid-March Through Early April

Tokyo has plenty of beautiful outdoor spaces like Yoyogi Park and Shinjuku Gyoen, and if you head to the capital city, you’ll have plenty of viewing spots to choose from.

However, one of the best places to experience hanami is the Meguro River near Nakameguro. Each year, a small portion of the river is lit with red lanterns; the sakura reflect off the water, creating a truly enchanting sight.

Pro Tip: One of the best cherry blossom spots in Tokyo is Ueno Park, which is home to the Ueno Zoo, museums, and over a thousand cherry trees.

6. Expect Crowds At Takato Castle Park In Nagano

The ruins of Takato Castle in Nagano Prefecture are well worth visiting at any time of year, but they’re truly incredible in spring. Book in advance, since the castle is extremely popular during sakura season owing to the 1,500 blossoming trees that cover the trails.

You’ll also get great views of the ruins, and if you’re interested in Japanese history, you’ll want to stop by the Takioyagura drum tower and the Shintokukan, a former samurai house. There’s even an art museum onsite, so plan on spending quite a bit of time here.

Pro Tip: Takato Castle Park just has the remains of a castle, but Hirosaki Castle Park in the Aomori Prefecture, another popular place for cherry blossom viewing, boasts a three-story castle complete with petal-filled moat and a botanical garden.

7. Some Over-The-Counter Allergy Medicine Is Illegal In Japan

When you’re surrounded by thousands of blossoms, they can certainly irritate your allergies. Of course, you can simply load up on allergy medication before your trip, but be careful. Some allergy medicines — including over-the-counter medications — can’t be brought into Japan legally in large quantities. Check out the U.S. Embassy’s page on the topic before your trip, and be sure to declare any and all medications when passing through customs.

You could also buy over-the-counter products during your trip, but note that they won’t include stimulants like pseudoephedrine, so they may make you drowsy. This Japan Drugstore Guide has an overview of Japanese allergy medications, along with pictures of their packaging (extremely useful if you don’t speak Japanese).

8. Cherry Blossoms Make Sweet Treats

Given that Japan has something of an obsession with cherry blossoms, it should come as no surprise that sakura-flavored desserts are a big deal throughout the country. To truly embrace the spirit of the season (and satisfy your sweet tooth), stop by a bakery and look for items adorned with cherry blossom petals.

If you’re looking to try something you can’t find anywhere else, stop by a café that serves sakura yokan. Yokan is a jelly made from the sweet red azuki bean mixed with honey or sugar. It’s similar to gelatin but much, much more flavorful. Sakura mochi, or sweet rice cakes, are also fairly easy to find during cherry blossom season.

Wrap up your meal with a sakura sake or a sakura tea. Both have a light, fragrant quality to them, though sakura tea is a bit easier to find (and a bit easier to drink, if you’re not a fan of rice wine).

Pro Tip: Be sure to follow proper dining etiquette; try to clean your plate completely, and if you use chopsticks, don’t raise them above your mouth.

9. Cherry Trees Have Special Significance In Japanese Culture

Every city will have public celebrations of hanami, including cherry blossom festivals. Regardless of where you head on your trip, you’ll encounter plenty of locals enjoying the sakura season.

For the Japanese, springtime isn’t just a time to enjoy pretty views; it’s a time to think about change and the impermanent nature of life. It’s a bittersweet time; high school students are graduating and leaving for college, the winter is ending, and unlimited possibilities are on the horizon.

To put it another way, sakura season is a time to walk slowly, breathe deeply, and enjoy every moment. It’s a time to stop and smell the flowers, literally. Keep that in mind during your visit, and you’ll see why cherry blossoms are so enchanting — and why they’re such an indispensable part of Japanese culture.

Pro Tip: How To Get The Best Photos Of Cherry Blossoms

If you’re planning on photographing the trees — and you absolutely should, by the way — you’ll want to turn off the automatic option on your camera or smartphone. Cherry blossoms tend to be light pastel colors, and cameras have trouble distinguishing them from the sky. If the blossoms make up the majority of your shot, it might end up looking underexposed.

Use your camera’s manual exposure mode to change the aperture and shutter-speed settings. Generally speaking, a slower shutter will give you a better result. Consider picking up a tripod to accommodate the slower shutter speeds.

Experiment with different settings, but don’t worry about editing your photos onsite. Try to shoot as much as possible. Remember, you can always edit out the mediocre pictures on your (extremely long) plane ride home.

In April, Europe can be rainy, sunny, cold, warm, miserable, glorious, and everything in between — often all on the same day. But do not let that put you off from a European city trip, because everywhere is bursting into flower, and European cities are equipped to deal with all weather conditions. So, dress in layers, and enjoy spring and all the joy the season brings with it. In April, many European cities are covered in blossoms and busy celebrating all sorts of festivals.

Throughout this list, you will find a mix of cities you have heard of before, such as Paris, and others you might not have ever thought of visiting before. Each city hosts a special event or activity in April, making a trip worthwhile. Come rain or shine.

1. Barcelona, Spain

Barcelona is always worth a visit, but be there on April 23, and you will be able to witness the loveliest festival ever: St. Jordi. This annual festival is like a cross between St. Valentine’s and National Book Day. The idea is that on this day, celebrating Saint Jordi or Saint George, men present women with a rose, while women give a book to the man in their life. The city fills with stalls selling roses and books from sunrise, and every corner is filled with color, as most of the stalls are also decked out in the Catalan flag. It is a fun and lovely festival, but not a bank holiday, so life goes on like normal, it is just enhanced for the day.

Pro Tip: The already-bursting-full inner-city avenue of Las Ramblas becomes even more crowded as it fills with stalls. Hang on to your possessions and go with the flow.

2. Paris, France

Most visitors to Paris do not know that for a short period of time each year during cherry blossom season, the city practically explodes into pink blossoms. Just when you thought Paris couldn’t get any prettier, think again. Entire parks are dedicated to these pretty trees, elevating the simple Parisian lunch of a baguette and some cheese on a park bench to new heights. Seek out the normally insignificant-looking Square Marie Trintignant in the Marais, the cafe gardens of the Petit Palais, and the modern but fantastic Martin Luther King Park in the Batignolles area. And don’t miss the single, but ancient, cherry tree in the Jardin des Plantes and the photogenic cherry tree outside of the lovely bookstore Shakespeare and Co.

Pro Tip: Take the RER B from St Michel to Sceaux and explore the cherry orchard in the gardens of the Chateau de Sceaux. It is truly spectacular.

3. Amsterdam, Netherlands

April is the time to go to the Netherlands to enjoy their most famous export, the humble tulip. No more than 25 miles outside of Amsterdam, you will find Keukenhof, the tulip capital, with tulips growing in neat rows as far as the eye can see, separated by color, making for a breathtaking spectacle. During the Tulip Festival, Amsterdam is taken over by tulips, with them on display in 85 locations across the city, from museums, parks, alongside canals, and simply everywhere. Add to that the Cherry Blossom Festival, which overlaps in time, and you are in for a floral treat.

Pro Tip: Keukenhof opens only to a limited number of visitors each day to ensure the gardens don’t get completely overrun, so book your ticket well in advance.

4. Madrid, Spain

Madrid is perfect for visiting in April, with the temperatures just right for exploring the city on foot and the crowds still manageable. And then there is Easter. The Spanish are very good at throwing a great parade, and between Palm Sunday and Easter Sunday, there are around 20 processions in the city. There are also traditional Easter dishes to try, such as torrijas, a kind of French toast, and croquetas de bacalao, cod croquettes.

Pro Tip: It is also cherry blossom season here, and the historic Parque Quinta de los Molinos is a great place to walk underneath the pretty blossoms.

5. Brocken, Germany

I am cheating a little here, as the Brocken is the tallest mountain in the Harz Mountains in Germany, and not a city, but bear with me. Walpurgisnacht, Eve of Saint Walpurgis, is a very special celebration taking place every April 30. On and around the mountain, including the towns nearby, such as Braunlage, Thale, and Sankt Andreasberg, people go a little crazy, not unlike Halloween. Walpurgisnacht is an ancient pagan celebration welcoming spring and chasing away winter. The festivities were merged with Christians praying to Saint Walpurgis, who was believed to protect them from the witches that, as legend has it, lived on the Brocken Mountain and flew around on their broomsticks. The festivities include bonfires, people dressing up as devils and witches, plenty of food and art stalls, and many street performers. It lasts all night and the next day and is great fun and unique to the region.

Pro Tip: You will find many pretty little witches on broomsticks artfully carved from wood in the local shops, making for very cute souvenirs.

6. Stratford-Upon-Avon, UK

April 21 is Shakespeare’s birthday and, as history believes, his date of death, which is somewhat sad. But where better to celebrate the great bard than in Stratford-upon-Avon, his place of birth? The town tends to put on special performances and shows to celebrate, so book early to get into the theater if you are a fan. If the weather turns against you while exploring, you can always pop into one of Stratford’s lovely old pubs, such as The Garrick Inn.

Pro Tip: If the weather is fine, book yourself a riverboat trip. The Avon is very scenic, and it is a lovely way to see the town.

7. Budapest, Hungary

Budapest is a stunning city, and you get quite literally two cities for the price of one: Buda and Pest, separated by the mighty Danube. April is not only great because the crowds have not turned up yet, but it is also the month for the Spring Festival. This is not a festival to welcome spring and chase away winter in the pagan sense, but this festival welcomes spring with music and culture. From opera and jazz to theater and ballet, the Spring Festival has around 200 different events taking place in the 3-week annual festival. In addition, the festival always attracts street performers and all sorts of other ad hoc events, so expect to be delighted at every street corner in Budapest.

Pro Tip: It does not matter whether it rains or shines, a visit to the ancient thermal baths is a must when in Budapest. Have a dip and a massage at the beautiful Gellert Baths, and maybe even play a bit of chess in the pool.

8. Parma, Italy

Visitors often overlook Parma in northern Italy, yet we all know its most famous produce: parmesan cheese. This ancient city, dating to the Bronze Age, is studded with beautiful architecture, such as the Baptistery, an octagonal pink-hued tower dating to the 1100s. It is a delight to wander through the old center in spring and have an espresso on the cafe terraces. But what I really want to suggest is coming over for a cooking class or 10. This is not necessarily limited to April, but this month is still low season, with the weather not too oppressive to slave over a hot stove. Parma has been named a UNESCO Creative City of Gastronomy and is the home of not only parmesan but also prosciutto. Both ingredients are readily available worldwide, so you can continue making the dishes at home without having to despair over not finding the components for your recipes.

Pro Tip: The city of Bologna is only 60 miles away and easily reached by train, so why not pop over and learn how to make pasta with perfect Bolognese sauce while you are in the cooking mode?

9. Zürich, Switzerland

Zürich is a good all-year-round destination, but in spring, when the snow melts and the parks and green spaces around Lake Zurich spring to life, it is really quite lovely. And in April you get the chance to witness a special festival happening on the third Monday each April: the Sechsellauten. The ringing of the Grossmunster Church’s bells at 6 p.m. has taken place since the 16th century and officially marks the beginning of spring. A gigantic figure of a snowman called Boogg is burned to great cheer, marking the end of the snowy season, even if the mountains on the horizon are still very much snow-capped. There are parades, music, and many festivities, and overall, it is a unique and very Zurich-specific event you won’t get to participate in anywhere else.

Pro Tip: One of my all-time favorite German-Swiss dishes is rosti, a grated potato pancake served with various toppings and side dishes, or simply plain. April is still chilly enough to really enjoy this hearty dish, so pop over to the traditional restaurant Zeughauskeller for a treat.

10. Leuven, Belgium

Belgium is famous for its fries, its chocolate, and perhaps most of all, its beer. So where better to attend a beer festival than in Belgium? Leuven is the capital of the province Flemish Brabant, and it’s a historic city worth visiting if only for its beautiful old architecture. But Leuven is also known for its breweries, and once a year, during the Zythos Beer Festival, they all come together and showcase their best brews. During the weekend festival, several hundred stalls are open for tastings. You buy your small glass, take it from stall to stall, have a taste, and move on. At the end, you get to keep the glass as a souvenir. Fifteen miles from Brussels, the 20-minute train ride makes for a perfect day trip from the capital city.

Pro Tip: Leuven’s most famous beer is probably Stella Artois, and while you’re there, you might as well look inside the brewery itself on a guided tour.

11. Munich, Germany

If you always wanted to go and enjoy the Munich Oktoberfest, but September is not convenient for you, head to Munich in April. Not only can you visit the market and fairground festival of Auer Dult, but there is more. The Fruhlingsfest spring festival, dubbed the little brother of the Oktoberfest, takes place on the same patch as its bigger brother and is just as much fun, just with fewer crowds. Beer gardens and tents span the Wiesn, and you also have the beautiful spring sunshine. In 2023, the festival will take place between April 21 and May 7.

Pro Tip: Want even more fun? If you are into theater and directing, then Radical Jung, a festival for young directors, takes place in various theaters across the city.

Related Reading:

• The Best European Cities To Visit In January
• The Best European Cities To Visit In February
• The Best European Cities To Visit In March

East Texas is home to the crown jewels of gardens, parks, and historic home sites with masses of azaleas, dogwood trees, and spring flowers that you must see to believe. Spring flowers in East Texas begin arriving mid-March and bloom for about six weeks. Spend a few days or weekends exploring dozens of dogwood and azalea trails, gardens, festivals, and celebrations of all things in bloom.

Here are 13 of the top dogwood and azalea gardens and trails in East Texas in no particular order.

1. Davey Dogwood Park, Palestine

Dogwood, Magnolias, And Redbud Trees

March 17–April 2

Watch for white or pink blossoms everywhere in the Palestine area, but for the premier show, visit Davey Dogwood Park, a 254-acre public park at 900 N Link Street. You can hike 8 miles of trails or drive 5 miles on roads, viewing forests painted with beautiful white and pink dogwood blooms. The park is excellent for picnics, and don’t miss the view from Manley Mountain, the highest point in the county. The children will love the fairy gardens; follow the signs.

Pro Tip: See a map of the park here.

2. Dogwood Lunch Train, Palestine

Dogwoods, Magnolias, And Red Bud Trees

March 18, 25, And April 1

Ride the Dogwood Lunch Train from Palestine to Rusk on March 18, 25, and April 1, and you will enjoy a comfortable seat at the Dogwood Days springtime show. Watch the luminous pink and white dogwood blooms light up the East Texas Piney Woods as they pass by your window. Lunch will be served at the Rusk Rail Depot. Allow for a 4-hour round trip. Check the schedule for other train rides.

Shop at Wells Creek Crossing and eat pie at the hidden jewel Oxbow Bakery. Indulge in lunch or dinner at Queen Street Grille in the Redlands Hotel, 400 N Queen Street.

Featuring mile after mile of spectacular blooming azaleas, dogwoods, tulips, daffodils, and then later in April, you’ll see roses as far as the eyes can see in Tyler. Please don’t feel restricted by the dates since the flower buds arrive earlier and bloom longer. Check Tyler’s website for updates on blooming schedules.

3. Dobbs Trail And The Lindsey Trail, Tyler

Azaleas, Dogwoods, Tulips, Daffodils, And Roses

March 24–April 9

There are two azalea trails in Tyler, the Dobbs Trail and the Lindsey Trail. Both are named after the streets, each about 10 miles long, winding through the picturesque Azalea National Historic District.

Begin on the downtown square and head south on Broadway Avenue and watch for the signs that invite you to enter private backyards to see flowers. Be sure to visit the block bordered by College, Dobbs, Lindsay, and Broadway. National magazines repeatedly feature these famous yards. You’ll also see young ladies in Antebellum period clothing attending some of the gardens.

The Azalea Arts and Crafts Fair is returning to Tyler’s Bergfeld Park. You can purchase flowering plants and gather tips on growing or landscaping your garden. Shop 70 booths offering handcrafted items like quilts, pottery, paintings, jewelry, clothing, candles, and more.

4. The Goodman-LeGrand Museum And Gardens, Tyler

Azaleas And Roses

Tuesday–Saturday, March 21–April 8

Tour the Goodman-LeGrand Museum and Gardens, Tuesday through Saturday, at 624 N Broadway Avenue. You’ll see the most beautiful azaleas and rose gardens. What a treat!

5. Pyron Garden, Tyler

Azaleas, Tulips, And Roses

March 24–April 9

At 212 W Dobbs, Pyron Garden is a private backyard garden with beautifully landscaped azaleas, tulips, and roses. Unfortunately, Mr. Guy Pyron passed away in March 2020, but the private garden will live on.

6. Ina Brundrett Azalea Garden, Tyler

Azaleas

March 24–April 9

Be sure to check out the Ina Brundrett Azalea Garden (PDF) on Tyler Junior College’s campus, near the duck pond, west of the Tyler Museum of Art. You’ll find many types of azaleas, including extensive plantings of the re-blooming Encore varieties.

Azaleas do best with partial sun, morning sun, and afternoon shade. If there is too much shade, they will not bloom. Azaleas need to drain but stay moist; once established, they won’t need water as often. Azaleas grow best in acidic soil where pine trees grow. Apply pine bark mulch to hold in moisture.

7. Tyler Rose Garden, Tyler

Roses And Spring Flowers

Mid-April Through Mid-October

Explore more than 600 varieties amid 32,000 bushes that make up the nation’s most extensive collection of roses, all for free. Celebrating for over 50 years, visit the Rose Capital in the spring from mid-April through mid-October.

Pro Tip: Stay at the Woldert-Spence Manor Bed and Breakfast Inn, Tyler’s oldest bed and breakfast. The manor is a restored historical landmark with rates including a full delicious breakfast served in the formal dining room. 611 W Woldert Street. (903) 533-9057.

Janie’s Cakes opened in 1987, bakes pound cakes from all-natural ingredients, backed by skills learned at the New York Culinary Institute of America. 308 East Front Street. (903) 592-6150.

Enjoy lunch Tuesday to Friday at the Museum Cafe at the Tyler Museum of Art, 1300 S Mahon Avenue, the town’s best-kept secret. Save room for the fresh-baked cobbler.

You may hear “Have a rosy day” more than once as you explore this city of flowers.

8. Ruby M Mize Azalea Garden, Nacogdoches

Azaleas, Camelias, Japanese Maples, And Spring Flowers

March 24–April 9

The most extensive azalea garden in Texas, the Ruby M Mize Azalea Garden, is located on the campus of Stephen F. Austin State University, in Nacogdoches — or “Nac” as the locals call it—at 2107 University Drive. Guided tours of the Mize Garden are available weekdays during the season for a small fee. Be astounded by over 6,500 azaleas, 200 camellias, and 180 varieties of Japanese Maples along more than a mile of walking trails across 11 acres.

Download the Azalea Trail 2023 Brochure showing the Ruby M Mize Garden and three trails totaling 25 miles of driving routes through beautifully landscaped residential areas. Each course starts at the Visitor Center, at 200 E Main Street, near the Nacogdoches Fire Museum.

9. The Southern Indica Trail, Nacogdoches

Azaleas And Spring Flowers

March 24–April 9

The Southern Indica Trail, 8 miles featuring Indica azaleas, takes you past the Durst-Taylor Historic House and Garden, the Stone Fort Museum, and the Nacogdoches Railroad Depot, plus the Old University Building, dating back to 1859.

10. The Evergreen Azalea Trail, Nacogdoches

Azaleas And Spring Flowers

March 24–April 9

The Evergreen Azalea Trail winds 9 miles past mostly evergreen azaleas. It steers you by the Mast Arboretum and Oak Grove Cemetery, the final resting place of four signers of the Texas Declaration of Independence.

11. The Fashion Azalea Trail, Nacogdoches

Azaleas, Camelias, And Spring Flowers

March 24–April 9

The Fashion Azalea Trail, 8 miles long, takes you by The Gayla-Mize Garden and Demonstration Garden, including azaleas and camellias. Zion Hill Baptist Church is home to one of the oldest African American Baptist congregations in Texas.

12. Stephen F. Austin Mast Arboretum, Nacogdoches

Shade Plants, Gingers, Polinators, And Agaves

March 24–April 9

The SFA Mast Arboretum is just a short walk over the bridge from the Ruby M. Mize Garden, with 7,500 species of shade-tolerant plants, gingers, pollinator plants, agaves, and more across 10 acres.

Pro Tip: Stay at the Hardeman House Bed and Breakfast, 316 N Church Street, downtown, just two blocks from historic brick Main Street. (936) 205-5280.

The Fredonia Hotel and Convention Center, 200 N Fredonia, is where mid-century modern luxury meets local. Dine in the hotel at 1st City Cafe, Nine Flags Bar, or Republic Steakhouse — the place to go for a perfectly cooked steak. Fredonia was named for an 1826 rebellion when area settlers briefly declared themselves independent from Mexico as the Republic of Fredonia.

There are plenty of antique shops downtown. Or get a cupcake at Blue Horse Bakery. Sip a brew at Fredonia Brewery, have a glass of wine at Red House Winery, or visit The Bosslight, a curated bookstore with the best Texas authors. View the Cole Arts Center, the Stephen F. Austin State University School of Art exhibition center at the Old Opera House. Sample Tall Pines Vodka and other artisan craft spirits at Front Porch Distillery.

13. Mrs. Lee’s Daffodil Garden, Gladewater

Acres Of Daffodils

February And March

These aren’t azaleas, but what a best-kept secret in East Texas! Mrs. Lee’s Daffodil Garden, a private paradise tucked away on 816 acres that transform every February and March to golden cascades of yellow daffodils scattered over 28 acres. Wander along a 4-mile trail that meanders around two lakes, between wooded valleys, and around a replica pioneer log cabin. The garden opens around the middle of February and remains open through March or later, depending on Mother Nature, from 10 a.m. to 4 p.m., seven days a week.

The garden is closed if the roads are wet. Contact the Daffodil Gardens directly at (903) 845-5780 for blooming schedules and road conditions. The park’s future remaining open depends on the number of people who visit and register their attendance. The Helen Lee Foundation manages the garden at 21600 CR 3103, Gladewater.

East Texas towns like Palestine, Tyler, and Nacogdoches entice visitors year-round. Spring is a grand time to explore these bountiful pink and white dogwood blooms and azaleas adorned in colors of pink, purple, red, yellow, orange, and white.

Pro Tips: Download Before You Go

Download the Visit Nac app (available for both Apple and Google Play) for planning and trip information to Nacogdoches. Download the EGuide Tyler app (also available for both Apple and Google Play) for events and things to do in Tyler. And download the Visit Palestine, TX app for all things Palestine.

Related Reading:

• 7 Best Dogwood Festivals In The U.S.
• 9 Beautiful Spring Wildflower Drives In Texas
• 11 Small Towns With Big Texas Charm You Need To Visit

Along the 2023 Azalea Trails in East Texas, scheduled for March 24–April 9, 2023, Texans and visitors to the Lone Star State can expect to see deciduous azaleas, wisteria, tulips, spirea, ornamental pears, dogwoods, redbuds, and crabapples in bloom. Come and visit miles of historic homes and residential gardens covered with beautiful azaleas. 

Note that we’re including Dallas and Houston on this list. While they’re often considered separate from East Texas, their azaleas are too tantalizing to pass up while you’re in the area.

We are can’t get enough of Texas’s spring beauty, and we wholeheartedly recommend these Texas azalea and flower experiences.

Dallas

1. Dallas Arboretum And Botanical Garden

You could spend an entire day at the Dallas Arboretum and Botanical Garden, strolling and oohing and aahing at the beautiful spring flowers, garden after garden. Since the topic is azaleas, explore the Margaret Elizabeth Jonsson Color Garden, six and a half acres of large blankets of lavishly blooming azaleas, tulips, and daffodils. The Eugenia Leftwich Palmer Fern Dell within the Color Garden boasts the perfect misty, shady environment where azaleas, ferns, camellias, and many other shade-loving perennials and shrubs thrive.

Pro Tip: Make reservations through the fall for the Seated Tea; weekday seatings at 11 a.m. and 2 p.m. make for a fabulous way to top off your day. Set amid the beautifully renovated DeGolyer Tea Room, enjoy the three-course tea menu created by Chef James Sparks of Gil’s Elegant Catering.

Nacogdoches

2. Ruby M. Mize Azalea Garden

The most expansive azalea garden in Texas with blankets of gorgeous hues of pink, purple, red, orange, yellow, and white, enjoy the Ruby M. Mize Azalea Garden located on the campus of Stephen F. Austin State University, in Nacogdoches.

The Azalea Trail 2023 includes the 11-acre Ruby M. Mize Azalea Garden, with more than a mile of trails winding beneath tall pines, plus the Southern Indica Trail, Evergreen Azalea Trail, and Fashion Azalea Trails highlighted below. These three trails total 25 miles of driving routes through beautifully landscaped residential areas. Each path starts at the Visitor Center near the Nacogdoches Fire Museum.

If you wish to walk the Ruby M. Mize Azalea Garden, start at the north or west entrance and follow the signs noting over 8,500 flowering azaleas, camellias, ornamental trees, and shrubs.

Pro Tip: Watch for dates to be announced for the Little Princess Tea Party at the Mize Azalea Garden with treats, fairy gardens, magic, and merriment.

3. The Southern Indica Trail

The 8-mile Southern Indica Trail featuring Indica azaleas leads you past the Durst-Taylor Historic House and Garden, the second oldest building in town. The Stone Fort Museum is a replica of the 1779 military fort. Plus, you’ll see the Nacogdoches Railroad Depot and the Old University Building, dating back to 1859. This trail starts at the visitor center near the Nacogdoches Fire Museum and is marked on this map.

4. The Evergreen Azalea Trail

The Evergreen Azalea Trail winds nine miles along the evergreen azaleas. It steers you by the Mast Arboretum and Oak Grove Cemetery, the final resting place of Thomas Jefferson Rusk, judge, statesman, Sam Houston’s secretary of war, and the signer of the Texas Declaration of Independence, and three other notable signers. This trail also starts at the visitor center near the fire museum.

5. The Fashion Azalea Trail

Follow the 8-mile-long Fashion Azalea Trail that leads you past the Gayla-Mize Garden with walking trails and many native plants and Demonstration Garden, featuring a butterfly garden, azaleas, and camellias. Zion Hill Baptist Church, which you’ll pass on this trail, is home to one of the oldest African American Baptist congregations in Texas. This trail also starts at the visitor center near the Nacogdoches Fire Museum.

Tyler

6. Tyler Dobbs Trail And The Lindsey Trail

The Azaleas and Spring Flower Trails in Tyler, hosted this year from March 24–April 9, boast a floral wonderland of blooming azaleas, dogwoods, tulips, and daffodils. Later in April, you’ll see roses all over the city.

Tyler hosts two azalea trails: The Tyler Dobbs Trail and The Lindsey Trail, both named after streets. Each route is about 10 miles long, winding different paths through the beautiful Azalea National Historic District.

Begin your exploration on the downtown square and head south on Broadway Avenue. Watch for the signs inviting you to enter private backyards to see the landscapes. National magazines feature many of these gardens. Watch for the Azalea Belles, young ladies dressed in Antebellum period clothing attending some of the parks.

7. Tyler Pyron Garden

At 212 W Dobbs, the Pyron Garden is a private backyard garden with beautifully landscaped azaleas, tulips, and roses created by Guy Pyron. Unfortunately, he passed in March of 2020, but his garden lives on.

8. Ina Brundrett Azalea Garden

Don’t miss the Ina Brundrett Azalea Garden on the Tyler Junior College campus near the duck pond and west of the Tyler Museum of Art. You’ll discover many types of azaleas, including the newer everblooming Encore varieties.

More Things To Do In Tyler

Goodman-LeGrand House and Museum is a delight for antique lovers with original furnishings, history, and memorabilia that will take you back to the mid-1800s.

Roseland Plantation tours are available by appointment only. Enjoy guided tours, afternoon tea, and the Cherokee Rose Cabin.

Bonner-Whitaker-McClendon House is open for tours on Fridays and Saturdays from 10 a.m. to 4 pm.

Jasper

9. Jasper Azalea Festival

Visit the Jasper County Courthouse Square in March for azalea blooms and an eclectic mix of activities, including live music, arts and crafts, and a petting zoo. Named for Sgt. William Jasper, a hero of the American Revolution, the town square features the courthouse constructed in 1889. You will also find two bed and breakfasts, antique shops, murals, the old county jail, art galleries, and outdoor art sculptures.

Pro Tip: Stay at the 1910 Belle-Jim Hotel, featuring home-style meals and cozy rooms with small-town hospitality for families or individuals.

Beaumont

10. McFaddin-Ward House Historic Museum

Find colorful azalea blooms at the historic McFaddin-Ward House in Beaumont, constructed in 1906. Enjoy self-guided audio tours of the home, carriage house, and gardens for those age 8 and older. Stow purses and bags in the complimentary lockers in the visitor center.

11. Beaumont Botanical Gardens

See more blankets of beautiful azaleas at the Beaumont Botanical Gardens, a 23-acre garden located within the 500 acres of Tyrrell Park. Stroll the paved walkway connecting the gardens showcasing camellias, azaleas, roses, bromeliads, and many native plants and wildflowers. The Warren Loose Conservatory within the gardens is the second largest conservatory in a public park in Texas. You’ll see koi ponds, waterfalls, rain forests, tropical areas, and fancy goldfish with beautiful water lily blooms.

12. Oaks Historic District

Beaumont’s Oaks Historic District is the largest historic district in Texas, located in downtown Beaumont. You’ll find many historic homes with streets lined with tall oak trees and plenty of azaleas.

Pro Tip: Don’t miss the Oyster Nachos at J. Wilson’s, a cornmeal-crusted gulf oyster served on a crispy corn tortilla chip with pickled Fresno chilies, pesto aioli, and corn salsa, a perfect appetizer bite.

Houston

13. River Oaks Garden Club

Houston’s River Oaks Garden Club celebrates its Azalea Trail every other year, and the next organized 87th Azalea Trail tour is scheduled for March 8–10, 2024. The trail features the Famous Bayou Bend Gardens, Rienzi Gardens, The Forum of Civics Building, and four residential gardens. You can still visit these venues to see beautiful azaleas. The 14th Biennial Florescence, a major Garden Club of Houston flower show, happens this year from April 26–27.

14. Bayou Bend Gardens

Bayou Bend Collection and Gardens is the Houston Museum of Fine Arts’s house museum for American decorative arts and paintings. Displayed in the home of Houston civic leader Ima Hogg (1882-1975), the collection showcases American furnishings, paintings, silver, and ceramics.

In the 1920s, Ima Hogg decided to experiment with azaleas at Bayou Bend, and she ordered a few Omurasaki varieties from a local nursery, planting them with peat moss and some other soil mixtures that allowed the azaleas to thrive. The following year, she ordered 250 more azaleas. Miss Hogg landscaped the gardens at Bayou Bend even before the house was under construction. She dreamed of opening her gardens to the public as Bellingrath Gardens in Mobile, Alabama, had opened in 1932. This year is the 56th anniversary of Bayou Bend’s opening to the public, and it is one of my favorite azalea gardens.

15. Rienzi

Rienzi, the Houston Museum of Fine Arts’s house museum for European decorative arts, is located on four acres of wooded azalea gardens in the historic River Oaks neighborhood. Formerly the home of philanthropists Carroll Sterling Masterson and Harris Masterson III, the house opened to the public in 1999. It is situated about two miles from Bayou Bend.

Pro Tip: While in Houston, visit one of Macaron by Patisse’s three locations. Gluten-free macarons by the dozen are available in various flavors, plus gelato by the scoop or in pints to go. Yum! You can also join a Macaron live-stream virtual cooking class.

More Pro Tips

Download the app Visit Nac for planning and trip information to Nacogdoches. Download the app EGuide Tyler for events and things to do in Tyler. You can download Beaumont Events for something to do in Beaumont. Also, find the app 365 Things to Do in Houston.

For more wildflower inspiration, consider The Most Beautiful Dogwood And Azalea Trails In East Texas, 10 Tips For Experiencing Lafayette, Louisiana’s Historic Azalea Trail, and 7 Best Towns In Texas To See Fields Of Bluebonnets.

And for more to do in this lovely region, check out these Beautiful State Parks To Visit In East Texas.

Spring is a gorgeous time to experience Washington, D.C., a city bursting with color.

Signs of spring in Washington, D.C., are usually marked by specific events, namely the day the nearly 1,700 cherry trees bloom around the Tidal Basin. The season is eagerly anticipated but hard to pinpoint due to weather inconsistencies. Wondrous blossoms are also observed from gardens all over Washington, D.C., especially on the National Mall, where there are 10 Smithsonian Gardens open to the public and free to explore. Each one has unique characteristics that make them worth a visit when in our nation’s capital.

The following list begins at The National Museum of African American History and Culture. It continues north up the National Mall (on both sides) toward the Capitol Building. This is only a suggested route; you can tour the gardens in any order and visit as many as you like. Each one is open daily, but check the Smithsonian website for any change in status or holiday closures.

1. National Museum Of African American History And Culture Landscape

In keeping with the green grass and sweeping, open vista of the National Mall, the designers of the National Museum of African American History and Culture Landscape wanted to embrace those views by incorporating meandering paths around the unique structure of the NMAAHC building. In the beds around the trails are plantings, including trees native to the Southeast and perennials in various blue, purple, and white hues. Most noteworthy is the lawn planted with over 450,000 purple crocuses that are breathtaking when in bloom, symbolizing hope and new beginnings.

Pro Tip: Visit the Sheltering Branches, an outdoor exhibit showcasing the live oak, an evergreen native to the Southeast. It is a habitat for living organisms and an enduring symbol for African Americans, representing safety, strength, and resilience.

2. Common Ground: Our American Garden

At the National Museum of American History, you will discover how plants play an essential role in America’s story. In Common Ground: Our American Garden, you will find a fascinating experience at the south entrance of the museum facing the National Mall. The raised beds feature flowers, herbs, and various plants to honor memory, healing, discovery, and ingenuity. In the Memory garden, the plants that natives and newcomers shared for food are presented as part of our collective heritage.

In the Healing garden, we learn how plants have been passed down throughout our collective history to craft medicines. We learn that many cultures brought plants to our shores in the Discovery garden, and botanists are still finding new species today. The Ingenuity garden focuses on plants applied in unusual ways to solve 21st-century problems. The beds include golden sedge, columbine, and sweet woodruff. There are also 500 Mexican feather grasses and more than 1,500 flowering perennials, such as Echinacea, bee balm, catmint, blanket flower, and butterfly weed.

3. Victory Garden

Just around the east side of the National Museum of American History is the Victory Garden, similar to those grown during World War II. The “heirloom” vegetables and flowers in the rotating beds come from species available during the 1940s. This carefully researched experience was implemented to reflect what would have been planted in window boxes and community gardens at the time.

Victory gardens were planted to support the food supply for civilians and troops during the war. It was a massive effort that involved the government, private industry, seed companies, schools, and the public, who learned how to plant and grow vegetables during the war.

Pro Tip: Visit the outdoor exhibit, We Need You! It showcases native wildflowers that attract pollinators to help us grow food. If you plan to grow vegetables in your own garden, learn which native wildflowers to plant in your beds.

4. Pollinator Garden

The Pollinator Garden can be found along the east side of the National Museum of Natural History. Its purpose is to educate us about how much we need pollinators to grow our plants. Insects such as butterflies and bees, as well as hummingbirds and small mammals, help our flowers and food grow. Flowering plants rely on pollinators for fertilization.

Once a butterfly habitat garden, the Pollinator Garden re-opened in 2016 with funds from the Garden Club of America. These funds allowed the garden to triple in size to showcase the diversity of pollinators. All of the plants, grasses, and trees are primarily native to attract these critical partners.

Pro Tip: Visit Bug BandB, an exhibit that combines larger-than-life sculptures to explain the vital role insects play in our ecosystem. The structures are made out of natural materials and are gorgeous as well as educational.

5. Enid A. Haupt Garden

Across the Mall between the Smithsonian Castle and Independence Avenue, the Enid A. Haupt Garden is three gardens that span four acres. The Parterre, the Moongate Garden, and the Fountain Garden combine to reflect the surrounding museums’ culture and architecture. The gardens are actually roofs of the National Museum of African Art, the Arthur M. Sackler Gallery, and the S. Dillon Ripley Center.

The Parterre is a manicured, formal garden that changes shape every few years and is inspired by the Victorian era. The Moongate Garden, designed by Jean-Paul Carlhian, is inspired by the Temple of Heaven in Beijing, China. Its design uses water and pink granite to take visitors to a relaxing place. The Fountain Garden, also designed by Carlhian, is modeled after the Court of Lions at Alhambra, a 13th-century Moorish palace and fortress in Granada, Spain.

Pro Tip: Visit the Key to the Forest outdoor exhibit, which highlights tropical plants and feels like a world away.

6. Kathrine Dulin Folger Rose Garden

The Kathrine Dulin Folger Rose Garden offers a vibrant display in front of the Smithsonian’s Arts and Industries Building. It is a four-season garden that focuses on roses but includes other plantings that support relationships between pollinators and people. The garden was a gift from the Lee and Juliet Folger Fund and underwent renovations in 2016 to feature disease-resistant roses (all own-root) and companion plants.

7. Mary Livingston Ripley Garden

The Mary Livingston Ripley Garden is only one-third of an acre. Still, its quiet beauty has become a respite for many in the city. Architect Hugh Newell Jacobsen’s vision incorporated a curvilinear design with raised beds to feel informal and intimate. Mrs. S. Dillon Ripley proposed putting a fragrant garden on the Arts and Industries Building’s eastern border instead of a parking lot, and it was adopted. Today, people, plants, and pollinators mingle in perfect harmony, enjoying the peaceful surroundings.

Pro Tip: Visit the outdoor exhibit, Homes, to discover how you can create a habitat in your own garden. You will get fantastic gardening ideas for your own beds here too.

8. Hirshhorn Museum And Sculpture Garden

The Hirshhorn Museum and Sculpture Garden is actually two gardens. One is the landscape surrounding the Hirshhorn Museum; one is the backdrop for a rotating collection of modern art housed outdoors across Jefferson Drive. The sunken open-air gallery, cut into the National Mall, utilizes plants to provide a “lush backdrop” and divides Joseph H. Hirshhorn’s world-renowned collection of sculptures into “rooms.” This garden creates a peaceful place to contemplate the work 14 feet below the surface of the Mall. It is a beautiful place to visit in any season.

Pro Tip: One of the sculptures is actually a living tree. Yoko Ono’s Wish Tree for Washington, DC, a kousa dogwood, can be found along the sunken garden’s northern wall. Every summer, visitors may write wishes on tags and hang them from the tree. These tags are collected and sent to Ono’s Peace Tower in Reykjavik, Iceland, to join millions of other wishes from around the world to become part of Ono’s global peace project.

9. National Air And Space Museum Landscape

The Landscape at the National Air and Space Museum is incredibly diverse. It includes over 2.5 acres of trees, shrubs, perennials, and annuals. As of this writing, the west side is open, but the east side will be closed for a couple of years. The Northside is right off the National Mall. It features the Flight Garden, an exhibit with various plants and flowers that attract pollinators. The garden also has descriptive panels that explain how birds, insects, and seeds have inspired flight.

Pro Tip: There are so many mature trees at this museum with lush shade gardens underneath them. These include varieties of hostas, hellebores, ferns, and hydrangeas. It may give you shade gardening inspiration.

10. Native Landscape At The National Museum Of The American Indian

The Native Landscape at the National Museum of the American Indian is an extension of the experience inside the building, meant to recall the time before European contact. The grounds include four distinct themes, including Woodlands, Wetlands, Eastern Meadow, and Traditional Croplands. These landscapes are set against the curved pathways that wind around the building and its gentle water features. The experience feels meditative.

More than 33,000 plants (150 species) native to the Piedmont Region were planted over 15 years ago. Now mature, they attract migratory birds and wildlife. The plantings demonstrate how Native Americans used each specimen for food, fiber, dye, medicines, ceremonies, and building materials.

Know Before You Go

The National Mall is flat, but it could take several hours and miles to complete the full tour with stops at each garden. If you stay for several days, you might want to break the itinerary up to visit a few each day. You could also visit the gardens that appeal to you. There are public restrooms and food trucks parked by the Washington Monument for breaks and refreshments.

As winter drags on into the end of February in Lafayette, Louisiana, the icy chill starts to disappear and the city readies for some warmth. As temperatures rise, a profusion of color signals the start of a time-honored tradition in the city. Since the 1930s, The Historic Azalea Trail has attracted visitors who come to admire the mind-boggling blooms that line 25 miles of Lafayette’s urban core. The red, pink, white, purple, and salmon hues of the azaleas enhance historic properties, landmarks, and stately homes. It’s a sign that spring has sprung in the city, and the celebration of color and community begins.

The azalea is a flowering shrub that hails from East Asia. In Chinese, it is called “Xiang shu,” which translates to “thinking of home bush.” Two centuries ago, it was brought to the Gulf Coast and named azalea. Azalea means “dry” because azaleas love dry soil. Lafayette’s predominant variety is the Southern Indica Formosa, which bursts forth in vibrant fuchsia and lavender year after year. It was christened the “General Lafayette” in the 1950s as the city flower in honor of Marquis de Lafayette, the city’s founder. While you can view many types of azaleas during the season, including bushes around 50 years old, here are some tips to ensure you don’t miss any of the flower power and incredible offerings this spring.

1. Peak Season Is Late February Through Early March

The official bloom season runs from the last week of February through March. If you go before, you may not see the colors at their peak. For more information, check The Azalea Trail website.

2. Start At The Visitor’s Center

The best way to see all the stunning blooms is to start at the visitor’s center. Pick up a map and casually drive through the city. You can also ride a bike as the trail is flat for most of the route. The map takes you on a fascinating tour through historic districts, downtown, the University of Louisiana at Lafayette and Oil Center, and neighborhood garden districts. The tour will take around an hour, but you will make stops, take pictures, shop, grab lunch, and generally have a wonderful time. The map allows for on and off meandering.

3. Don’t Miss The Cathedral Of St. John

In 1821, Jean Mouton donated 5.4 arpents to build a chapel for the residents of Vermilionville. It was the first parish in Lafayette Parish. Over time, the chapel expanded. It was rebuilt due to the destruction caused by the Civil War and a devastating storm. With the construction of a new church in 1916, the Cathedral of St. John stood the test of time. It was bestowed with the title of Cathedral in 1918 and still stands today and is a stop on the Azalea Trail. The 500-year-old Live Oak tree on the grounds is also an essential part of Lafayette’s history.

4. Make A Detour To View Cypress Lake

While it is not one of the specific stops along the Azalea Trail, Cypress Lake is on the way and worth a short detour. It is a 2-acre natural wetland in the heart of the University of Louisiana at Lafayette campus. It is a habitat for alligators, birds, and students, who lovingly refer to it as “The Swamp.”

5. Stop At The Hilliard Art Museum

Another stop on the trail, the Hilliard Art Museum at the University of Louisiana at Lafayette has a permanent collection of 18th- through 21st-century European, Asian, and American artworks. Plus, it offers 11,000 square feet of gallery space that features changing exhibitions of regional, national, and international art. Outdoors, there are street murals to enjoy along the trail throughout downtown. To find street art, check out Downtown Lafayette’s website. Local artisan work is for sale at Sans Souci Fine Crafts Gallery.

6. Bring Your Camera

You may want to stop and shoot photos of the breathtaking floral displays. A few suggested places along the trail are the visitor’s center, Girard Park, Mouton Gardens (aka Les Jardins de Mouton), and downtown along Jefferson Street. As a bonus, when you enjoy the trail, you will observe camellias, Japanese and southern magnolias, live oaks, cypress, pines, and native plants along the way. You may also feel inclined to snap a few shots at the many historic properties around the trail. To learn more about the historic properties along the way, visit the Preserving Lafayette website. Here you can find walking tours for specific historic districts.

7. Get Lunch At Old Tyme Grocery

When hunger strikes, you have to head to Olde Tyme Grocery. They make New Orleans-style po’boys that are legendary. Voted “#1 Budget Dining in The Nation” on Tripadvisor Traveler’s Choice Awards, this no-frills dining experience is a must in Lafayette.

It’s a take-out or patio dining establishment whose busiest season begins after Ash Wednesday during Lent. On Fridays, the seafood Poor Boys fly off the shelves, including the crawfish, shrimp, oyster, and catfish varieties. If you aren’t a seafood lover, they have ham, turkey, roast beef, swiss, or two meat combos and burgers. They are open late during the week but closed on Sunday. Do not miss out.

8. Ride A Trolley

On Saturday, March 18, a trolley will take guests on a full-route of the 25-mile azalea trail with historical narration tour guides. The event begins at 9 a.m. at The Roy House. Bring a lawn chair and a picnic to enjoy out on the Grand Mall in Les Jardins de Mouton.

9. Buy Azaleas At All Seasons Nursery

After witnessing all the beauty and splendor of the azaleas in Lafayette, you might want to spruce up your own yard at home. All Seasons Nursery on Johnston Street partners with the Azalea Trail and is the go-to place to purchase azaleas.

Bonus: Explore Downtown

There is excellent shopping and dining downtown once you have had a chance to visit all the must-see sights on the azalea trail or if you want to take a break while admiring the blooms. Lafayette is known as a foodie city with great places to enjoy all kinds of cuisine. In the center of town is Moncus Park. On Saturdays, you will find a farmers market with fresh produce, food vendors, artisan crafts, and baked goods. Now that construction is complete, Moncus Park adds 100 acres of new green space to the city, enhancing its natural beauty.

Lafayette is now certified as an “Azalea City” by the Azalea Society of America, which hosted its annual convention there last spring. The city has some of the best and most authentic Cajun and Creole cuisine, culture, music, art, and shopping in Louisiana. Between the flowers and the food, no wonder it’s known as the “Happiest City in America.”

California is a state that is blessed with a diversity of natural environments, from the deserts of Death Valley and the Mojave, the redwoods of the northwest, the high peaks and clear streams of the Sierras, and the valleys of live oak and grassland. With such differing ecosystems, we are fortunate to have an incredible number of annual and perennial wildflowers, trees, and flowering shrubs. In fact, there are more than 7,000 species of these types of vegetation in the state. Wildflowers can be spectacular in all of these regions, but their abundance and variety are linked to the amount of rain that falls, generally in the fall and winter months from November–March. 

Although rain is crucial for the growth of flowers, the timing, amount of precipitation, and temperature are critical for a super bloom to occur. For example, there must be a significant amount of moisture during September and October, which helps to rinse a bloom-inhibiting chemical from some types of seeds. Though not as important as rain, wind can also influence the abundance of annual wildflowers, as too much wind will dry out the seeds. 

Even without a super bloom, there are many places in our Golden State to see gorgeous flowers. California’s state flower, the yellow-to-deep-orange California poppy, and others still brighten the hills and valleys, if you know where to look and when their golden petals mingle with purple lupin and yellow goldfields, the sight is spectacular. 

Here are five places throughout the state that are known for their display of flowers. Even when rainfall is below normal there will be plenty to see in these natural landscapes; interesting geology and land formations, shrubs and trees, and other wildlife, such as deer, bobcats, fox and a variety of reptiles and birds. The best thing to do is to make a day of it. Bring a picnic lunch and camera and walk at your leisure in the natural world.

Southern California

1. Antelope Valley Poppy Preserve

This reserve is located at 1510 Lancaster Road in Lancaster, California. The area is considered part of the Mojave Desert Grassland habitat and lies at 2,600–3,000 feet in elevation. Here on 8 miles of trails, you are likely to see poppies, lupin, goldfields, and blue forget-me-knots. It is a beautiful reserve with a good view of the San Gabriel Mountains and there are benches located at spots along the trails for you to sit, relax, and enjoy the natural environment.

While you are there, be sure that you visit the Jane S. Pinheiro Interpretive Center which has wildlife and flower exhibits. High desert country often means unpredictable weather, so check before you arrive. It is usually windy in the spring so dress accordingly and bring plenty of water. Dogs are not allowed, and you are advised to stay on trails while taking photos to prevent damage to the flowering vegetation. This is a habitat for the Mojave green rattlesnake, and they are active on warm days, so be on the lookout as you walk. They are not aggressive and are an important part of the grassland ecosystem, keeping rodents in check.

2. Anza-Borrego Desert State Park

Anza-Borrego Desert State Park is the largest state park in California and is home to many unique plants that only grow in a desert environment. Many species bloom from March through early summer, including cactus, agave and yuccas, shrubs, and annual wildflowers. The abundance and quality of the flowers is dependent on the duration, time, and amount of rainfall, but also the wind. However, even when there is a year with less than average rain. This desert is worth a visit to find flowers. Cactus and flowering shrubs can be found in desert canyons and in washes where there is seasonal water. Cacti — such as beavertail, barrel, and cholla — and prickly pear bloom in April and May and have scarlet and shocking pink blooms, splendid to behold. The combination of bright yellow flowers, dusty sage-green leaves of brittlebush, and the deep and light purple of desert lavender and indigo bushes attract insects as well as birds. If you go, check in at the Anza-Borrego Desert State Park Visitor Center for information on where to find flowers.

Pro Tip: Flowers, if not carpeting the desert floor, can often be found in canyons and washes, sometimes where there are spots of shade.

3. Joshua Tree National Park 

Joshua Tree National Park is another great site to view wildflowers. Due to the muted colors of the Mojave Desert, the blooms of purple, red, yellow, cream, and blue flowers are especially vivid. Like other desert areas, such as Anza-Borrego State Park mentioned above, blooms vary from year to year, highly dependent on the amount of precipitation and air temperatures.

The prime wildflower season at Joshua Tree flourishes for just a few weeks, especially in the lower elevations, just enough time for the annual flowers to produce seeds. The Pinto Basin is a good place to view early blooms.

Flowers at higher elevations emerge later (March into April) but sometimes not until June. The indicator species of the park is the Joshua Tree, yucca breviola — commonly known as “desert dagger.” This is an unusual plant pollinated by moths, whose cream-colored blossoms hang in panicles. Other flowers include the large, white, trumpet-shaped Jimsonweed; the yellow-centered purple Mojave Aster; the orange-red Indian Paintbrush; and the deep blue Canterbury Bells.

Camping is allowed in the park and other accommodations including motels, lodges, and Airbnbs can be found in the towns of Joshua Tree and Twentynine Palms.

For more information, go to Joshua Tree National Park at nps.gov.

Joshua Tree is accessible from Los Angeles via Highway 10 and from San Diego on I-215 north to Highway 10. Start at the park entrance on Hwy 62 in the town of Joshua Tree.

Pro Tip: Visit the Hi-Desert Nature Museum in Twentynine Palms. It’s open Wednesday–Saturday from 10 a.m.–5 p.m.

Central California

4. Carrizo Plain National Monument

Located in San Luis Obispo County, 50 miles southeast of Paseo Robles and 100 miles northwest of Los Angeles, Carrizo Plain National Monument represents a portion of the once vast grasslands that covered parts of central and coastal California. At 250,000 acres, it is the largest remaining protected grassland habitat in California and spreads between two mountain ranges: the Temblor and the Calientes. The famous San Andreas Fault lies along the eastern edge of the mountains. This is a spectacular area that will transport you to a different era in California history.

When the rainy season is adequate, you will be rewarded with a mosaic of colors carpeting the grasslands and hills. There are fields of lupin and poppies, but also deeply pink owl’s clover, red paintbrush, and orange-tinged fiddlenecks. 

Wildflower season begins around mid-March and tapers in mid-May, as daytime temperatures rise. The best spots to see the flowers are along Soda Lake Road and Simmler Road. Besides a kaleidoscope of colors, you will enjoy the open space and quiet. And if you are lucky, an antelope, coyote, or bobcat may cross your path. You can also visit Painted Rock which contains the rock art of the Chumash and Yokut Indian tribes that once called this area their home.

Pro Tip: Be aware that there are no services in this area, so make certain that your gas tank is filled, and you bring along food and water. The road into the monument is not paved, but you do not need a four-wheel drive vehicle. Still, it’s a good idea to use a vehicle with good clearance and to check road conditions before you set out.

Central Coast

5. Fort Ord National Monument

Fort Ord National Monument is a coastal gem, and it was once a United States Army base, closed in 1994. In 2012, 14,651 acres were preserved as a national monument. It contains some of the largest coastal oak-chaparral habitats in California. Within the monument are 86 miles of trail for you to hike, bike, or horseback ride to your heart’s content. The monument’s main entrance, Creekside Trailhead, is located off State Highway 68 between the cities of Salinas, Seaside, and Monterey.

The area abounds in diverse habitats and wildlife including striking displays of annual wildflowers in the spring. The best time to view wildflowers here is early March and, depending on the amount and timing of rainfall, well into April. There are colorful and fragrant shrubs as well, like the orange sticky monkey flower and elegant red-bark manzanita with its pale-pink delicate cluster of bell-shaped petals, which bloom as early as January. You will be delighted to see hummingbirds hovering around the blossoms. There are patches of purple lupin, bright yellow buttercups, and red Indian paintbrush — even if the rainfall for the season is below average. The trails are varied in composition from dirt and sand to gravel roads. It is advised to be on the lookout for mountain bikes and horses, as the monument is a multi-use area.

Pro Tip: Follow up your hike with lunch at the Toro Café along Highway 68 just 10 minutes west of the trailhead. They have great burgers, salads, and sandwiches!

Northern California

6. Black Diamond Mines Regional Preserve

Black Diamond Mines Regional Preserve is an 8,533-acre protected area that was once mined for coal in the late 19^th century and was the site of several small towns housing the Welsh miners that came to work there. It is located near Antioch, California, in Contra Costa County. This preserve has more than 2,000 species of plants, including the rare Mt. Diablo fairy lantern and Mt. Diablo sunflower. There are remnants of coal mining here and one mine that you can tour. There is also a burial ground which was a Protestant cemetery named Rose Hill where 200 miners and their families were buried around the 1860s. Besides spring wildflowers, you may encounter something unusual: There have been many reports of ghosts in this area. 

Pro Tip: There are 65 miles of trails to explore and some of the hillside trails are steep, so you may want to bring your trekking poles.

7. Dry Creek Meadows Preserve

This protected area is a 152-acre, former gravel quarry pit located just northwest of Lemon Cove near Visalia in Tulare County. In 2004, the California Portland Cement Company donated their property to the Sequoia RiverLands Trust. The site is unique because it contains one of the few remaining alluvial woodlands in the state. A group of volunteers spent many hours over restoring the damaged areas by rerouting the streambeds and planting native trees, shrubs, grasses, and flowers that support populations of bald eagles, great blue herons, and herds of mule deer, as well as a showy display of wildflowers in the spring.

Pro Tip: Stop at The Main Squeeze Market along Highway 198 for great barbecue and mementos.

For more information about flowers in bloom all across the world:

• 7 Best European Destinations For Spring Flowers
• 5 Fantastic Locations To View Yellow Blooms During Napa Valley’s Mustard Season
• The 8 Best Tulip Festivals In The U.S.

By the time March rolls around, we are so over winter. Escape cold temps and celebrate the fact that spring will be here soon with a baseball game in Scottsdale, a California wildflower drive, or something a little more tropical. Below, TravelAwaits writers share their favorite warm places to visit in March.

1. Scottsdale, Arizona

“If days full of wildflower walks, sunny afternoons at baseball stadiums, and dining at chic open-air patios sounds like the perfect vacation scenario, then Scottsdale, Arizona is the place to be in March. In fact, the entire Phoenix-area Valley of the Sun is synonymous with spring via the Cactus League spring training’s packed schedule of Major League Baseball games.

“And, with an average high temperature of 76 degrees Fahrenheit in March, Scottsdale features the perfect weather for a range of other activities as well — from hiking the stunning Pinnacle Peak Park Trail (often bordered by beautiful wildflowers in the spring) to browsing the cool shops in the downtown/Old Town area to golfing the world-class courses to taking a dip in the pool at one of the luxurious resorts.

“Of course, the beauty of springtime in the Valley of the Sun is far from a travel secret, so you’ll have traffic and peak-season hotel prices to deal with. Still, as a frequent visitor to Scottsdale from my northern-Arizona home, March is my favorite month, and I believe the spring splendor makes it worth dealing with the crowds.” — Cindy Barks

2. Malibu, California

“Escape to this beach city just outside of Los Angeles where most days are in the 70s. March is a lovely time to visit Malibu as the maddening summer traffic and summer people have not arrived yet, so you will get a more local vibe. Due to the heavy rains California received, wildflowers are sure to dot the dramatic hillsides and canyons, making hiking to waterfalls even more breathtaking.

“Watch surfers and sunsets on numerous beaches (Carbon Beach, El Matador, El Pescador) or the Malibu Pier where you may become one with the waves, dolphins, and birds as you’ll find barely a soul in sight during the week. You’re sure to spot a celebrity shopping at the Malibu Country Mart or dining at Nobu. I live there most of the year. It’s hard to find a better place.” — Melissa Curtin

3. Palm Springs, California

Folks in Palm Springs are thrilled when March comes around, as longtime resident Kathy Condon can attest. “Cooler evenings give way to nearly perfect temperatures to visit one of the many restaurants that offer outdoor dining under the star-filled sky,” she says.

“Hikers plan longer treks because the weather is conducive to hiking,” Condon tells us, “This year’s rainfall is sure to produce what people call a ‘super bloom.’ The seeds of wildflowers have been lying dormant, but it appears that because of our plentiful rainfall, there will be a profusion of wildflowers everywhere in March.

“Tennis enthusiasts can go to the 2023 BNP Paribas Open at the Indian Wells Tennis Garden. Even if you aren’t a tennis fan, the gardens are spectacular,” says Condon. “Strolling the grounds and dining here with friends is a magnificent experience.”

4. Quepos, Costa Rica

“Costa Rica is the ideal choice to escape the last vestiges of winter;” according to Sharon Kurtz, who got into the pura vida spirit on a paradise getaway at Karahé Beach Hotel last March. Less than 3 hours by car from San Jose, it is situated on the rainforest hillside between the nearby town of Quepos and Manuel Antonio National Park. She tells us, “It has a laidback vibe with shady relaxing spots under swaying palm trees.”

“Espadilla Beach’s broad swath of white sand stretches out for more than a mile across the Manuel Antonio coastline, yet the cerulean blue waters aren’t the only attraction people come for,” Kurtz says. “Manuel Antonio (closed on Tuesdays) is the smallest park in Costa Rica, but abundant with wildlife. Capuchins, howler, and squirrel monkeys are some of the most social creatures, but I spied a bashful sloth and her baby on a tree branch just off the path.”

5. Fort Lauderdale, Florida

Located on Florida’s southeast coast, a trip to Fort Lauderdale in March offers visitors a tropical ambiance without the sweltering heat, according to Amy Piper.

“While you’re there, explore the city using the Water Taxi. The waterway is a fun way to get around, and you’re likely to see those lizards sunning themselves along the coastal walls.

“With the grandkids in tow, you’ll find several places they’ll enjoy. First, Sistrunk Marketplace is an excellent place to take the kids for lunch or dinner. They have a wide variety of local restaurants in a casual, kid-friendly environment. When everyone wants a different cuisine, they’ll all find something they’ll enjoy here.

“Then, be sure to check out the Museum of Discovery and Science. The museum showcases more than 300 interactive exhibits, immersive films, and experiential programs. The littles will love the play area, and the pre-teens will enjoy the aviation-themed Makerspace.”

6. Key West, Florida

“With temperatures averaging 70 to 78 in March, Key West is perfect for thawing out after a long, frigid winter,” says Sandi Barrett.

She recommends sipping a piña colada with an added rum float while strolling along Mallory Square during the nightly Sunset Celebration. Between the beautiful dipping sun, the dock filled with happy vacationers, and the “insane” street performers, visitors won’t have a care in the world.

For dinner, Barret suggests El Meson De Pepe’s. “The outdoor patio is just steps away from the Mallory Square action and filled with happy diners,” she tells us. “They don’t take reservations, so plan accordingly. The Cuban cuisine is heavenly and the atmosphere is festive — right down to the roosters wandering under and around the tables. Order some small plates to share and let the party begin.”

“Key West is perfect for the outdoor enthusiast,” Barrett says. “Enjoy the gorgeous beaches, explore Dry Tortugas National Park, snorkel, or simply sail out to sea.”

7. Longboat Key, Florida

While there are warmer places outside of the U.S. in March, SJ Morgensen contends that the Florida Gulf Coast is a perfect place to spend time. “With an average high of 78 degrees in March, it’s warm enough to hit the beach, but not sweltering hot like July and August can be,” she says.

“Longboat Key offers pretty beaches, upscale restaurants, and a small-town feel, she tells us. “The perfect place to stay in Longboat Key is Zota Beach Resort. You’ll love the beachfront access and infinity pool.” Morgensen suggests watching the sun go down from the resort’s private beach.

Pro Tip: “If you go, make a reservation at Euphemia Haye for one night,” suggests Morgensen. “Get the Caesar salad. Made fresh, this is the best Caesar I’ve ever had!”

8. Ocala, Florida

“Located in north central Florida, Ocala is a special place,” says Kathleen Walls. You may be amazed to find out that there are canyons here. “The Canyons Zip Line and Canopy Tours created a zipline over Sky High Canyon and Gator Lake,” she tells us. “When I saw this beautiful landscape, I couldn’t believe it was an ugly limestone mine at the turn of the 20th century,” recalls Walls.

One of America’s famous female gangsters died in a gunfight near Ocala. Walls recommends visiting Ma Barker House to learn facts about Kate Barker that differ from Hollywood’s depictions.

“Fort King Visitor Center’s reconstructed fort with live reenactments is fun,” Walls tells us. “I learned things about the Seminole Wars that are not taught in school.”

“Silver Springs State Park with its glass-bottomed boats is another favorite,” says Walls, “It’s hosting a Springfest March 4 and 5. Don’t miss the museum and Cracker Village. Another festival is the Strawberry Festival, also on March 4. There will be a car show, petting zoo, entertainment, and lots of strawberries.”

9. La Paz, Mexico

“Located in Baja California Sur, Mexico, La Paz sits on the Sea of Cortez, which Jacques Cousteau allegedly referred to as ‘The World’s Aquarium.’ Also known as the Gulf of California, this area is home to hundreds of unique marine species and it’s the perfect place for animal encounters. Visiting in March ensures warm weather, and an opportunity to swim with whale sharks, the world’s largest fish.

“If you prefer staying on dry land, there’s plenty in La Paz to keep you busy. Head to the Museo de Arte de Baja Sur to admire the work of local artists, take an off-road adventure in an ATV, or go sandboarding on the Dunes of El Mogote. The beaches in La Paz rival those of the Caribbean, so don’t miss Balandra Beach, with its shallow waters and tide pools. La Paz is a fantastic destination any time of year, but go in March to avoid the intense heat of summer.” — Kirsten Maxwell

10. San Juan, Puerto Rico

“Traveling from the United States to Puerto Rico has all the ease of domestic travel but travelers still get that Caribbean-getaway vibe,” says Jill Robbins. I last traveled to Puerto Rico in January 2023 and the beach weather was perfect. The water was slightly chilly (but not unbearable), so March should offer some beautiful beach days.

Robbins recommends staying in the Isla Verde district, which is home to several beachfront resorts. “Isla Verde is a 10-minute drive from the airport and about a 30-minute drive to historic Old San Juan,” she says.“Wander along the blue cobblestone streets and admire the unique, colorful buildings. Be sure to check out the local shops and restaurants. Sample some street food if you get a chance. You’ll always find a party here. March brings a jazz festival, a rum festival, and many more events.

“Puerto Rico is a U.S. Territory, so no passport is required for U.S. citizens and no currency exchange. Direct flights are available from Dallas, Miami, New York City, and other major U.S. hubs.”

11. Palestine, Texas

“Palestine, Texas, is located in beautiful East Texas, about 1.5 hours from Dallas, where the tall pine trees outline both sides of the highway. The town of Palestine is my choice for you to check out in 2023 between March 17 and April 2 for the 85th Texas Dogwood Trails Celebration. It’s when the dogwood blooms come out to play. Every year around this time, the dogwood trees sprout their small clusters of four white petal flowers with pink to reddish centers. Even the green buds of the tree are beautiful.

“Not only will you see the beauty of these popular East Texas trees in Palestine, but the city also celebrates special events such as the Texas State Railroad Dogwood Lunch Train, Dogwood Fly In Fair, Piney Woods Express diesel train adventure, and many more. But of course, the siting of the Dogwood blooms plays a significant part, so you’ll want to be sure to visit the Davey Dogwood Park.

“Keep an eye on the Official Dogwood Bloom Watch for 2023 — they say the best time for the blooms to fully appear is April 1 to 3, but you know Mother Nature — that could change and come even earlier.” — Kim Croisant

Related Reading:

1. 9 Sunny, Warm Destinations For Snowbirds
2. 11 Fabulous European Cities To Visit In April 2022
3. 9 Wonderfully Warm Places To Visit In April

After a long, cold, harsh winter, springtime brings a rebirth to the world and is the perfect season to break out of that wintertime funk. It’s the perfect time to get out of the house and get away from it all. Whether you’re looking for a special vacation with your family or a nice getaway for just you and your partner — without the stereotypical spring break shenanigans of the college set — then Gulf Shores and Orange Beach are for you.

Gulf Shores and Orange Beach are located along a narrow peninsula and barrier island at the southernmost end of Alabama. The weather here is almost perfect all year but more so in March and April when the low temperatures average around 54 degrees at night and 71 during the day.

And that’s just the start. Here are only a few reasons why you should consider Orange Beach and Gulf Shores as your next spring break getaway.

1. Friendly And Welcoming

First and foremost, the permanent residents in both towns are extremely friendly, courteous, and welcoming to all who visit. This feeling of inclusion gives the towns a laid-back atmosphere away from the noise and hustle of larger spring beach destinations.

2. Easy Access

Both towns are easily accessible from just about anywhere. Two main highways — US Highway 59 and the Foley Beach Express — bring you straight onto the peninsula from either Interstate 10 or Interstate 65. There is a toll bridge as you cross the Intercoastal Waterway on the express but not on US 59. Just remember that both of these highways can become congested with traffic, especially on weekends, so plan to arrive early in the morning.

The main highway along the coast is Alabama Highway 182 which stretches from its intersection with US Highway 59 to the Florida state line and is where most of the attractions, dining, and accommodations will be found.

3. The Beaches

You will be hard pressed to find finer beaches along the Gulf Coast than those found in Gulf Shores and Orange Beach. Over 32 miles of pristine white fine sand public beaches outlined with the gorgeous turquoise waters of the Gulf of Mexico offer hours of fun in the sun.

When it comes to spring break, these twin cities afford both mature vacationers and families plenty of space away from college beachgoers. Alcohol is not allowed on the beaches at Gulf State Park and since 2016, the City of Gulf Shores has banned alcohol from its public beaches altogether from March 1 to mid-April.

While alcohol is permitted on the sands of Orange Beach (glass containers are not permitted), the city sections off the popular Perdido Pass Beach to be strictly family-friendly.

4. Non-Stop Entertainment

There is a world of attractions and entertainment venues in Gulf Shores and Orange Beach that will make your spring break memorable rain or shine.

Music At The Wharf

For live music, the place to be is The Wharf where concerts take place almost nightly. Great local singers and bands, karaoke, and dancing to DJs and big-name recording artists fill the bill throughout spring.

Waterville USA – A Classic Water Park

If you love the thrill of amusement park rides, two of the best in the region can be found right here on the Alabama Gulf Coast. Waterville USA is a 20-acre water and amusement park that features 17 waterslides, a wave pool, a virtual reality arcade, and more.

Thrills At The Park At OWA

Just up the road in the town of Foley is the Park at OWA featuring death-defying rides like the Rollin’ Thunder and Alabama Whama. It is the home of a completely indoor water park, Tropic Falls, with a wave pool and thrilling water slides all under a convertible glass roof that makes it the perfect attraction no matter the weather.

Get Wild At The Zoo

Gulf Shores is the home of the Alabama Gulf Coast Zoo with its acclaimed Animal Encounters where you can get up close and personal with exotic animals.

A Bird’s Eye View

Get a breathtaking view of the beautiful turquoise waters of the Gulf and the snowy white beaches as you hop aboard one of the many helicopter tours offered by Lost Bay Helicopters.

A Round Of Mini Golf

What would a seaside vacation be without mini golf? There are seven different courses you can choose from, including Adventure Island, which goes beyond just golf. Adventure Island features go-karts, bumper boats, an arcade, paddleboats, and a volcano that regularly explodes. Visit Shrimpy’s where you can play a round on the 18-hole course then savor a cool, creamy milkshake and other ice cream treats.

5. Nature-Based And Historic Sites To Explore 

Spring break in Gulf Shores and Orange Beach is much more than sunning on the beach and playing in the surf. The cities also have fascinating historic sites and natural wonders to explore.

Historic Fort Morgan

On the far western end of the Fort Morgan peninsula, there is the massive stone fortress called Fort Morgan where, during the Civil War, one of the most historic U.S. naval battles occurred, the Battle of Mobile Bay.

Fascinating Museums

Both towns have interesting museums to explore that trace the area’s history from when Native Americans called these beaches home to its maritime and fishing history. Make sure to block out some time to visit the Orange Beach Indian and Sea Museum and the Gulf Shores Museum. Both include free admission.

Hiking Maritime Wetlands And Forests

For nature lovers and outdoor enthusiasts, it doesn’t get much better than springtime along the Alabama Gulf Coast. A hike down 6 miles of trail at the Bon Secour National Wildlife Refuge takes you through the Gulf’s transitional maritime wetlands and forests. Here, a rainbow of wildflowers blooming and an array of wildlife including American alligators are always nearby.

The Way Of The Paddle

Grab your kayak or rent one from any one of the area’s outfitters and paddle one of the region’s beautiful and tranquil bays, backwaters, or lakes.

World-Famous Walking And Biking Paths

For those less adventurous, but who still want to experience the natural beauty of the Alabama Gulf Coast, bike or walk the 15 miles of paved multi-use trails known as the Hugh Branyon Backcountry Trail which weaves its way around wildlife-filled wetlands, lakes, and ancient sand dunes.

Sail With Dolphins

Both kids and adults will love taking to the Gulf on one of its many dolphin cruises that set sail from either beach town. Many offer sunset cruises that make the perfect romantic evening.

6. Dinner With A Show

Being coastal towns, you know that dining along the Alabama Gulf Coast is centered around some of the most amazing seafood served up anywhere.

Lulu’s

Gulf Shores is the home of singer Jimmy Buffett’s little sister, Lucy, who has made a name for herself with her restaurant, Lulu’s. It serves up incredibly delicious crab claws, gumbo, and more, all with a dose of live musical entertainment.

The Original Oyster House

Another local favorite is the Original Oyster House which serves up — you guessed it — oysters fried, baked, or served on a half-shell, as well as its famous fire-grilled oysters.

Sunset At The Cobalt Restaurant

For a real show, make plans to spend the evening on the patio of the Cobalt Restaurant. At Cobalt, views of the Orange Beach fishing fleet returning with their catch are accentuated by a glorious sunset.

7. Fishing 

Take the ultimate fishing excursion aboard one of the many charter boats that set sail from the marinas of Orange Beach and Gulf Shores and try your hand at landing the big ones — red snapper, amberjack, triggerfish, mahi-mahi. The list goes on and on. And after a long day of fishing, take your catch to one of the many “catch-and-cook” restaurants in the area that will cook it up fresh for you.

Where To Stay In Orange Beach And Gulf Shores

For lodging, both cities have many hotel options, but most people go for renting a beach house or oceanside condo. Condominium options with booking information can be found on the Orange Beach and Gulf Shores websites. Both towns also have beach house rental recommendations. Just remember, book your accommodations well in advance. They can be tough to come by.

Parking In Orange Beach And Gulf Shores

Unless you have accommodations that are within walking distance to the beaches, you will need to park at one of the public access points to access the beach. Paid parking is available at several locations in Gulf Shores ranging from 4-hour to all-day parking. Cash and credit cards are accepted but change is not provided.

Orange Beach offers paid parking at several access points along the beaches of Gulf State Park ranging from 2 hours to all day. Veterans can park for free with an approved pass.

In case you haven’t heard, the week after Independence Day is Nude Recreation Week — also known as National Nude Week. From July 10 to July 16, 2023, thousands across the US will use this excuse to strip off, head to a nude beach, check in at a nude resort, jump into a hot tub, or simply hang out in the garden — naked. But why wait until July?

Naturism, also known as nudism, is all about enjoying life without the encumbrance of clothes — when it makes sense to do so. Have you ever seen a 2-year-old running around when freed from their diaper? They always have a grin from ear to ear as they enjoy their newly found freedom. Well, that’s pretty much what it feels like when you first step outside into the warmth wearing absolutely nothing at all. And no matter how many times you have enjoyed nude recreation, the exhilaration and sense of freedom that comes with stepping out of your clothes never seem to diminish.

Millions of people globally have discovered the joy of spending time naked, from Australia to northern Europe and, yes, even here in the U.S.A. Naturism is traditionally a family pursuit — head to Europe and you will see three generations of family enjoying life on the beach with not a stitch of clothing between them. Grandma, daughter, and grandchild will all be equally unclothed. You may think naturism is the preserve of aged hippy boomers (and to some extent, it has been) but they’re far from alone.

Enjoying life au naturel, whether it’s an extended 3-week vacation or a quick day trip to the beach, is not restricted to any one age group, demographic, or gender, and in naturist circles, you will come across older couples (“We’re at that age where we don’t care what we look like”), younger couples, groups of friends, families with children, single men and women, gays, lesbians, white, black, large and small, tattooed and pierced, people with disabilities, others sporting foot-long scars and any other combination you can think of.

So what is a nude vacation, and why should you consider experiencing one? Simply put, a nude vacation (or “nakation” as it is cutely called) is one where you can experience doing all the things you normally enjoy on vacation, but without clothes. Nudity is the norm. It may be as simple as taking a beach vacation where the beach is clothing optional or a rental property where you can sunbathe or splash in a jacuzzi without the need for a swimsuit.

On a recent nude cruise, we found that over 75 percent of passengers were returning guests — an incredible return rate when you consider the average cruise return rate is nearer to 30 percent. So why do people return to take nude vacations year after year and why should you consider joining them? Here are 11 good reasons.

1. It’s Liberating

Vacations are a time to relax. Being naked is the most liberating feeling in the world. Stepping out of your clothes gives you a sense of freedom — not only from tight, constricted clothes but also freedom of the baggage that comes with it. No more worrying about how you look — “Does this match?” “Do I look big in this?” and no more continuous adjustment of bra straps or swimming shorts. It’s just so much easier, allowing you to relax on a whole new level.

2. You Will Lose Your Inhibitions 

When you lose your clothes, you also lose your inhibitions — it makes you freer. It doesn’t mean to say you act inappropriately or do things you wouldn’t do dressed; it’s just easier to kick back and destress. Many find that their worries tend to get left behind with their clothes.

3. Experience Less Judgment

Being naked among others is a great social leveler. It’s hard to judge or pigeonhole someone when they are naked. Suddenly you find your prejudices have also been left behind with your clothes.

Some will have known the naturist lifestyle from birth; others will have stumbled across a clothing-optional beach and been tempted to try it. The one age range which is sometimes less common are the early teens — our two sons were happy running around naked until they reached puberty. At that point, they would happily sit talking with their (male and female) friends around the pool, all with a towel wrapped around their waists but as soon as they went for a swim, they would all drop their towels and splash around in the water. Once out of the pool, the towels went back around their waists. Go figure.

So, if naturists are not just retired boomers or old hippies with addled brains, who are they? They’re you. Naturists come from all walks of life — but here’s the thing: When everyone is naked, you cannot tell if someone is a millionaire CEO or earning minimum wage and has just finished the night shift. You cannot tell if they have a Ph.D., just completed a long brain surgery, given their last sermon for the day, or are chilling out before going to restack an Amazon warehouse. The one thing they have in common is that they have discovered the freedom of nude recreation and enjoy vacations where they can literally let it all hang out.

4. Gain Body Confidence

Surrounded by others of all colors, shapes, sizes, scars, and disfigurements, you realize no one has the perfect body (whatever that is), and, you know what? You stop worrying about your own body or caring about others’. I recall one very large woman in Greece making her way into the swimming pool. Instead of gently climbing into the pool, she jumped in. To this day, I can vividly recall her in mid-air, large boobs like Dumbo’s ears flying behind her. It was an amusing sight and one that has stayed with me because she was so comfortable in her own body. Naturism will do that to you.

5. Accept Others For Who They Are

It’s so much easier to accept others for who they really are when they are stripped of external paraphernalia and you have left your preconceived ideas and prejudices on the floor with your clothes.

6. No Tan Lines

What looks or feels better than sporting a healthy tan? After your vacation, that sense of well-being stays with you as it’s reflected in your all-over tan. And, with no tan lines, you look good no matter what you wear.

7. Make Real Friends For Life

On a nude vacation, you spend time with like-minded people. We have found our best friends through naturism, and I suspect it’s because everyone is so open. There are no airs and graces; you see people for who they really are, and so it’s much easier to make friends and lasting relationships.

8. Travel Light

Let’s face it, you won’t be packing as much stuff when you travel. For starters, leave the swimming costumes at home (chances are you won’t be needing them ever again anyway). You might not be nude for a full 2 weeks, but you sure won’t need three outfits a day. And for small kids, this has to be a blessing. So, packing is easier and you have less luggage to haul around.

9. It’s Cheaper

There really is no need to buy a new swimsuit every year. Grown out of those summer pants? Who cares, you won’t be wearing them anyway. Yes, you will need clothes, but not as many! Pack light and don’t pay for that additional bag.

10. There Are So Many Places To Try It

Miami’s Haulover clothing-optional beach is a great place to experience your first nude beach experience. Florida, California, Mexico, and the Caribbean have numerous places to enjoy a nakation – from family-friendly nudist resorts (Cypress Cove in Florida) to all-inclusive, adults-only nudist resorts (check out Hidden Beach Resort on the Riviera Maya).

If you like to enjoy the great outdoors under canvas, pitch your tent in a remote spot in the countryside or check into a more rustic nudist resort — (check out the American Association For Nude Recreation site for a comprehensive list of clothing-optional resorts). Either way, sleep naked and don’t bother to dress until you have packed away your tent. If you enjoy sightseeing, how about staying in a nudist-friendly bed and breakfast (Nuance in Michigan is a fine example) or a condo with a secluded pool you can use in the raw; check out bed and breakfasts in Key West, for example. 

If sailing is your thing, charter a crewed clothing-optional tour or join other like-minded folks on a nude cruise (check out Bare Necessities). If you are ready to go “all in,” stay at a naturist resort — there are hundreds to choose from in North America alone — where you can be nude all day (and night) long. Resorts vary in style — from basic “rustic” to five-star luxury, but they all offer the opportunity to relax, walk, swim, and often play sports — all without a stitch of clothing.

Venture farther afield to Europe and there are resorts where you can spend your whole vacation without the need to ever get dressed. Many years ago, my wife and I spent a getaway in a French resort with our two young sons; one suitcase, four towels — that was it. We stripped when we arrived and dressed only when we left 2 weeks later.

In between, we enjoyed the beach and sea, rode our bikes, swam in the pool, went to the bakery for our fresh bread every morning, shopped for groceries, and even went to the bank. We never got dressed. It was one of the most relaxing vacations we have ever taken. And that’s a sentiment millions of others have found, too.

11. It Just Feels So Darn Good

The most important reason you should consider a nude vacation — it just feels so darn good to lose your clothes and feel the warm, gentle breeze caress your body. Imagine walking out of the sea, up the beach, and lying down on your towel. No tight, soggy swimsuit that clings to every crevice and no sand in those most intimate places. Let the sun dry you off as you say aaaaghhhh.

National Nude Week is an opportunity for naturists to raise the profile of this wonderfully liberating lifestyle. Nude vacations are on the increase, and this summer is definitely the time to plan yours. For more information, check out The Naturist Society (TNS) and AANR for naturism in North America, the International Naturist Federation for overseas, and the American Association for Nude Recreation (AANR) referenced in the first paragraph of this article.

Taking the plunge? Don’t forget these seven things you must pack for your naturism vacation.

Is there any more gorgeous a flower than the riotously colorful tulip? We adore these cheery harbingers of spring, and it turns out there’s a charming, picturesque city in Michigan that loves them just as much — if not more — than the rest of us. So much so that it hosts an 8-day bash devoted to these beautiful blooms each year, and it might just be the perfect destination for your next weekend getaway.

Holland, Michigan, located on the state’s western shore near Lake Michigan, is a 3-hour drive from Detroit and has a long and rich Dutch heritage. It’s also crazy for the flower that first became popular in Holland, a region and former province of the Netherlands. Since 1929, the Michigan town has played host to Tulip Time, a festival that features millions of blooming bulbs, art, entertainment, food, and lots of Dutch-themed fun.

Here are the best things to do during this terrific event.

1. Enjoy The Magnificent Blooms

You just can’t escape the festival’s lovely namesakes — nor would you want to! They are everywhere, a delightful riot of color spread throughout town. Holland’s parks and recreation Department plants a whopping 5 million bulbs across town every autumn. Sourced directly from the Netherlands, these beauties are typically in their full, glorious bloom the first week of May, when Tulip Time is held. Everywhere you turn, you’ll see festive splashes of red, pink, orange, yellow, and even purple, and there are perfect photo opportunities around every corner. Take in the floral splendor in parks and public spaces and along the roadsides — or tulip lanes — everywhere in town.

Tulip Time also features flower-specific activities and events for festivalgoers, including several walking tours, plus organized photo walks through the most scenic floral stretches of town. Also, back by popular demand, visitors can also take part in a special tulip immersion garden, featuring 50,000 tightly packed and perfectly planted blooms, with expert explanation and commentary from an internationally-lauded horticulturist. Talk about the perfect Instagram moment… be prepared to be dazzled!

New in 2023, you can even name a tulip bed after your family or a loved one. Talk about the perfect Mother’s Day tribute!

Even if you’re prone to allergies, you’ll have a great time: It turns out that tulips are some of the most hypoallergenic blooms out there.

2. Tulip Time Run

Want to flower-power your way through a unique and unforgettable workout? Then consider the Tulip Time Run to kick off your Holland visit. The event — which is held the first day of the festival and features both a 5k and a 10k — welcomes all paces, and you can’t beat the gorgeous views.

The race kicks off and also ends at Holland’s Kollen Park, right on the lovely shores of Lake Macatawa. You’ll run right through the tulip-lined streets of Holland, there’s terrific runner support, and we’ll challenge you to find a prettier spring race! Hint: it’s not going to happen!

3. Floral Arrangement Courses

Creating dazzling floral bouquets is an art, and if you’re inspired by Holland’s tulips to try it out, you’re in luck! Tulip Time is offering several hands-on floral arrangement sessions during the festival. In this hour-long course, you’ll learn the basics from award-winning floral designers, and even create your own masterpiece to take home. Tickets include your lesson and all the supplies you’ll need to build our own beautiful, one-of-a-kind creation.

4. Art Exhibits

Celebrating the arts has long been central to the Tulip Time Festival.

The Art in Bloem Fine Art Showcase focuses on pieces created by local artists. Here you’ll find the top 20 finalists in the Tulip Time artwork competition, and you can even participate in the Viewers’ Choice Awards by voting for your favorite image at the exhibit!

The Tulip Time Quilt Show is also a fan favorite, with the difficult and increasingly rare art form taking center stage. More than 100 hand-stitched quilts are on display, in a variety of styles, colors, and designs. Visitors can also buy raffle tickets for the chance to win a very special quilt: one created specifically to celebrate Tulip Time!

If you want to try your own hand at creating tulip-centered visual art, be sure to check out the Tulip Time Photo Walks. There, you’ll get tips and tricks from professional photographers about how to get the perfect image of these iconic flowers, and even have the chance to submit your photo to be considered for Tulip Time social media posts during the festival.

5. Windmill Island Gardens

The Only Authentic Dutch Windmill Still Operating In The U.S.

To experience Holland’s tulips in a truly Dutch setting, walk the 20 minutes from downtown to Windmill Island Gardens. The focal point of this beautiful spot is DeZwaan, the only authentic Dutch windmill operating in the United States. When we say operating, we really mean it: The mill grinds wheat flour and cornmeal that you can purchase on-site.

Climb to the fourth-floor deck for a gorgeous view of the grounds and gardens, which are perfect for strolling when the 100,000 tulips scattered across the three lush fields are in full bloom. As you can imagine, the gardens are bustling during Tulip Time, and for good reason. Tickets cost $12.

6. Tulip Time Parades

Volksparade

You’ll want to make time for at least one of the parades that take place during Tulip Time. The Volksparade is a traditional Dutch march that encourages crowd participation. First, the mayor dons ceremonial white gloves to inspect the cleanliness of the route. If the streets need scrubbing (and they most likely will!), you’ll see folks in traditional Dutch costumes bring out buckets and brooms for the spring cleaning needed for the parade to step off. After that, you’ll be treated to dozens of bands, community floats, and other entertainment. There’s also a Dutch dance performance just prior to the parade kick-off. 

Kinderparade

The Kinderparade — or children’s parade — is a sweet Tulip Time tradition for Holland’s youngest residents. Elementary school children will line up with their teachers and school administrators in full costume and march together through downtown Holland. Each school and grade will have its own theme that celebrates Dutch heritage.

Be sure to head downtown early to claim a spot for whatever parade you choose to view.

7. Traditional Dutch Dancing

Dutch dancing returns in a big way during the 2023 Tulip Time festivities. Costumed performers will show off traditional Dutch dance steps at Centennial Park in the middle of town. Expect lots of clomping in those clogs! There are also performances featuring far younger dancers as children from 3rd through 8th grade will also show off their talents. There are dance demonstrations each day during Tulip Time; be sure not to miss them!

Eating In Holland

During the Tulip Time Festival, Dutch cuisine takes center stage.

DeBoer Bakery is locally owned, and the people who live in Holland know that its two locations are the best places to go for pastries sweet and savory, including buttery krakelingen filled with almond paste and saucijzenbroodjes, or Dutch pigs in a blanket. Russ’, another locally owned favorite, features Tulip Time’s favorite Dutch pea soup.

Of course, you can enjoy Dutch cheese, beer, and sausage from vendors in and around downtown. And if you feel like mashing up your Dutch and Italian food faves, head to Hops at 84 East. Located downtown, this spot bakes up wood-fired pizzas with crusts made by DeBoer Bakery from flour milled at the local windmill. It’s truly full-circle cuisine!

Shopping In Holland

The shopping scene in Holland during Tulip Time tends to focus on all things floral, with artwork, textiles, and other home goods emblazoned with the bright spring blooms the festival celebrates. You’ll find tulip-themed gifts in nearly every downtown Holland boutique. You can also take home some tulip bulbs to plant in your own yard or garden once fall comes around.

You’ll find special Tulip Time souvenirs and much more, at the Artisan Market on the grounds of Beechwood Church. More than 150 juried artisans will offer their wares for sale at the market. If you work up an appetite while shopping, no worries, as food trucks will also be on site. And as an extra bonus: Dutch dancing demonstrations will take place during the duration of the market!

Where To Stay In Holland

There are three downtown hotels in Holland, which tend to book up fairly quickly for Tulip Time: the newly revamped Haworth Hotel on the campus of Hope College, a Courtyard by Marriott property conveniently located along the main parade route, and the modern, chic CityFlatsHotel.

If you can’t snag a room downtown, don’t worry: There are 2,000 additional hotel rooms within 3 to 4 miles of downtown, with accommodations to fit every budget. Homesharing sites like Airbnb and Vrbo are other options to consider, especially if you’re traveling with a larger group.

What To Know Before You Go

There’s no getting around the fact that there will be crowds at Tulip Time, especially on the weekends. Saturdays tend to be the busiest. Be sure to pack your patience, and just focus on having a terrific time! 

Also, this should go without saying, but we’ll go ahead and mention it: Although it might be quite tempting to do so, do not pick or cut any of the tulips on display in Holland unless you have express permission. It’s the only way to keep the blooms beautiful for everyone who visits during this special event.

Related Reading:

• How To Spend A Beautiful Weekend In Charming Holland, Michigan
• The 8 Best Tulip Festivals In The U.S.
• How To Visit Washington’s Skagit Valley Tulip Fields
• 7 Gorgeous Gardens To Visit In Michigan

Traveling to specific places at specific times of the year can yield stunning results, especially if you plan it right. Spring will be here before you know it, and with its arrival come some amazing opportunities to see and experience things that only happen for short periods of time. Here are five must-sees for this spring.

1. Sandhill Crane Migration

Nebraska

For some reason, some 10,000 years ago, a flock of sandhill cranes chose an area in central Nebraska as a rest stop as they continued their journey north after spending the winter in southern North America. The annual sandhill crane migration has become a historic event and lasts between six to eight weeks every spring.

About one million cranes descend on a 100-mile section of Nebraska called Central Flyway. It’s located between Grand Island, Kearney, and North Platte. It’s believed that the Platte River’s sandbars provide natural protection for the birds as they huddle together, recharging.

One recommended area for viewing is the Fort Kearny State Recreation Area. Here you’ll need a state-issued parking permit. It’s recommended that you visit around sunset, as this is when the sandhill cranes come in to roost each night. As the sun sets, the sky is filled with thousands of cranes. Keep your ears open for the bugle-like calls.

2. Blooming Wildflowers

Great Smoky Mountains

The Great Smoky Mountains in East Tennessee are home to some of the most spectacular sights in the country — waterfalls, lush mountain ridges, and a landscape that never ends. But in the springtime, the blooming wildflowers steal the show.

Each spring, lasting through fall, the first blooms begin to appear throughout the forests and along the trails of Great Smoky Mountain National Park. The blooms grow upslope as the season proceeds and evolve as the elevation changes. Look for the little white or pink blossoms, the larger blooms of various trilliums, and the white petals and golden stamens of bloodroot.

Some of the best places to find the wildflowers include Little River Trail, Katani Fork Trail, Cove Hardwoods Nature Trail, Porters Creek Trail, Chestnut Top Trail, and Lead Cove Trail to Spence Field. Check online for dates and times for the annual Spring Wildflower Pilgrimage, which takes place near the end of April.

3. Gray Whale Migration

Oregon

There are two peak seasons to see grey whales off the coast of Oregon. The winter, between mid-December and mid-January, and the spring from late February through May. This is when as many as 20,000 gray whales begin to migrate between the cold seas off Alaska and their breeding lagoons down south near Baja, Mexico.

The grays can reach as long as 50 feet and weigh around 30 tons. The best way to see them is to scan the horizon with the naked eye, looking for spouts. Once you see one, have a pair of binoculars ready and zoom in.

Another great way to maximize your experience is to travel and attend the state’s Whale Watch Weeks. During these events, the Oregon Parks and Recreation Department stations volunteer at 24 of the best viewing sites along the coast. The dates for this spring’s Oregon Whale Watch Week are Tuesday, March 28th to Sunday, April 2nd, 2023.

4. Shed Antlers

Jackson Hole, Wyoming

A new activity that is gaining popularity all across America is shed antler hunting. But if you’re looking for the premiere place to “hunt,” you need to be in Wyoming’s Jackson Hole valley.

In nature, male deers, caribou, elk, and moose grow new antlers each spring, after shedding last year’s antlers in the winter. The shedded antlers find new homes on the floors of forests and fields. That’s where the fun begins. In the spring, thousands of folks take to the woods in pursuit of finding the antlers.

In Wyoming, shed antler hunting season opens at midnight on May 1, when the winter wildlife closure ends. The Jackson Antler Opener kicks off at the National Elk Refuge, which is home to as many as 10,000 elk. Here, or at the neighboring 3.4-million-acre Bridger-Teton National Forest, is where you can find as many antlers as you can carry.

5. New Life In The Wetlands

Louisiana’s Barataria Preserve

They don’t call Louisiana a sportsman’s paradise for nothing. But even if you’re not into hunting or fishing, the hunt to see wildlife is a sport on its own. One of the premier places to find such sport is in the swamps of the Barataria Preserve, just outside of New Orleans.

Every spring, as the winter temperatures begin to rise, the park’s wildlife, including alligators, awakens along with the park’s plant life. In early April, the preserve’s Visitor Center Trail comes alive as spring blooms of spiderworts, dewberries, buttercups, and wild vetch erupt into a dazzling show of color.

Sadly, the springtime tradition of the blooming of giant blue irises, which filled the entire preserve, has been greatly reduced due to Hurricane Katrina in 2009. But, slowly, it appears the blue iris population is trying to make a comeback, so keep an eye open for these charmers.

There are plenty of other trails to explore and the park recommends staying on the trail because too many people have trampled the beautiful flowers that grow all around the park. Here’s a full list of what’s blooming at Barataria.

Related Reading:

1. 6 Fantastic Places To See California’s Gorgeous Wildflowers This Spring
2. My 5 Favorite Springtime Experiences In The Arizona Desert
3. 7 Best Towns In Texas To See Fields Of Bluebonnets

For just 2 months each year, a large swath of land in Carlsbad, California, bursts with color as thousands of ranunculus blossom at The Flower Fields. It’s a joy to see the flowers from the car while speeding along on Interstate 5, but the best way to enjoy them is to purchase tickets and roam the fields where they are planted. 

85 years of cultivation has resulted in the many-layered ranunculus in 13 different colors that visitors see today. All of it was made possible thanks to a long-standing friendship and partnership of two flower farmers, Edwin Frazee and Paul Ecke. Over time they expanded a basic growing operation into a much-beloved spring destination for locals and tourists alike. 

1. How To Get There

Located about 30 minutes north of San Diego and 90 minutes south of Los Angeles, The Flower Fields are best accessed by car since public transportation is limited in this area. The entrance is just a short distance off Interstate 5, next to the Carlsbad Premium Outlets.

2. Visit Between Late March And Early May

Ranunculus are in bloom for just 2 months each year – typically March and April – so if you want to see them, be sure to check the opening dates on The Flower Fields website and snag your tickets. If you’re looking for a really special way to celebrate Mother’s Day, consider visiting on the closing day and browse the many acres of flowers with mom.

Pro Tip: If you want to keep track of exactly when the flowers will bloom, head to the website and click on the “Bloom Status” button in the upper right-hand corner.

3. Buy Tickets In Advance

Tickets must be purchased in advance online. Those who have visited in past years will remember the many ticket booths at the entrance, but during the pandemic, The Flower Fields changed to online sales only to control the number of guests. Hours are 9 a.m. to 5 p.m. and tickets are sold for a specific time. Visitors should allow about 2 hours for a visit.

4. Avoid The Crowds

Fields of flowers in pink, orange, red, yellow, and white are sure to attract large numbers of visitors. In fact, over 100,000 people visit each year. Anyone wanting to avoid the busiest times should plan to come Monday through Thursday, preferably at opening time. 

5. Be Prepared To Walk 

Planted over 50 acres on a gentle slope, appreciating the flower fields will require walking. Come prepared with comfortable shoes and clothing. Walkers, strollers, and wheelchairs will have a difficult time navigating the uphill, dirt pathways. 

If you have limited mobility, consider purchasing a ticket for the tractor wagon ride. The open-air wagon, pulled by a John Deere tractor, is a fun way to see the flowers from a slightly elevated vantage point. An audio recording tells the story of The Flower Fields. Boarding ramps are available for anyone needing assistance entering the wagon. Tickets can be purchased on site.

Pro Tip: Your walking will likely begin after parking. While there is no charge to park, the lot is large and on busy weekends you may have a 5 to 10-minute walk to the front gate.

6. Purchase Flowers At Armstrong Garden Center

While you can’t pick the flowers, you can purchase them after your visit at the adjacent Armstrong Garden Center. This popular Southern California gardening store sells small bouquets of ranunculus in all the available colors. They also have a large selection of plants, garden supplies, and home decor.

7. Look For The Photo Opportunities

One of the best reasons to visit The Flower Fields is for the photos. It’s hard to imagine a better backdrop than thousands of colorful and delicate ranunculus. Fortunately, dozens of sites have been set up for visitors to pose. Wait your turn in line and then strike a pose. 

It’s important to know that walking through the fields is not allowed. Visitors must observe all roped-off areas in order to protect the flowers. 

Pro Tip: If getting the perfect photo is important to you, be sure to arrive early. Lines for the photo sites can get long, especially on weekends.

8. Enjoy The Many Other Attractions

Don’t stop after exploring the fields of ranunculus, but be sure to stay for all the other attractions. 

A great photo opportunity is the Fountain Garden, a collection of colorful blooms surrounding a circular water fountain. The Sweet Pea Maze is a one-of-a-kind floral labyrinth that surrounds participants with the aroma of flowers. If you’re visiting with children, be sure to explore Santa’s Playground, which is filled with whimsical playhouses. Among the newer attractions is a 5-acre patch of sunflowers in all colors. If you’re lucky, you may be able to pick a pint of blueberries; look for signage on-site if the berries are ready.

Poinsettia lovers won’t want to miss the Historic Poinsettia Display, a 1,500-square-foot greenhouse filled with the world-famous Paul Ecke poinsettias including 20 rare varieties.

9. Take A Snack Break

If you get hungry, choose from among several food vendors including Pizza Trolley, Sweet Swirls Ice Cream, Rollin’ Beans Coffee Company, and Kettle Kernels Popcorn. 

For something extra special head to Strawberry Shack of Carlsbad for award-winning strawberry shakes, strawberry shortcake sundaes, and chocolate-dipped strawberries. 

10. Attend An Event

Each year The Flower Fields hosts a variety of public events making it possible to experience the venue from a different perspective. This year will include Tea In The Garden, a flower crown workshop, a charcuterie workshop, Picnic and Flowers, a sunset wine tasting, and a meditation and sound healing workshop. Details about each offering are available on the website.

11. Explore Carlsbad Village

If you’ve driven a distance to visit The Flower Fields, why not extend your day and explore the nearby Carlsbad Village? This charming part of town borders the beach and offers boutique shops, cafes, and restaurants. It’s perfectly flat, making it easy to walk anywhere.

To relax on the sand or wade in the water head to South Ponto Beach or Carlsbad State Beach. Both are popular with surfers, so keep your eyes on the water to see who’s catching a wave.

For a hearty breakfast head to Beach Break Cafe. Locals have long raved about this place known for its generous portions and excellent coffee. If it’s comfort food you prefer, try Village Kitchen & Pie Shoppe, a Carlsbad institution since 1994. If you happen to be around for dinner and want something really special, try Campfire, recently recognized with a Michelin Bib Gourmand award.

Have you been dreaming of a winter island getaway? Look no further than Galveston. You’ll arrive during the peak season for most other island getaways, where you’d have to contend with big crowds and high prices. But winter months are low season in Texas, and this barrier island offers budget-friendly accommodations and a relaxed vibe. With average highs in the 60s and lows in the high 40s, you’ll be able to enjoy all of the indoor and outdoor activities available on the island. 

As Texas newbies (we’ve been here about 3 years), my husband and I headed south from our East Texas home to discover great eats, tons of outdoor activity, cultural attractions, and superb shopping in Galveston. 

Here are nine reasons to put this charming coastal island on your winter getaway list.

1. Easily Accessible By Car Or Plane

Galveston is a barrier island boasting a 32-mile stretch of sandy beaches located about an hour south of Houston, Texas. It’s connected to the mainland by a causeway, making it as easy to get to an island as possible. If you’re not within driving distance like us, the closest international airport to Galveston is William P Hobby Airport. Located on the southern side of Houston, it’s only about an hour’s drive from the terminal to the beach.

While Galveston is 32 miles long, it’s only a couple of miles wide, making it easy to navigate. If you find yourself on the island with no vehicle, it’s not a problem. Uber and Lyft rides are readily available, and the Galveston Island Trolley runs on most weekends.

2. Abundance Of Accommodations

Every accommodation type imaginable is available for your winter getaway on Galveston Island, from major hotel chains to unique vacation rentals and RV destination campgrounds. There are several B&Bs on the island, and you can even stay in the historic district for a unique Victorian feel. 

Suppose you’re looking for a more resort-like experience. Check out the Grand Galvez Hotel and Spa, built in 1911, or head inland a bit to the nearly 250-acre Moody Gardens Resort.

Pro Tip: It’s important to remember that most properties in Galveston are not directly on the beach. They are predominately located directly across Seawall Blvd. We stayed directly on the beach at the Holiday Inn Club Vacation — Galveston Beach Resort. It was nice not to have to cross the street for beach access, but you’ll be several miles from the downtown area and restaurants.

3. Galveston Island Beaches

Galveston Island boasts 32 miles of sandy beaches. My husband and I loved the hard-packed sand, perfect for long walks and sunset bike rides. There are even a few spots where you can drive your car on them. 

The historic Galveston Pleasure Pier juts out into the Gulf, making for dramatic photographs, especially at sunrise.

Pro Tip: Take a stroll, or better yet, ride a bike along the Galveston Seawall. You’ll see loads of public art, including the famous 1900 Great Storm Statue erected in memory of the victims of the 1900 hurricane.

4. Galveston Island History & Heritage

A bustling maritime port and the birthplace of Juneteenth celebrations, Galveston celebrates its rich history and heritage year-round.

First settled in the 16th century, Galveston’s citizens have weathered civil war, survived massive storms, and created celebrations that spread to the nation. Spend some of your time in Galveston appreciating the city’s historic buildings and homes, such as the 1895 Moody Mansion, the Bryan Museum, and more.

Spend the day walking streets lined with Victorian homes, or get up close and explore 19th-century mansions on eye-opening tours. Many tours run only on the weekends in winter, but don’t despair. My husband and I spent hours walking the streets, marveling at the magnificent displays of Victorian architecture. Stop by the Visitors Center for a map. 

Pro Tip: Be sure to visit the historic district and see the tree sculptures. After Hurricane Ike destroyed many of the massive oak trees which flanked the streets in 2008, residents came together and hired artists to come in and carve sculptures from the stumps. 

5. Extraordinary Galveston Museums

Explore locomotive history with one of the largest restored railroad collections in the United States at the Galveston Railroad Museum, or imagine life on the high seas aboard the tall ship ELISSA at the Galveston Historic Seaport. Take a leisurely self-guided tour through the retired Ocean Star jack-up rig at the Ocean Star Offshore Drilling Rig and Museum. 

My husband, a Navy veteran, loved the Galveston Naval Museum. Located on Pelican Island, we took a self-guided tour; guided tours are available of the World War II submarine that sank one of the Japanese aircraft carriers responsible for bombing Pearl Harbor and the USS Stewart, the only Edsall-class destroyer escort preserved in the United States.

Art lovers will enjoy the Galveston Arts Center, which hosts world-class exhibits in its historic First National Bank building. Visitors may also take art classes and workshops, join in on an ArtWalk, and attend exciting events throughout the year.

6. Kayaking And Art On The Artist Boat

Speaking of art, one of the unique things I did during our trip was kayaking with the Artist Boat. Artist Boat offers guided paddling trips through the wetlands and coastal prairies of Galveston Bay. My knowledgeable guide explained the ecological impact of the area as we glided through the water. 

After a couple of miles, we pulled the boats onto a sand bar and opened the plastic art boxes strapped onto the back of the kayak. Inside were all of the supplies to create a watercolor painting. After some brief instruction, we painted the landscape using seawater to wet the brushes. Although my painting was less than spectacular, the experience was a big win. Highly recommended! 

7. Moody Gardens

If you’ve ever seen pictures of Galveston, you’ve probably seen the iconic glass pyramids on Galveston Bay at Moody Gardens Resort. If you’re not staying at Moody Gardens, it’s worth a trip. 

The three pyramids consist of an aquarium pyramid, a rainforest pyramid, and a discovery pyramid. The world-class aquarium contains tuxedo-clad penguins, sharks, jellyfish, and thousands of brightly colored tropical fish. The Discovery Pyramid has a hands-on museum geared more toward children and teens. Something to keep in mind if you’re bringing the grands.

My favorite of the three is the rainforest. We entered through the tree-top canopy entrance filled with over 1,700 exotic plants and endangered animals that range from giant Amazon river otters to an ocelot, Komodo dragons, and other reptiles. Saki monkeys, cotton-top tamarins, and sloths roam freely, and birds fly between the trees as visitors walk the trails.

8. Great Eats On Galveston Island

Seafood

Fresh seafood and Southern favorites are plentiful on the island. Gaido’s has been on the island since 1911 and serves excellent seafood and steaks. If the weather is okay, Fisherman’s Wharf offers excellent outdoor dining with gorgeous views of the tall ship ELISSA. You may even see one of several cruise ship glide by. 

Pro Tip: Don’t miss Gaido’s next-level pecan pie. Served year-round, the Pecan Crunch is a fan favorite. They ship thousands across the country during the holiday season.

Lunch/Casual Dining

If you’re looking for a nice lunch spot or more casual dining, check out The Spot. You’ll have a great view of Pleasure Pier while enjoying an enormous burger washed down with a refreshing cocktail from the Tiki Bar. 

9. Galveston Island Fishing

Galveston has got you, whether you’re after a top-rated deep-sea fishing charter or simply want to drop a line from the pier. The bayside is known for redfish, speckled trout, black drum, and flounder. In contrast, the Gulf has large cobia, wahoo, mahi-mahi, red snapper, kingfish, marlin, and various tuna species. Learn more about fishing in Galveston here.

For more great Texas vacation inspiration, consider

• 8 Incredible Things To Do Near Galveston Cruise Port
• 10 Dreamy Galveston Vacation Rentals On The Texas Gulf
• 6 Beautiful Hikes To Explore On The Texas Gulf Coast 
• 14 Gorgeous Texas Beaches To Visit During Winter

In April, we eagerly shed our winter gear, welcome the warm weather, and breathe in the sweet spring air. Dogwood festivals around the country are a way to join together with family and friends and celebrate the arrival of spring. From grand events to small-town gatherings, you will find a Dogwood festival to suit your adventurous spirit.

1. Atlanta Dogwood Festival 

Atlanta, Georgia

Head over to Piedmont Park for the Atlanta Dogwood Festival. One of the largest in the country, it is known for its art exhibits and juried art show. Over 200 artists participate in the Fine Artist Market showcasing traditional paintings and photography along with goods made from wood and leather, plus pottery, jewelry, glass, and more. Another highlight of the event is the two performance stages that provide continuous live music. The Atlanta Dogwood Festival is scheduled for early April.

Where To Stay: Gracious Southern hospitality, beautiful furnishings, and a short walk to Piedmont Park make Stonehurst Place the perfect spot to rest and rejuvenate after a day at the Dogwood Festival.

Where To Eat: Get the real flavor of Atlanta with a food tour. Enjoy a full-course meal including Low Country shrimp and grits with beverage pairings on this Atlanta Food and Cocktail Tour.

Pro Tip: Use public transportation. MARTA is the most convenient way to get to and from the festival. Parking near Piedmont Park will be very difficult.

2. Dogwood Arts Festival

Knoxville, Tennessee

Join in the flower fun at the Knoxville Dogwood Arts Festival that takes place in mid-April. Situated in the heart of downtown Knoxville, the festival is a celebration of fine art, live music, and fun for the young and young-at-heart.

Just in time for the spring blooms, Knoxville’s dogwood trails invite you to enjoy more than 85 miles of scenic walking and biking paths.

Where To Stay: The Tennessean Hotel offers luxurious Southern hospitality with the convenience of a downtown address close to great restaurants, pubs, and shopping. It is the perfect spot to rest after a day of festivities.

Where To Eat: The Central Filling Station rotates over three dozen food trucks, ensuring the selection changes daily and offers a variety of unique culinary creations for the foodie fanatic. Their online calendar lists “trucks of the day,” so you don’t miss your favorite foodie fix.

Pro Tip: World’s Fair Park, home of the 1982 World’s Fair Exhibition, in downtown Knoxville is anchored by the Sunsphere. The newly renovated Sunsphere is 26 stories tall and the fourth-floor Observation Deck shows off the city and surrounding Smoky Mountains with a 360-degree view.

3. Fayetteville Dogwood Festival 

Fayetteville, North Carolina

The Fayetteville Dogwood Festival is scheduled for late April. It kicks off Friday night with a concert series that runs the entire weekend featuring local bands. Saturday and Sunday there is a midway with carnival rides, arts and crafts, a car show, and lots of food. If you are looking for an old-fashioned festival, this is it.

Where To Stay: If you love nature but need one step above camping, try glamping. Find great camping and glamping options with HipCamp. No need to pack your gear. Find one where you can bring your toothbrush and everything else is already waiting for you.

Where To Eat: For a traditional Southern dinner, try Fayetteville’s Texas Roadhouse. You will leave with your tummy and wallet satisfied.

Pro Tip: The US Army Airborne and Special Operations Museum brings the history of these dedicated men and women alive. The main exhibit hall begins with the 1940 U.S. Army Parachute Test Platoon and follows it up with a series of significant events to current-day operations. It is a testament to these highly trained soldiers.

4. Vinton Dogwood Festival

Vinton, Virginia

Located in the heart of the Blue Ridge Mountains is the Vinton Dogwood Festival. The festival is over 65 years old and offers quintessential hometown events including the crowning of the Vinton Dogwood Festival Queen, the Dogwood Festival Parade, and a car show. The town of Vinton comes together at the end of April for this spring celebration.

Where To Stay: Vinton is located just outside of Roanoke, where you can find lots of great name-brand hotels that offer great stays for an exceptional value. The Hampton Inn and Suites Downtown Roanoke is centrally located for easy access to all your Blue Ridge Mountain entertainment.

Where To Eat: With a focus on prime Virginia sourced products, Alexander’s offers fine dining in an elegant, relaxed restaurant.

Pro Tip: Read Mountain is 253 acres of preserved natural forest that includes several hiking trails. The two-mile trail to the summit, Buzzards Rock, affords a spectacular view of the Roanoke Valley.

5. Farmville Dogwood Festival

Farmville, North Carolina

The Farmville Dogwood Festival is held in late April in the town commons where you can enjoy the beautiful dogwoods and azaleas in bloom. The festival showcases eastern North Carolina artisans, music at the town’s gazebo, and a carnival.

Where To Stay: Find a charming log home — a dream cabin dropped in the North Carolina woods just a few miles out of town. Enjoy a relaxed, cozy stay while visiting the Farmville area.

Where To Eat: The best place to eat in Farmville is the Plank Road Steakhouse. This is a meat lover’s paradise, offering a grilled 14-ounce rib-eye steak.

Pro Tip: To sample a variety of the local barbecue and craft brews, take the Pitt County Brew and ’Cue Trail. Collect your “Passpork” at one of the establishments on the trail and begin your Southern pork and craft brew adventure.

6. Dogwood Festival

Camdenton, Missouri

The Dogwood Festival in Camdenton has been around for over 70 years. Come to this Lake of the Ozarks town for the pageant and parade and stay for the fish fry! Planned for mid-April, you will love the hometown Camdenton pride.

Where To Stay: A unique Vrbo stay overlooking the Big Niangua arm on the Lake of the Ozarks while enjoying the view from your two-bedroom house in the Sugarloaf Vineyards is the perfect stay in Camdenton.

Where To Eat: The Trophy Room at Old Kinderhook is the perfect place to enjoy an evening meal with friends. With everything from wings and burgers to perfectly cooked steaks and seafood, you will be delighted by the delicious options.

Pro Tip: Get outside at Ha Ha Tonka State Park, where you can enjoy a hike and explore castle ruins, caves, and sinkholes. It’s always a good day to get out and breathe some fresh air.

7. Grant Dogwood Festival  

Pollock, Louisiana

Down in Pollock, Louisiana, the Grant Dogwood Festival is ready with a warm welcome and lots of southern fun. Hosting a parade, vendors, classic car show, and a 5K fun run, there is tons of small-town fun to experience.

Where To Stay: Less than 20 miles down the road from Pollock is The Hotel Bentley, an early 1900s grand hotel in Alexandria, Louisiana.

Pro Tip: There are plenty of state parks in the area to plop a bobber in the water and try to hook a big one.

Final Bloom

Whether you are looking for a large, city-sponsored festival or a small, hometown gathering, one thing is certain: The blooming dogwood trees mean it’s time for celebrating spring and all the promise she brings.

You can also find fantastic dogwoods (and azaleas) in East Texas; our own Janie Pace has more.

Want to see cherry blossoms, too? Read up on the Cherry Blossom Festival in Washington D.C.

March is arguably the loveliest month of the year: the month when the Northern Hemisphere shrugs off its winter shroud, even if the ski season in some parts of the world is still in full swing. The month when trees are decked in light green, and young leaves and the first flowers pop their heads out in the gardens and parks.

The weather becomes a little warmer and it is difficult to stay indoors when the first rays of sunshine beckon. It is the time to go outside, to explore, to inhale deeply, and to travel.

Many places celebrate the coming of spring this month — city cafes put chairs out on the terraces, and festivals happen to celebrate the end of winter and the joy of being able to spend time out in the open again. With this in mind, I have selected a few personal favorite places for all the above reasons — cities that offer something special in March, even if it is just the joy of sipping a coffee outside while watching people strolling past.

1. Milan, Italy

Ahhh, Italy in spring. Sipping an espresso or a spritz along the side of a canal in Milan or on the Piazza del Duomo is one of the best ways to while away a few hours. At the end of February or the beginning of March, you can watch the models and fashionistas that come to join the Milan Fashion Week parading past in their finest outfits. The parks burst into flower. While the temperatures can still be quite chilly, with the average temperatures around 50 to 60 degrees, the first rays of sunshine tend to get the Italians out of their houses and into the cafes and piazzas.

March is the month wedged between carnival and Easter and catching only the end of Fashion Week, so you will get the city to yourself without too much of a crowd. However, you will catch San Guiseppe, St Joseph’s Day, on March 19th, which is also celebrated as Father’s Day. The churches hold special services (try and get into the duomo for added awe) and bakeries serve up zeppole, fried donut pastries often filled with cream.

Pro Tip: Should the weather not play ball, pop straight into the Galleria Vittorio Emanuele II, indubitably the world’s most glamorous shopping passage dating back to the mid-1800s.

2. Leeds, United Kingdom

The northern city of Leeds is a very overlooked city when it comes to visitors to the UK. Yet, it is on the doorstep of the Yorkshire Dales and it has an old city center with covered Victorian shopping passages that rival Paris and are perfect for the odd rainy day. Great shopping, plenty of art, with sculptor Henry Moore having left his stamp on the city, and superb restaurants keep you busy. Everything a city break needs, really.

This year is seeing the Year Of Culture taking place in and around Leeds, with events ranging from art exhibitions, literature readings, cultural events, plays, and more. Another bonus of this city is that it is a student city, with four universities, several colleges, and other further education institutions that draw big events. In spring, walking around the lake in Roundhay Park, one of the largest city parks in Europe, allows you to enjoy the spring flowers and ramble through different terrains such as woodland, parkland, and gardens. Just wrap up warm, as average temperatures are around 50 degrees Fahrenheit. 

Pro Tip: You can not go to Leeds without visiting the Yorkshire Dales. And with regular bus and train services, leaving the city in the morning, going for a hike and an afternoon tea, then coming back to Leeds in the afternoon, is a distinct possibility.

3. Valencia, Spain

For a little bit more warmth than can be expected in northern Europe, Valencia, on Spain’s Mediterranean coast, offers median high temperatures of around 67 degrees in March. Not quite warm enough to jump into the sea or sunbathe on the city’s pristine beaches in a bikini, but warm enough to walk the beaches and sit outside in cafes enjoying the spring sunshine. Valencia is Spain’s third-largest city and an art and architecture hub as well as the home of paella, the delectable rice dish. In March, while most tourists are still back home, there is one big event that draws the crowds: Las Fallas, a 2-week-long festival filled with fireworks, bonfires, and huge wooden figurines being paraded through the city and, in the end, set alight to great cheer.

Pro Tip: While you are there, don’t miss the suburb of Port Saplaya, dubbed Little Venice. Just jump on the 112 bus and spend an afternoon in this picturesque little port.

4. Antwerp, Belgium

The port city of Antwerp is often overlooked in favor of Brussels, Ghent, and Bruges when visiting Belgium, but that is a big mistake. The diamond city of Antwerp has a lovely old center, and is easily explored on foot, especially in spring when the weather invites you to meander through the streets. One perfect stretch is to walk from the stunning main train station Antwerp Centraal, all along the pedestrianized shopping drag around the Meir, taking in the Rubens House (temporarily closed as of early 2023 — check back before your visit) along the way, to the Grote Markt, the main square surrounded by lovely old buildings. Then, architecture-lovers should head straight onto the port for the amazing juxtaposition of old and new, the Zaha Hadid masterpiece that is the Port Authority Building.

Pro Tip: In early March, Antwerp celebrates chocolate week, with chocaholics being issued a chocolate pass, detailing walking routes with tastings along the way. Several days of all things chocolate take over the entire city.

5. London, United Kingdom

London, like Paris, is always a good idea, never mind which month. But in March, this city bursts into bloom, the parks are even more gorgeous than ever, and yet, the city is not too overrun with people. For the best of London blooms, head straight to Greenwich, and go there by riverboat. That way you get a sightseeing tour of all the landmarks, from Westminster and the London Eye, via St Paul’s and the Tower with Tower Bridge along the way. In Greenwich, the lawns are yellow with daffodils, and the cherry blossom should be in full swing by mid-to-late March.

In the city, go and feed the squirrels at St James Park, but make sure you bring unprocessed nuts. The squirrels take them from your hand ever so gently, making for a lovely photo opportunity.

Pro Tip: For more flowers, Kew Gardens holds its annual orchid festival in early March, which, together with the already magnificent gardens, are the icing on this floral March-visit-cake.

6. Funchal, Portugal

While March is the start of better weather, in Europe, it can still be a bit hit and miss. This is when a trip to Funchal, the capital of the Portuguese island of Madeira, makes for a perfect getaway, with its average of 8 hours of daily sunshine in March. Temperatures are not quite hot enough to enjoy lazing around on the beach, but all the better for exploring the hilly old city and its wonderful sights. In March, a visit to the Botanical Gardens is a must, with its vast array of flowers from around the world and its spectacular views across the ocean, and, even better, you can reach the gardens via the cable car to the hilltop of Funchal.

Head back down the hill by toboggan — something looking like it’s only for daredevils but is quite safe; and reward yourself with a saunter along the Mercado dos Lavradores, the farmers market, with its amazing varieties of tropical fruit and flowers.

Pro Tip: You will have heard of the Madeira fortified wine, so why not sample it in situ? There are some fantastic winery tours or combined food and wine walking tours in Funchal, allowing you to eat, drink, and learn about the island as you go.

7. Dublin, Ireland

Ireland’s capital, Dublin, is a lovely spot for a weekend at any time, but come over St Patrick’s Day, and yes, it will be crowded, but you will get to see the Irish at what they do best: going out for a drink and a singsong and having a really good time, or should I say a craic? On March 17th, you will see green with everything, from buildings to people swathed in the national color. Since 1931, the St Patrick’s Parade is a must-see and is the highlight of what has by now stretched to a 4-day event. Irish dancers, floats, and music groups wind their way through the packed streets, and the Guinness is free-flowing. It will be loud, it will be cramped, there will be lots of drunks, but it is something quite special to be in the midst of.

Pro Tip: Book early, very early, as accommodation gets snapped up months in advance. Pack green clothes, bring headache pills, and go for a full Irish Breakfast the next morning — for example, the one at O’Neill’s Pub — for a perfect hangover cure.

8. Tampere, Finland

Finland is a much-overlooked European destination, yet it is such an interesting country. As if the lovely capital of Helsinki, filled with great architecture and many art and design hubs, wasn’t enough of a draw to have a look at Finland, you now have another excuse to go and visit. The Tampere Film Festival, taking place annually in March, is a good reason to travel north from Helsinki, 110 miles, roughly a 2-hour drive. Lying within the incredible lake-studded and heavily-forested countryside of Finland, the film festival draws locals as well as international visitors with its critically-acclaimed European short films.

Pro Tip: Want to get deeper into Finnish culture? Tampere is the world’s sauna capital.  

Related Reading:

• The Best European Cities To Visit In January
• Why March Is The Time To Book Your Summer RV Trip
• 12 Best U.S. Cities For A Weekend Getaway In May
• 9 Wonderfully Warm Places To Visit In April

Tulips are some of the brightest, most beautiful harbingers of spring. When they start to bud — and then bloom — you know that warmer temperatures are right around the corner. Back in the 1600s, these flowers were so prized that in Holland, a single bulb could fetch the equivalent of thousands of dollars.

Today, tulips are celebrated across the country at festivals dedicated entirely to them. Usually held in cities or towns with a distinct Dutch heritage, these festivals are the perfect way to celebrate the end of winter.

Here are a few of our favorite tulip festivals across the United States — and the reasons why you should check them out.

1. Tulip Time

Holland, Michigan

It doesn’t get more Dutch than Holland, Michigan. The city, about a 3-hour drive from Detroit, is located on Lake Michigan and hosts one of the nation’s largest and best-known tulip festivals each year. Tulip Time is an 8-day celebration that features parades, traditional Dutch dance demonstrations, art installations, concerts, and five million blooming tulips planted by the Parks and Recreation Department across the city. New this year: You can even name a blooming bed for your family or loved one. Talk about the perfect floral gift!

Where To Stay

To be in the center of the action, consider staying downtown at one of several hotels there.

What To Eat

Nosh on Dutch favorites like buttery krakelingen, treats filled with almond paste, and saucijzenbroodjes, or Dutch pigs in a blanket. Locally-owned DeBoer Bakery has both.

Pro Tip: Weekends are typically the most crowded times. If you plan to visit then, be sure to book your accommodations far in advance. For more information and tips, see this piece.

2. Skagit Valley Tulip Festival

Mount Vernon, Washington

The fields near Mount Vernon, Washington — about 50 miles north of Seattle — have always been packed with tulips; the Dutch have planted bulbs in the area for more than 100 years. In 1984, after thousands began flocking to the town during bloom season, Mount Vernon leaders decided to add a series of events to the month, and the Skagit Valley Tulip Festival was born. It’s since grown to include art shows, concerts, farm tours, a fun run, bike rides, and the Downtown Mount Vernon Street Fair. Many events that require tickets will be available online; check out the festival brochure here. 

Where To Stay

For a charming bed and breakfast stay just a few minutes from the tulip fields, consider the Nantucket Inn in Anacortes, Washington. You’ll love the waterfront view from the front porch.

What To Eat

Make plans to visit Kiwanis Salmon BBQ in Mount Vernon for locally caught salmon and terrific sides. It’s open from 11 a.m. to 7 p.m. almost every day of the festival. The event is held at the Hillcrest Park Lodge; outdoor seating and to-go orders are available. It’s a delicious way to help support the local chapter of this charity group, which sponsors children’s programs locally and globally.

Pro Tip: The weather along Washington’s coast during the month of April can be rainy and windy. Make sure you pack a waterproof layer!

3. Wooden Shoe Tulip Fest

Woodburn, Oregon

Sometimes, growers host huge parties to celebrate their blooms, and that’s the case in Woodburn, Oregon, about halfway between Portland and Salem. Since 1983, the Wooden Shoe Tulip Farm has raised and sold bulbs of all varieties. In 1985, the farm opened its fields on Easter weekend, and the Wooden Shoe Tulip Fest was born.

These days, the farm plants more than 40 acres of tulips and welcomes guests from the end of March until the first week of May. During the week, they sell cut flowers and bulbs. On the weekends, there’s plenty of family fun on the farm grounds, including shuttles to the flower fields, a children’s play area, and wooden shoe-making demonstrations.

Tickets must be purchased online.

Where To Stay

The Wooden Shoe Tulip Fest makes a terrific road trip from Portland; one of our favorite spots to stay there is the historic and funky Hi-Lo Hotel.

What To Eat

If available, try the fresh berry jam, jelly, or pie. Marionberries are the most famous — they are a cross between two native blackberries, and they were created in Oregon.

Pro Tip: Plan to stop in at the wine-tasting room to sample some of the farm’s vintages.

4. Tulip Time Festival

Pella, Iowa

The tiny town of Pella, Iowa, is about 40 miles from Des Moines; it was founded by immigrants from the Netherlands. Pella’s Tulip Time Festival began in 1935 as a small party to celebrate the town’s Dutch heritage. Since then, it’s become an entire long weekend featuring parades, performances, museum tours, a craft market, concerts, auto and tractor shows, and of course, several large tulip displays with hundreds of thousands of blooms in a whole host of colors.

Most events are free; tickets for others can be purchased on-site.

Where To Stay

While Pella has several charming bed and breakfasts, the Amsterdam Hotel is well worth your consideration with its luxe rooms and complimentary breakfast.

What To Eat

Street vendors sell traditional Dutch foods during the event, including delicious stroopwafels, or wafer-thin waffle cookies with caramel-molasses filling.

Pro Tip: Most of Pella’s Tulip Time sights are within walking distance, but paid golf cart rides are also available at the festival.

5. Holland Ridge Farms U-Pick Tulips

Cream Ridge, New Jersey

One of the youngest tulip festivals on this list is Holland Ridge Farms’ U-Pick Tulips Season in Cream Ridge, New Jersey, located between New York City and Philadelphia. In 2017, the Jansen family planted a million tulip bulbs on their farm in preparation for a festival to celebrate the flower. Thousands came out to enjoy the colors and, for a small price, pick some flowers to bring home. The festival has since become a popular place for families to take photos and have down-home farm fun. It’s also recently expanded its plantings — visitors may clip all the blooms they’d like for just $1 a stem. 

Where To Stay

There are a number of hotel chains and other accommodation options in nearby Hamilton, New Jersey.

What To Eat

The farm features a bakery barn for sweet treats; there are also food trucks on-site. While guests can bring their own picnics during the week, food and drink must be purchased on-site on the weekends. 

Pro Tip: Be sure to grab a bucket and clippers so you can snip your perfect bouquet.

6. Tulip Festival At Thanksgiving Point

Lehi, Utah

Thanksgiving Point is a nonprofit learning and recreation center that seeks to connect visitors of all ages with the natural world. And when it’s springtime, it’s Tulip Festival time at the destination, located just a short drive south of Salt Lake City. The park’s Ashton Gardens are awash with color from April through early May, with more than a quarter of a million bulbs blooming. Attractions include concerts, a children’s play area, and plenty of fresh-cut tulips to purchase and take home.

Where To Stay

If you don’t want to make the trek back to Salt Lake after tiptoeing through the tulips, there’s a SpringHill Suites by Marriott property conveniently located near Thanksgiving Point.

What To Eat

Try the pork osso bucco or prime rib at Thanksgiving Point’s Harvest Restaurant. Don’t just take it from us; here’s more on Thanksgiving Point’s dining options from the town itself.

Pro Tip: When you buy your ticket, keep in mind that you can also reserve a preferred time slot for your entry.

7. Albany Tulip Festival

Albany, New York

On Mother’s Day weekend, New York’s capital city of Albany comes alive with spring blooms, including more than 150 different varieties of tulips. For more than 70 years, the city has celebrated its Dutch roots at the Albany Tulip Festival that’s held at Washington Park. The fun includes fine arts exhibits, tulip tours, live music, and a street-scrubbing parade featuring participants in authentic Dutch costumes. More than 100 artisans sell their crafts in the park as well.

The best part? Admission to the event is free. The 2023 Albany Tulip Festival is scheduled for Mother’s Day weekend; the perfect opportunity to treat Mom!

Where To Stay

The Washington Park Inn is a turreted Victorian mansion located right in the park. Its five guest rooms are well-appointed and charming, but this spot books quickly for the Tulip Festival! This gorgeous spot is also pet-friendly!

What To Eat

You can’t go wrong with Dutch street food, but if you’re in the mood for something different, El Loco Mexican Cafe on Washington Park’s southeastern corner is convenient and delicious.

Pro Tip: When you’ve taken in your share of tulips, walk over to Center Square, a charming neighborhood chock-full of historic brownstones and boutiques.

8. Festival Of Spring

Nokesville, Virginia

Just 40 miles southwest of Washington D.C., you’ll find the small town of Nokesville, Virginia. It’s become a must-stop for the spring, thanks to Burnside Farms, a family-owned farm featuring more than 200 varieties of tulips at its Festival of Spring. More than two million bulbs are planted here each season! You can pick your own blooms, enjoy a picnic on the farm’s grounds, and take part in a whole host of activities, including wagon rides to the fields, cornhole games, and even wooden shoes so you can try out your Dutch dance moves! Tickets for all the fun are available online.

Where To Stay

You’ll find a whole host of lodging options in nearby Manassas; however, if you want to keep things cozy, check out the Inn at Evergreen, a stately inn dating back to the Civil War era. It’s located in Haymarket, about 16 miles north of Burnside Farms.

Where To Eat

For a quick bite (and brew!), head to Cedar Run Brewery at Evergreen Acres. It’s also located at a farm, and on the weekends, there’s a food truck parked to serve patrons. 

Pro Tip: Burnside Farms doesn’t put an exact date on its Spring Festival because, as they say on their website, “Mother Nature is in charge.” Check back with them in early spring for more information!

Related Reading:

• How To Visit Washington’s Skagit Valley Tulip Fields
• 7 Gorgeous Gardens To Visit In Michigan
• 5 Towns In Iowa Full Of European Charm
• 9 Wonderfully Warm Places To Visit In April

Kalispell is a picturesque mountain town in Northwest Montana abundant in natural wonders, historic architecture, outdoor recreation, and friendly folks. With Glacier National Park as a nearby neighbor, it’s a grand destination for a winter getaway for snow skiers and non-skiers alike.

Kalispell was founded in the late 1890s as a railroad stop, but commerce, logging, and agriculture took over as significant industries. The recreational tourism boom began with the establishment of Glacier National Park in 1910 and never stopped. 

Kalispell is located in the northwest corner of Montana at the intersections of U.S. Highways 2 and 93. The city of about 26,000 is 32 miles southwest of Glacier National Park, 50 miles south of the Canadian border, and 120 miles north of Missoula. The nearest commercial airport is Glacier Park International Airport in Kalispell. 

The mountains average 300+ inches of annual snowfall, while the Flathead Valley where Kalispell sits has about 55 inches of annual snowfall. The average winter temperature is 32 degrees Fahrenheit.

I’ve always considered myself more of a warm-weather traveler, but a recent wintertime visit to Kalispell warmed my heart and toes to the beauty of snow-frosted forests and the crisp, clean mountain air.

Here are my picks for fantastic winter-in-Kalispell experiences to put on your itinerary.

My stay was hosted, but all opinions and recommendations expressed here are my own.

1. Clydesdale Outpost

On this rambling 92-acre ranch in Whitefish, guests at Clydesdale Outpost can partake in a menu of outdoor activities while engaging with the resident Clydesdale horses. Also on the property are five luxurious two-bedroom cabins for overnight stays (more are being built).

We opted for a ride in a four-person, European-crafted sleigh through snow-covered open spaces bordered by thick pine forest. The air was chill, but we were bundled and blanketed as a duo of Clydesdales led the way.

Afterward, we mingled with the herd in their straw-lined barn where the dozen or so horses live together in an open space rather than in individual stalls. They are massive, but they are also mild-mannered and social, and they commanded our attention for strokes and nuzzles. We were thrilled to oblige.

Pro Tip: Winter parties of six or fewer can book a smartly decorated, heated igloo where you can make s’mores. You’re free to visit the barn and bring your own beer.

2. Lone Pine State Park

The 280-acre Lone Pine State Park in Kalispell overlooks the vast Flathead Valley with panoramic vistas of mountains and forest. On a clear day, you can see Flathead Lake, the largest freshwater lake west of the Mississippi River, as well as Glacier National Park.

More than 7 miles of hiking and snowshoeing trails meander through the hilly terrain. Take the short Ernest and Hazel White Memorial Trail, named for the folks who donated part of their sheep ranch to create the park in the 1940s. The trail leads over a wide bridge and around the hillside to a stone balcony perfect for framing selfies or group portraits. Continue your trek upward and you can include the balcony in your shots.

At the year-round visitors center, you’ll find educational exhibits about the wildlife and ecology of the park, a well-stocked gift shop, and a wrap-around deck with bird feeders and far-reaching vistas. Snowshoes are available for rent.

Pro Tip: Time your visit for sunrise or sunset and you might be lucky enough to catch the beautiful alpenglow. It’s a natural phenomenon that appears to paint the mountains with a rosy hue when the sun is near the horizon.

3. Swan Mountain Snowmobiling

My first time snowmobiling was both scary and exhilarating. We booked the Canyon Creek Half-Day Guided Tour with Swan Mountain Outfitters, a scenic 3-hour jaunt that took us on groomed mountain trails through Flathead National Forest. 

Most tours, including ours, begin at the office in Columbia Falls. That’s where you sign in and, if needed, rent the appropriate snow apparel to keep you warm. Helmets and goggles are provided for you; so are avalanche beacons to wear around your neck.

At the trailhead, our guide first instructed us on safety precautions and how to drive our snowmobiles. He said we would go only as fast as the slowest person, which was comforting to a newbie like me. Then, off we went, up and down the mountainsides. The landscape was astounding and varied: Far-ranging views, a serpentine creek, a few forest creatures, wildfire scars, and steep drop-offs. My favorite part was the long stretches that were flanked with towering, snow-covered pines on each side.

The trails run for 80 miles, but how far your group will travel depends on the length of your tour, how fast you travel, and how many times you stop for photos along the way.

Swan Mountain Outfitters also offers guided hunting, fishing, horseback and wilderness tours and trips.

Pro Tip: The snowmobiles seat either one or two people. In my view, the two-person snowmobile was easier to steer, perhaps because of the added weight.

4. Glacier Institute

With more than 1 million preserved acres of diverse terrain, Glacier National Park is a humongous natural wonderland. We maximized our time by booking a guided snowshoe hike with Glacier Institute, the educational partner of the park. 

Our Winter Snowshoe In Glacier hike, which follows the South Boundary Trail, began at the Belton Bridge which spans the North Fork Flathead River. Glacier Institute provided us with metal snowshoes and trekking poles. The tree-lined trail was mostly narrow and ungroomed, so in some places, we ambled through pristine snow more than a foot deep. Several times, our guide stopped to share aspects of the forest ecology and the creatures who live there.

Upon our return to the starting point, two white-tailed deer stood near the bridge as if to welcome us back to real life.

Formed in 1983, the Columbia Falls-based Glacier Institute offers a year-round program of seasonal hikes and tours, nature courses, and overnight camps inside the park. Winter programming includes snowshoeing, cross country skiing, nature photography, and hiking.

Pro Tip: Several areas of Glacier National Park, including the famous Going-To-The-Sun-Road, require vehicle reservations for 2023. But if you book a guided educational excursion with Glacier Institute, you’re covered by the fee you pay.

5. Whitefish Mountain Resort

Hit the slopes for downhill skiing or snowboarding at Whitefish Mountain Resort, located at Big Mountain and visible from downtown Kalispell. With 3,000 acres of skiable terrain, a vertical drop of 2,353 feet, and 100-plus marked trails, it’s one of the largest ski resorts in the country. Most of the trails are designated beginner or intermediate levels of difficulty. The longest run, called Hell Fire, is an intermediate run that stretches for 3.3 miles.

While you’re on the mountain, you’re sure to spot a host of large, eerie ice formations. These are “snow ghosts.” They are masses of flash-frozen water droplets from fog and mist, and they land and layer wherever wind gusts buffet them. Snow ghosts are very hard and heavy, so don’t dive into one on purpose, thinking it is fluffy snow.

Whitefish Mountain Resort also has overnight accommodations, restaurants, bars, shops, and a ski-and-ride school.

Pro Tip: Check out the Whitefish Mountain Resort Snow Report, which is updated several times daily for current snow conditions and lift availability.

6. Downtown Kalispell

Explore Kalispell’s vibrant and walkable downtown district, which is listed in the National Register of Historic Places. The busiest stretch, along Main Street between 4th and Idaho Streets, is lined with locally-owned specialty stores, fashion boutiques, restaurants, bars, and snack shops. Don’t be surprised if you see Christmas holiday decorations long into January. The architecture is an eclectic mix of early 1900s construction interspersed with murals and sculptures depicting the area’s heritage and its heroes. Even the traffic signal boxes are wrapped in artwork.

These are a few of my favorite stops:

At Rocky Mountain Outfitter, a life-size sculpture of an ice climber appears to be scaling the brick facade of the outdoor gear emporium.

The Toggery Montana is notable for outdoor brands, including Pendleton, Levi, and Free People, as well as gorgeous window displays.

Sassafras is an artisan cooperative purveying handcrafted home goods, giftware, fashion accessories, and more. Tucked into the back of the store is a small-batch bakery, Ephemera Collection, that specializes in macarons and specialty cakes.

The Ritz is a luxe Art Deco-themed cocktail lounge and beauty salon where you can sip a craft cocktail while treating yourself to a mani-pedi at the same time.

Western Outdoor, in a former opera house dating to the late 1800s, stocks a vast array of Western-style apparel including more than 2,500 boots. In the basement is Kalispell Antiques Market, a sprawling warren of vintage wares from more than 40 dealers.

When you’re ready to take a break, two mountain-produced favorites are Sweet Peaks Ice Cream and Bias Brewing craft brewery.

Pro Tip: Behind Bias Brewing, the exterior facade is painted with a mural of Jeanette Rankin, a Montana Republican and first woman elected to the U.S. Congress in 1916. One of her favorite sayings is, “Go! Go! Go! It makes no difference where, just so you go, go, go!”

There is no surer sign of spring approaching than seeing the first snowdrop peeking through the snow, or a crocus popping up through the grass. It brings cheer and hope, especially if you live in a place where winters are quite harsh. And even though just a single flower can make your heart soar, bring a smile to your face, and make you happy for the rest of the day, when the flowers come en masse, lots of them in one spot, it is even better.

In Europe, especially northern Europe, where seasons are quite pronounced, the arrival of spring flowers is an event to be enjoyed and searched out. And be they planted or wild, popping up in organized rows or on a meadow in the mountains, there are some great places to visit and marvel at what spring is creating.

I have listed here a wide variety of places where to enjoy the spectacle of emerging spring flowers, all stunningly beautiful and well worth changing your travel dates for.

1. Keukenhof, Netherlands

Tulips

This is undoubtedly the most famous spring flower destination in the world. Keukenhof Gardens opens in late March each year and remains open for around a month and a half. It celebrates the humble tulip — the national flower of the Netherlands — in all its various shapes and colors. Planted in rows, in swirls, around trees, and along paths, some 7 million bulbs produce a spectacle unlike any other. And there are not only tulips to see in Keukenhof, but other gorgeous flowers such as orchids, roses, daffodils, hyacinths, irises, lilies, and many more. Most reside in the outside gardens, but others can be found in the large pavilions, making this a perfect place to visit during the unpredictable weather of spring. A mere 25 miles from Amsterdam, Keukenhof is an ideal day trip from the capital.

Pro Tip: When booking your ticket, also book the Combiticket for bus and train, which will make using public transport from central Amsterdam very easy. Or you can rent a bike and ride to Keukenhof along dedicated cycle paths. There are even recharging points at the entrance for your e-bike.

2. Paris, France

Cherry Blossoms

Spending springtime in Paris is magical at the best of times, with the 400-plus parks all bursting into flower, but combine it with cherry blossom viewing and you are in for a real treat. Within the city limits, the best places to go to enjoy the pink blossoms are the Square Marie Trintignant, between the Marais and the Seine; the tiny Square Gabriel Pierne by the Institut Francais; the amazing Jardin de Reuilly Paul Pernin along the Coulee Verte; and the Jardin des Plantes, with its large, ancient cherry tree.

But for a complete blow-your-mind experience, take the RER B for a 20-to-30-minute ride from Gare du Nord to the Sceaux or Parc de Sceaux stations, and head to the Chateau de Sceaux. In its gardens, designed by Andre le Notre of Tuileries and Versailles fame, lies an old cherry orchard that is filled with some 150 trees, all laden down with pink fluffy blossoms. It is a sight you won’t ever forget. Just bring a picnic and settle under a tree, and you have the makings of a perfect day out.

Pro Tip: Take your time and also explore the cute chateau, the park, and Sceaux itself, which is a pretty little village.

3. Tuscany, Italy

Poppies

Do you need another excuse to embark on that dream road trip through Tuscany? Okay, here it is: At the end of April and the beginning of May, the fields across Tuscany are not green but red. Poppies pop up everywhere, and the effect is amazing. Interspersed with other wildflowers, nearly everywhere is filled with endless expanses of poppies, and you can drive for hours, stopping off regularly for pictures, seeing these delicate pretty flowers next to the roads. There is no place where there are more poppies, but if I had to name one region, maybe the Val d’Orcia, south of Siena — a good place to just drive and enjoy.

Pro Tip: Give it another 2 months and you can enjoy pretty much the same fields not covered in red poppies but yellow sunflowers. It is really up to your personal preference which ones you choose to go and see.

4. Ashridge Estate, England

Bluebells

There is something very special about bluebells, those tiny little bells, more of a slightly purple hue than blue, but stunning nevertheless. You can often see them wild on meadows or even in some gardens, but there is nothing more spectacular than walking through a dense forest, with only a few shards of light reaching down through the canopy, and discovering the entire forest floor covered in bluebells. There are a few spots like this across Europe. I have walked among bluebells in North Yorkshire and near Fontainebleau in France, but another stunner is on the Ashridge Estate between Watford and Luton, roughly an hour’s drive north of London. Dedicated paths allow you to walk along this carpet of flowers without damaging them.

Pro Tip: You can get to Tring Station by train from London Euston, it’s roughly a 50-minute ride. From Tring, it’s less than a 2-mile walk to the estate.

5. Tatra Mountains, Poland

Crocuses

Deep in the heart of the Tatra Mountains, along the border of Slovakia and Poland, lie meadows that turn from green to purple each spring. From the end of March, the meadows, set against the snow-covered rugged mountainous landscape, are covered in millions of tiny crocuses all of the same purple color. With a short lifespan of 2–3 weeks, this spectacle is a brief one, but so worth going out of your way for. Most of these meadows are far away from civilization, in a stunning landscape devoid of people, but one of the more accessible places in Chochołowska Valley, around 60 miles south of Krakow. These little flowers are under protection, and it is forbidden to break or pick them, so tread carefully.

Pro Tip: If you are visiting Poland but have no chance of venturing into the mountainous south, try the city Szczecin (pronounced “zuh-chin”) in the north near the Baltic Sea instead. Not quite a wild phenomenon, the city, however, has planted its own version of the so-called purple carpet in its parks.

6. Andalucía, Spain

Almond Blossoms

Because of its southern location, the almond blossom is (nearly) a winter flower experience, as the flowering season starts as early as January but lasts into March, so I am including it here. In sunny Andalucía, in the Axarquia region of Malaga, they grow almonds across some 150,000 hectares (around 370,658 acres) of hilly land, and when the trees burst into flower, bit by bit and in different hues ranging from white to dark pink, it is a sight to see. This is a perfect road trip region, and following the Ruta de Almendra, or the “Almond Route,” will ensure you get the best viewpoints of the valleys filled with tree blossoms.

If you want more than to simply drink in the views, why not stop at Almendrera del Sur in the hillside community of Cartama, where you can learn more about the almond products, sample them, and buy almonds in all sorts of forms as perfect souvenirs?

Pro Tip: While you are on your road trip through Andalucía, head to Cordoba, less than 100 miles inland from Malaga, where every second week of May a festival of flowers takes place. On the UNESCO list of Intangible Heritage, the Courtyards Festival of Cordoba allows you a peek into the city’s best courtyards, private and public, to check out the owners’ green fingers. The courtyards filled with flowers, potted plants, and scents are nearly overwhelming.

7. Farndale, England

Daffodils

Up in the North York Moors, 33 miles north of York, lies what is known as Daffodil Dale, a valley full of cheery yellow daffodils. There is a dedicated walk, some 3.5 miles long, with shorter and longer versions, which takes flower lovers through the countryside dotted with the pretty spring flowers. What makes this even more special is that these are not the cultivated tall varieties you find in flower shops, but wild-growing daffodils, which are a little shorter than the best-known types. Combining the beautiful Yorkshire countryside with a walk and countless wild, natural flowers makes for a beautiful day out. The walks are easy, not steep, but at times a little muddy, so come prepared with “sensible” shoes.

Pro Tip: If you roll your eyes at a 3.5-mile walk, and prefer a decent hike, why not try the Coast to Coast Path, which also takes in Farndale? From Robin Hood’s Bay in the east across the entire country to St. Bees Head on the west, the 195 miles can be done in bite-sized segments.

8. Rome, Italy

Wisteria

Rome is a surprisingly green city, and in April, the Italian capital turns into a soft purple-hued city. Wisteria is a gorgeous plant, a creeper with stunning purple grape-like flowers, but when it’s not the season, it is easily overlooked. So it comes as a bit of a surprise when in spring, suddenly insignificant-looking vines outside houses creeping along walls and stretching along ancient ruins suddenly burst into spectacular flowers. Look out for the blooms around Roseto Comunale, Villa Celimontana Park, Piazza Venezia, along the neighborhoods of Trastevere and Monti, and even on the Roman Forum.

Pro Tip: Head out to Tivoli, to Hadrian’s Villa, for some more spectacular spring flowers, including wisteria.

Spring is coming, so be sure to check out these articles to wring in the new season:

• 5 Fantastic Locations To View Yellow Blooms During Napa Valley’s Mustard Season
• 9 Fantastic Wine Buys For Springtime Sipping, According To A Sommelier
• Millions Of Daffodils Are Blooming Right Now In North Georgia, How You Can See Them

When I experienced fall in the Northeast for the very first time, I fell madly in love. I couldn’t stop dreaming of living with those trees that paint the sky from palettes of gold, red, orange, and yellow. It wasn’t the Northeast, but the home I bought in Seattle had such a special maple tree by the living room balcony. When winter came, though, all its beautiful leaves fell! That’s when, being originally from the tropics, I knew I could not stand the height of winter in such a place for long.

So when at the end of our 8-year full-time RVing phase, my husband and I looked for a place to settle, it had to be farther south. That’s how we discovered the Arizona desert, an environment usually described as barren, waterless, and without vegetation. Considered dull, uninteresting, and even unlivable due to extreme heat or cold, people wonder why others would choose to live in a city like Phoenix. It’s simple, really. We are people who can bear the desert heat in summer better than the winter cold up north. Happily, we have been rewarded with these springtime experiences in the desert that rival fall leaf-peeping in the north.

1. Relishing Simple Things At Home

Springtime is when temperatures are ideal at home. Weatherspark, my favorite forecaster of average temperatures anywhere in the world, says that from March 1 to May 31, highs around Phoenix are 75 to 90 and lows are 55 to 70. Because it is also not humid but dry, it is about as perfect a climate as can be. It’s that time of the year when we turn on neither the air conditioner nor the heater. We simply open the windows to let fresh air in!

It’s somewhat chilly air that wakes you up, giving you perfect mornings with your hot coffee, chocolate, or tea. A little later, it becomes a great time to putz around the garden, go around in a golf cart, and soak up bountiful vitamin D. The nights are also great for cocktails on the patio, another little walk with the dog, or for going out in style and comfort.

2. Seeing Colors Burst Out Everywhere

When we first arrived in the Phoenix area, I thought I would only be seeing drab colors — until I saw the wildflowers paint the desert. Imagine that, at the same time as this happens, all the palo verdes cast yellow into the blue skies. Finally, you will also delight in seeing the diverse cacti bloom with abandon.

Wildflowers

Desert marigold, brittlebush, globemallow, purple lupine, and chuparosa flowers bring the Sonoran Desert alive with the sights and smells of spring. They paint the desert floor in the entire spectrum and carpet the valleys and hillsides. Several regional parks — Estrella, White Tank, and Cave Creek — and state parks — Lost Dutchman, and Picacho Peak — are some we visit during this time. The flowers come out more when winter has been especially wet and snow that has collected in mountain tops produces larger melts. Then a desert super bloom happens.

Palo Verdes

The wildflowers truly transform the desert floor, but that is not what really delights me. At first, I hung on to the notion that I still preferred fall in the Northeast because the color swatches are so huge; they are splashed on the big trees! Well, imagine my delight when I witnessed the Arizona state tree, the desert tree called palos verdes — or “green sticks” — which are normally completely green, turn yellow in spring! Their little yellow blossoms sprout, bloom with abandon, and turn the crowns entirely yellow. Imagine the scene when there are miles of them together. You will appreciate my utter delight, because I am an avid xanthophile (a lover of the color yellow)!

There are two native Arizona Palo Verdes: foothill and blue. They bloom at separate times, so the golden blaze stays around for 2 months, from mid-March to mid-May. The foothill palo verde has more yellowish bark and lighter yellow flowers. Blue palos verdes have twigs, young branches, leaves that are bluish-green, and flowers that border on orange. Both are everywhere: in parking lots, freeway banks, private gardens, and public lands.

The first to bloom are the blues, with the foothills following about 2 to 3 weeks later. Their flowers are both five-petalled, with the banner petal standing out above the plane of the other four. In blues, the banner petal is yellow, sometimes with orange spots. The foothills’ banner petal is white. Once these flowers are pollinated, they produce edible beans.

Cacti

Finally, the iconic Arizona desert cacti, the lovely saguaros that can grow up to 50 feet tall, also bloom in spring. Just go to Saguaro National Park in May and you will see how beautiful it is when they all bloom at the same time! Imagine those green, thorny, and bulky trunks and arms transforming themselves into delicate, flower-bearing trees of the desert. Truly quite a sight!

3. Enjoying Bodies Of Water 

Some people react with disbelief when told that Arizona is blessed with 128 lakes and seven major rivers. So endowed, the desert beckons outdoor enthusiasts to swim, hike, raft, ski, and fish, especially during spring. The same snow melts that water the plants guarantee that these bodies of water come alive. In springtime, waterfalls gush, lakes fill, and rivers rise.

Waterfalls

In fact, there are over 15 waterfalls in the state; many are in the Havasu region, in particular, the spectacular Havasu Falls. You must also see the Grand Falls (also known as Chocolate Falls) in the Flagstaff area. She puts on quite a show in spring. Close to where we live, the usually dry one on the Waterfall Drive of the White Tank Mountain Regional Park finally gushes after the rains in February and March.

Lakes

And because the lakes are full, we enjoy the two “steamboats” that ply the two gorgeous lakes all day — the Dolly Steamboat on Canyon Lake and the Desert Belle on Saguaro Lake — offering lunches, cocktails, and dinners on tour. The many beaches come alive around these lakes, especially the great Lake Havasu where the UK’s London Bridge was reconstructed; Apache Lake, which offers motel rooms from where you can literally step on the beaches; and the wonderful playground that Lake Powell has become.

Rivers

There are also seven major rivers in Arizona. The mighty Colorado River is one and Salt, Gila, Verde, Blue, Virgin, and Agua Fria are the others. There is rafting, tubing, and kayaking galore. My husband and I particularly enjoy photographing the wild horses of the Salt River Valley playing in the tributaries of the Gila River. If you’d like to do the same, consider my tips for how to spot the wild horses in Salt River Canyon, Arizona.

4. Going To Markets, Festivals, Ghost Towns, And Ball Fields

Daytimes are perfect so markets come alive at this time in the desert. Many festivals also reemerge, sleeping ghost towns wake up, and empty ball fields fill up with action.

Markets

There always seems to be a farmers market to go to every single day of the week. It is delightful that tropical fruits like avocados, watermelons, and cantaloupes, citrus like oranges, lemons, grapefruit, and limes, and even vegetables like artichokes, palm hearts, and Brussels sprouts are dirt cheap. At this time of the year, I rarely source produce from the groceries.

Festivals

Festivals also abound, from arts and crafts to music, film, wine, and everything in between. Go to the Indian Fair + Market run by one of the best Native American art museums in the country, Heard Museum of Phoenix, the March events at the Phoenix Raceway, or the massive Maricopa County Fair (check dates ahead and plan your visit accordingly). Open-air concerts and drive-in theaters are plentiful.

Ghost Towns

Even ghost towns like Goldfield wake up. Gunfight reenactments reappear, exhibit stagecoaches are rerun, and steam locomotive tours are once again offered after winter closures. There’s nothing like experiencing the Wild Wild West again.

Ball Fields

Even sports teams choose springtime in the desert to train. Come to see your favorite ballplayers practice at the Cactus League Spring Training in ball fields around Phoenix — from the Arizona Diamondbacks and the Chicago Cubs to the Chicago White Sox, Cincinnati Reds, Cleveland Indians, Colorado Rockies, Kansas City Royals, LA Angels, LA Dodgers, Milwaukee Brewers, Oakland Athletics, San Diego Padres, San Francisco Giants, Seattle Mariners, and Texas Rangers. When not in practice, I bet the players thoroughly appreciate springtime in the desert!

5. Visiting National Parks And Monuments

This is the best time to visit the Arizona national parks and monuments that the area is known for: Sedona, Grand Canyon, Walnut Canyon National Monument, Wupatki National Monument, Montezuma Castle National Monument, and Petrified Forest. There are also the less-known ones like Tuzigoot, Sun Crater Volcano, Chiricahua, Navajo, Tonto, Pipe Spring, Agua Fria, Ironwood, Sonora Desert, Hohokam, Rainbow Bridge, and Flagstaff. You’ll be pleased with how they are dotted with springtime flowers. And, in addition to the full blooming of the cacti at Saguaro National Park, the same thing happens at the Organ Pipe Cactus National Monument, where creamy blossoms open during the evenings in spring. In fact, all cacti bloom in spring!

Fall used to be my favorite season, hands down, until we came to the Phoenix area. It is such a paradise in spring. Besides, spring now means more to me than fall: It signals the beginning of life rather than the end of one. We make it a point to be home from all our travels in April and May. That is the time in the desert when it’s as if the sun has unloaded its energy, lending its rays to everything it’s touched, and the color yellow permeates the whole scene without the heat associated with the brightness of it all. I chose the right place to make our home. And it’s the time you should come and visit us!

One of the best ways to celebrate the end of winter and the arrival of spring is to attend a flower festival. Although cherry blossoms get a lot of attention, there’s nothing quite like seeing entire fields of colorful tulips blooming.

While Washington, D.C., may be known for its cherry blossoms, Washington state — and in particular the Skagit Valley — is known for its tulip fields. Hundreds of thousands of people from more than 85 countries and all 50 states attend the Skagit Valley Tulip Festival each year to see hundreds of acres of tulips and an equal number of daffodils.

Where Is The Skagit Valley Tulip Festival?

Located in the northwestern part of Washington, Skagit Valley has the largest tulip fields in North America. The area is easy to reach because it’s only 60 miles north of Seattle, adjacent to Interstate 5. Skagit Valley is only 70 miles south of Vancouver, British Columbia. Either way, it’s a perfect destination for a day trip or a longer stay. Plus, Amtrak Cascades train service runs to Mount Vernon, the closest town.

When Is The Skagit Valley Tulip Festival?

The Tulip Festival runs the entire month of April, but the best time to see the bloom varies from year to year. Some years, tulips bloom the last week of March. Depending on the weather, they might bloom as late as the second week of April. What’s more, different varieties of tulips bloom at different times — and daffodils bloom before tulips.

Fortunately, Visit Skagit Valley provides a bloom update map to help visitors make travel plans. You can also check bloom status on the festival site and check for updates on Facebook.

Pro Tip: Visit in March for the La Conner Daffodil Festival!

Know Before You Go

The Skagit Valley Tulip Festival is intended as a driving tour, and there is no one location to visit. Although the fields are centrally located in the valley, they don’t have addresses, and their location changes each year as the crops are rotated. Plus, activities and events happen all over Skagit Valley. All of this means you need to plan on using a map and consulting it frequently.

In terms of getting around, exploring Skagit Valley on foot can be a great deal of fun — if you enjoy walking long distances. And, since many of the roads on the valley floor are flat, the walking isn’t strenuous.

Festival events take place all over the valley, so many of the fields, gardens, and attractions may actually be miles apart. Exploring Skagit Valley on bicycles can also be fun — especially since the roads are flat and easy to navigate. Since the weather in April can be unpredictable, be prepared for rain and wind.

Pro Tips

As is the case with most large festivals, the least crowded times are early in the morning or late in the afternoon on weekdays. Weekends will be very busy, so if you’re planning to visit then, it’s best to arrive before 10 a.m. to beat the crowds.

Festival organizers point out that this is a rural area, and they suggest taking advantage of restrooms before making a trip to the valley. This is especially important considering that on busy days, it may take longer than expected to reach the tulip fields. All visitor information centers have public restrooms, as does the transit station in downtown Mount Vernon. Furthermore, The Shops at Burlington offer another chance to use public restrooms.

Related Reading:

1. How To Spend A Perfect Long Weekend Visiting Skagit Valley’s Tulip Festival
2. The 8 Best Tulip Festivals In The U.S.
3. 7 Fantastic Experiences At Holland, Michigan’s Famous Tulip Time Festival

Are you dreaming of a cozy winter getaway that embraces the snow-filled season? All around Pennsylvania, small towns offer scenic beauty, warm hospitality, and plenty of activities to keep you busy during your stay! From quaint shops to delicious local cuisine and one-of-a-kind attractions, these charming towns make for an ideal destination when searching for a tranquil place to escape from the hustle and bustle of everyday life. 

Whether you’re looking for soothing spas, boutique shopping, or exciting outdoor activities — these small-town gems in the Keystone State will have you feeling ready to snuggle up with a hot cup of cocoa wrapped in blankets beside a crackling fire.

Several of the destinations provided lodging and activities during various press trips. All opinions are my own. 

1. Smethport

Tucked away in Pennsylvania with only 1,800 residents, Smethport is a picture-perfect small town that provides peace and tranquility. But don’t be fooled — there’s plenty to do here too. 

Explore the history-soaked streets on a walking tour through Smethport’s picturesque landscape! This quaint small town is an absolute treat for your senses with fantastic museums like McKean County Historical Museum and Old Jail Museum. Those seeking a glimpse into history will love visiting Smethport. 

Where To Stay In Smethport

The Smethport Mansion District offers two elegant mansions with cozy rooms to cuddle up and enjoy. The Mansion District Inn and the Blueberry Inn are located within the Smethport Mansion District Walking Tour. 

2. Ephrata

Located in Lancaster County and less than an hour from the capital of Harrisburg, Ephrata has much to enjoy. From the Ephrata Cloister Museum to unique boutique shopping. Foodies will delight in the diverse selection of eateries. Enjoy some wine tasting at the Weathered Vineyards. With its rich German/Lancaster culture and thriving art scene, Ephrata is a great place to spend a cozy weekend.

Where To Stay In Ephrata 

The Historic Smithton Inn is the ideal place to snuggle up in Ephrata. I highly recommend the Crimson Dove Suite with the king-size bed, fireplace, and jacuzzi tub. 

3. Bellefonte

A charming downtown, Bellefonte offers many things to do. Enjoy walkable streets, antique shops, boutiques, specialty stores, restaurants, museums, and Victorian architecture. Two places I especially enjoyed when I visited are the Bellefonte Art Museum and the American Philatelic Society (stamp collection). 

Winter provides opportunities for snowmobiling, snowshoeing, cross-country skiing, ice skating, and more. 

Where To Stay In Bellefonte 

Bellefonte is known for its Victorian bed and breakfasts. I stayed at Riffles and Runs Bed and Breakfast when I visited. It is a delightful stay with fresh home-cooked breakfasts each morning. It is an easy walk to the downtown and most activities. 

Other bed and breakfasts include the Bellefonte Bed and Breakfast, Reynold’s Mansion, Our Fair Lady, The Inn At Gamble Mill, and others. Wherever you choose to stay, you can be assured your stay will be cozy in Bellefonte. 

4. Wellsboro

Wellsboro is an idyllic little town with an atmosphere bigger than its population! It has an old-fashioned Main Street fit for the movies. Step back in time, marvel at traditional Victorian gas lights, and explore eateries and boutiques. Be sure to stop at Highland’s Chocolates for delicious treats made by extraordinary people. 

Pine Creek Gorge, known as “The Grand Canyon of Pennsylvania,” promises stunning views worth savoring any day you visit. 

Known as the “Town That Saved Christmas,” Wellsboro is full of surprises to make your cozy weekend one you will remember.

Where To Stay In Wellsboro

Stay at the historic Penn Wells Hotel for an authentic taste of history. 

Located in downtown Wellsboro, the interior of the Penn Wells portrays an elegance of earlier times, with mahogany woodwork, deep colors, and a large, cozy wood-burning fireplace in the lobby. 

5. Kane

Begin your winter day with an invigorating hike in the Allegheny National Forest in the beautiful snowy terrain. Kane has everything from skiing, snowboarding, and ice skating to some hot cocoa by a cozy fire! After a long day outside, warm up with some hot cider or beer from Logyard Brewing Company to top off the evening.

Kane has delightful shops, wineries, a brewery, and a distillery downtown.

Kane is close enough to Benezette for a day trip that will thrill nature lovers and outdoor adventurers. Benezette is home to more than 1,400 elk that roam across its forest-covered landscape, making it a popular spot for wildlife watching and photography.

Where To Stay In Kane

The historic Kane Manor Inn is newly renovated and offers charming rooms decorated in antiques, a fireplace, and a delicious home-cooked breakfast every morning. I enjoyed viewing all the historical photos in the hallways when I visited.

6. Eagles Mere

Wintertime in Eagles Mere is magical! Escape to an idyllic winter wonderland. Take in stunning views during your stroll around town, made even more magical when it’s blanketed in snow! The town still has much of its magnificent architecture still in place and is on the National Register of Historic Places. 

Check if they’re running their epic toboggan ride — nothing beats whizzing down slopes covered with powdery white perfection. The ride even takes you across the frozen lake. 

Where To Stay In Eagles Mere

Stay at the Eagles Mere Inn; you will be close to everything. Choose from 17 recently updated, unique, historically themed rooms. 

7. New Hope

You won’t regret making New Hope your next cozy weekend getaway destination! Take in a show at the theater or check out the many restaurants perfect for the discriminating foodie. Kick back for some picturesque views on The New Hope & Ivy Railroad as you take an enchanting ride through the countryside. 

Where To Stay In New Hope

The 1870 Wedgwood Inn Bed & Breakfast in New Hope is a delightful stay. Many rooms have whirlpool tubs and king-size beds, perfect for a cozy weekend. 

8. Jim Thorpe

You won’t find a better place to enjoy winter than Jim Thorpe, also known as the Switzerland of Pennsylvania. Step back in time and visit Jim Thorpe in the Pocono region of the Keystone State. Immerse yourself in its quaint winding streets, cozy shops, and appetizing eateries to tantalize your taste buds. 

Take a picturesque 70-minute train ride on the Lehigh Gorge Scenic Railway and enjoy the beautiful winter scenery.

You can enjoy snow tubing, snowboarding, skiing, winter eagle watching, and cross-country skiing during the winter months. Then come inside and snuggle up by a fireplace.

Where To Stay In Jim Thorpe

The Inn at Jim Thorpe, in one of the town’s landmark buildings. Enjoy the luxurious amenities and spa treatments while you snuggle up for the weekend. 

9. Railroad

Railroad lets you experience the life of a different era and pace. Nestled in Southern York County, Railroad is a cozy town with a long history. A winter weekend getaway in Railroad includes the nearby Northern Central Railway tourist train and several breweries, including AleCraft Brewing, Gunpowder Falls Brewing, and Vortex Brewing Company. Take a winter stroll or enjoy cross-country skiing on the lovely York County Rail Trail.

Where To Stay In Railroad

Visitors can snuggle up in the Jackson House B&B, built in 1859, or the Creek House, a historic restored cottage featured on national television. Both are perfect for a cozy winter stay.

10. Gettysburg

Gettysburg is a cozy town with a unique collection of historic bed and breakfasts, hotels, restaurants, taverns, and all the neat little things visitors love doing. History lovers will enjoy the many Civil War artifacts, museums, and battlefields. It is perfect for visitors who want to escape the busyness of their lives and slow down.

Where To Stay In Gettysburg

Once a schoolhouse, the Federal Pointe Inn is a charming boutique hotel with 23 rooms for snuggling in this cozy town.

11. Bradford

Bradford is located near the New York border and showcases its industrial history at the Penn-Brad Oil Museum. The proximity of the Allegheny National Forest provides winter visitors with various snow-filled outdoor activities. Visitors also enjoy learning about the history of Zippo lighters at their flagship visitor center and learn about the local opera legend at the Marilyn Horne Museum. 

Where To Stay In Bradford

The Lodge at Glendorn is a cozy full-service resort surrounded by a winter wonderland of streams, forests, and lakes. Snuggle up in front of the fireplace in your deluxe cabin, or enjoy cross-country skiing, snowmobiling, or hiking along a forest trail.

The Forest Spa is onsite to offer a relaxing spa day, then end your day with a robust fine dining experience of only the freshest ingredients. 

12. Lititz

Lititz is a charming town with experiences that’ll make any weekend getaway unforgettable. Stroll through the stunning Lititz Springs Park, meet some of nature’s creatures at the Wolf Sanctuary of PA, enjoy some chocolate at the Wilbur Chocolate Factory, and take a trip back in time to discover how pretzels were made in the days before machines — it’s a hands-on experience you won’t want to miss at the historic Julius Sturgis Pretzel Factory.

Look no further than Lititz, named one of America’s coolest small towns for a cozy weekend getaway. 

Where To Stay In Lititz

There are many places to stay. I recommend the Lititz Springs Inn, right on Main Street and in the middle of everything. Another fantastic stay is The Wilbur Lititz Tapestry Collection by Hilton.

13. Farmington

What was once a hunting lodge is now a luxury resort. If you want to snuggle up in luxurious surroundings, visit Nemacolin in Farmington. Skiing, snow-tubing, dog-sledding, and various other outdoor activities are at the top of the list of things to do in the winter months. They even have heated outdoor pools to enjoy. 

Try your luck at ax throwing, bowling, or spending the day at the spa.

Where To Stay In Farmington

Pennsylvania offers endless opportunities for cozying up during the winter months. 

Snuggle up this season by escaping to one of these must-see communities and discovering new things. Get out and explore Pennsylvania’s most beloved cozy towns and make memories that will last a lifetime!

Every April, a kaleidoscope of color, in the form of tulips, emblazons the otherwise lush, green agricultural lands of the Skagit Valley in Washington State.

Located 60 miles north of Seattle, the Skagit Valley becomes a very popular destination spot for springtime adventures and day trips, with the Tulip Festival front and center as its main attraction. The festival is designed as a driving tour with the majority of flower fields situated between two small towns: Mount Vernon and La Conner.

And with this being one of the largest tulip festivals outside of Holland, there are activities specifically centered around the bloom. You do not have to travel out of the country to gaze upon this iconic spring flower.

Things To Do At The Tulip Festival 

The Skagit Valley Tulip Festival has been blooming for over 30 years, showing off its vibrant colors to thousands of visitors each year. The festival spans the entire month of April, from the 1st to the 30th. But of course, mother nature being mother nature, the bloom has its own special timing and can be seen in various stages during the month. Maybe more than one trip to the fields is something to consider.

If your springtime travels find you traipsing through the tulip fields, here are some gardens that are an absolute must to visit.

RoozenGaarde

RoozenGaarde Flower and Bloom is a multi-generational grower of tulips, irises, and daffodils. They are the oldest and largest producer of these flowers in the country. Every year they put out the RoozenGaarde® Bloom Map, which is a downloadable map displaying which tulip fields are currently blooming and at what stage they are in their growth. It includes many road names too, which makes finding these colorful fields a little easier.

At RoozenGaarde, there are over 5 acres of display gardens as well as 50 acres of farmland devoted to growing tulips and daffodils. Inside RoozenGaarde is a gift shop and greenhouses where visitors can purchase their own bulbs to take home. Select from the 150 varieties seen in the display garden and showcase your favorites in your own garden.

RoozenGaarde happens to be the largest wholesale and catalog retailer of tulips in the country. Thinking of buying a bouquet of tulips at your local grocery store? They most likely began at RoozenGaarde’s.

Admission to these spectacular displays is $15 for anyone ages 3 and up. The price includes parking and access to all the gardens and bloom fields. All tickets are general admission and can be purchased in advance online.

Pro Tip: Purchase tickets in advance for guaranteed entry.

Tulip Town

Tulip Town is the other major grower in the valley. During the festival, they are a great stop for families with a variety of activities for every age and interest. Most days they offer face painting, trolley rides, and a café with good old-fashioned churned ice cream. These are all in addition to their display gardens, indoor flower show, and local vendors set up to share their wares.

Tulip Town offers several ticket packages including general admission, a Photography Pass, and the Experience Pass touring the farm. Packages begin at $15 for ages 12 and up, $7 for ages 6–11, with kids under 5 free. General admission includes parking, entry, a trolley ride, and access to the bloom fields and display gardens.

Garden Rosalyn

A newer addition, Garden Rosalyn is smaller than Tulip town and Roozengaarde but has more to offer than beautiful tulip fields. The garden also features designed flower beds, a windmill that makes for great photo opportunities, and a lake inhabited by geese and ducks.

Helicopter Tour

If seeing the rainbow of color from the skies is on your bucket list, then consider taking in the scenery from above in a helicopter or charter plane.

San Juan Airlines offers tours over the tulip fields throughout the month of April as do Atomic Helicopters, offering scenic flights of the Pacific Northwest variety, and Bellingham Helicopter Services. 

Tulip Festival Street Fair

Taking place over three days in April, the Tulip Festival Street Fair in Mount Vernon is one of Northwest Washington’s largest outdoor art shows. Half a mile of artisan vendors line up for the “Street Fair” as locals call it. For a full list of events including concerts and fairs during tulip time, the Skagit Valley Tulip Festival Brochure has it all.

What To Pack

Pack for the day’s outing by dressing in layers for any kind of weather (it is the Pacific Northwest after all). Be sure to bring rain gear and boots as the fields can be muddy, even if the sun is shining.

Bring along a stash of snacks to keep hunger at bay while wandering around the beautiful gardens. And of course, do not forget your camera!

Skagit Valley Restaurants

After a long day tromping in fields, a delicious meal is in order. With Mount Vernon on one side of the bloom fields and La Conner on the other, these two cities serve up a smorgasbord of food options to suit any palette.

La Conner is a quintessential small town. With a population of around 900 people, it exudes that small-town vibe. But do not be fooled, it holds more charm than its size leads you to expect. It is situated on the banks of the Swinomish Channel waterway and was once a vibrant fishing town. Today the downtown corridor is home to an array of craft stores, art galleries, and eateries. Walk through town along the boardwalk for serene scenery of the water and an eye-catching glimpse of the famous Rainbow Bridge which arches itself gracefully over the channel, connecting the city of La Conner with the Swinomish Indian Tribal Lands.

Additionally, finding yourself in Mount Vernon for the evening might also find you promenading along the river walk. This pedestrian trail parallels the waters of the Skagit River through Mount Vernon’s artsy downtown district. Stroll through cobblestoned courtyards while browsing the various antique shops, art galleries, and eclectic mix of restaurants and breweries.

Snow Goose Produce

It’s almost tradition for many Pacific Northwesterners to stop at the iconic Snow Goose Produce. This seasonal, open-air market is worth the visit for a little shopping while noshing on the biggest ice cream cone in these parts. Other cool finds range from local, organic produce to artisan jewelry and woven baskets (purchase one to hold all your flowers and goodies). The market is located on the south side of the bloom fields making it accessible from much of the area.

Pro Tip: Several flavors of locally sourced ice cream are served in handmade waffle cones, but you better have cash if you want a scoop!

Nell Thorn Waterfront Bistro

While strolling through the town of La Conner, you can work up an appetite. When it is time for dinner, stop in at Nell Thorn Waterfront Bistro for an upscale bistro vibe, water views, and exquisite entrées like their Polenta with shiitake gorgonzola sauce or any of their handmade gnocchi dishes. At Nell Thorn, using regional ingredients not only supports local farms in the Skagit Valley but also supports their ethos of sustainability while nurturing the earth by developing a lighter footprint.

Call ahead for a reservation, especially during tulip season. This restaurant becomes popular for a little respite as well as sustenance. Nell Thorn is open for both lunch and dinner but is closed on Mondays.

Pro Tip: Nell Thorn has their own parking lot, which makes finding a space a little easier during the busiest of times.

The Calico Cupboard

Maybe a hearty breakfast is your thing — especially if a full day of walking through gardens is on your itinerary. The Calico Cupboard serves all-day breakfast from traditional plates or recipes with a more modern twist, including gluten-free and organic ingredients. Calico Cupboard has two locations, one in La Conner and one in Mount Vernon, making this an ideal stop along your tulip trail adventures.

Pro Tip: Calico cupboard’s gigantic cinnamon rolls are a well-known trademark. Pick one up to-go and snack on it later for a treat.

Trumpeter Public House

Situated next to the Skagit Riverfront trail in downtown Mount Vernon, find the Trumpeter Public House, an old-world English pub-style atmosphere with an elegant, warm, and relaxed feel. The Trumpeter is the place to kick back and imbibe a cocktail or local brew — they offer the largest selection of spirits in Skagit County. Pair any refreshment with their locally-sourced dinner menu and call it “the perfect ending to a perfect day.”

Reservations are highly recommended and seating is limited. The Trumpeter is open Tuesday–Saturday from noon–9 p.m.

Hotels In Skagit Valley

With so many sites to see, extending your Skagit Valley Tulip Festival experience into a long weekend is the perfect solution to take it all in.

While Mount Vernon hosts a number of chain hotels that can be well-suited for families, it is La Conner that offers a lovely variety of options when it comes to lodging. There are quaint bed and breakfasts, small hotels on the water, and private rentals available online, all depending on your need and desire.

Katy’s Inn

Located in the heart of La Conner, Katy’s Inn has early Victorian architecture. this quaint bed and breakfast is a favorite among visitors and locals alike for its friendly, family-oriented service and the romantic antiquity of the home. Every morning, a full complimentary breakfast is served in the dining room, a nod to a bygone era. One of the rooms is pet-friendly so furry family members can join you for a flower-filled weekend.

La Conner Channel Lodge

At La Conner Channel Lodge, look over the waters of the Swinomish Channel from your balcony while sipping a complimentary glass of wine. This boutique hotel is situated in the small downtown area and is within walking distance of all the shops and eateries in La Conner. From street level, its architecture is in the classic Pacific Northwest style with its Craftsman rooftop and cedar siding. A complimentary breakfast is served each morning, which you may also enjoy out on the veranda, making this the perfect spot for a couples weekend or quiet getaway relaxing and watching the sunset, all after visiting the tulip fields, of course.

Book early, as La Conner accommodations fill up quickly.

Pro Tip: For a treat, take home a piece of the festival with you in a wine bottle by visiting the official winery of the tulip festival, Pasek Cellars. They are a family-friendly tasting room and they offer tours of their winery and wine-making process. They call it “wine in motion.”

Related Reading:

• How To Visit Washington’s Skagit Valley Tulip Fields
• The 8 Best Tulip Festivals In The U.S.
• 7 Fantastic Experiences At Holland, Michigan’s Famous Tulip Time Festival

The Oregon Coast is a magical place during winter. With crashing waves, migrating whales, and fewer crowds, the coast offers great escapes for winter weekends. 

The 362-mile coastline is accessible to all thanks to the Beach Bill of 1967. Thus the Oregon Coast is often referred to as “The People’s Coast.”

My trip was sponsored by Travel Oregon, Travel Lane County, Florence Chamber of Commerce, Driftwood Shores Resort & Conference Center, and Heceta Lighthouse B & B. All thoughts and opinions are my own.

Here are my five favorite winter weekend getaways on the Central and Northern Oregon Coast. 

1. Newport

Enjoy the beauty and activities of Newport, located along both the Pacific Ocean and Yaquina Bay.

Oregon Coast Aquarium

Stroll the Historic Bayfront, stopping at shops and restaurants, and make your way to the docks to enjoy the antics of the seals. Spend at least two hours at the Oregon Coast Aquarium, ranked as one of the top ten aquariums in the nation. Here, you will experience the wonders of the water world. The touching pools are great for children of all ages! When you arrive, be certain to check the feeding and demonstration times. They are events not to be missed. Consider also “adopting” one of the residents! Check this link to learn more.

Hatfield Marine Science Center

Head over to the Hatfield Marine Science Center, the marine research center of Oregon State University. With all the activities, it is easy and enjoyable to spend several hours here as well.

NOAA

At the dock in Yaquina Bay, you will notice the large NOAA (National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration) vessels. This operations center is the base for two research ships that serve the ships operating in the Pacific. 

Crabbing From The Docks

Crabbing from the docks is popular and great fun! Contact the Newport Marina Store for a fabulous, two-hour dock-crabbing experience.

Newport Seafood & Wine Festival

A fun winter festival is the Newport Seafood & Wine Festival each February. This popular event draws folks from near and far. Accommodations fill quickly so be sure to plan.

Best Restaurants

Rogue Brewer’s On The Bay

By now, you would have developed thirst and hunger. Rogue Brewer’s on the Bay features a pub, brewery, distillery, cooperage, and great gift shop. Try a flight of beer and team it with steak bites. Delicious.

Mo’s Seafood & Chowder

On each trip to the coast, I enjoy the tasty clam chowder at Mo’s Seafood & Chowder. The bayfront has two Mo’s — the original dating back to 1946 and one overlooking the bay. 

Clearwater Restaurant

Clearwater Restaurant also overlooks the bay and the sea lions resting on the docks. We particularly enjoyed the seafood pasta full of shrimp, scallops, salmon, halibut, and cod served in a tasty Cajun cream sauce. Top off your meal with the cinnamon toast crème brûlée, which deliciously melts in your mouth.

Where To Stay

Newport Belle Bed & Breakfast

For unique accommodations, the Newport Belle Bed & Breakfast is tops! The 97-foot paddlewheel boat is permanently moored at the South Beach Marina. The five staterooms are spacious, the parlor is inviting and the three-course breakfasts are fabulous. There is also a daily wine and cheese event when the owners join the guests.

2. Florence

Florence beckons you with locations both along the Pacific Ocean and the Siuslaw River. Add miles of beaches, towering sand dunes, boutiques and antique shops, seven lakes within 15 miles, great seafood dining, Historic Old Town, and a unique botanical park featuring a rare carnivorous flower, and you have the makings for a fabulous winter weekend.

One of the locals mentioned, “The Florence area is where folks come to make memories and revisit treasured spots.” I concur with that. This is about my 20th visit to Florence. Here are some of my treasured memories of the area.

Exploding Whale Memorial Park

Discover the Exploding Whale Memorial Park. The riverfront park has beautiful views of the Siuslaw River and the iconic Oregon sand dunes. There is a great picnic area. 

Strawberry Hill Wayside

Another of my favorite spots is Strawberry Hill Wayside, just north of Florence. This is an excellent spot for watching the sea lions cavorting in the waves and at low tide, for exploring tide pools.

Historic Old Town 

The Historic Old Town is a favorite for strolling and enjoying local shops, restaurants, and ice cream!

Darlingtonia State Natural Site

Darlingtonia State Natural Site is located just north of Florence. This little-known gem is an 18-acre botanical park of the Darlingtonia californica, or “Cobra Lily.” The rare carnivorous flower is like a smaller version of Audrey 11 in Little Shop of Horrors!

The park is open year-round with parking and an accessible boardwalk, interpretive signs, a picnic area, and restrooms. This is a site not to be missed!

Sea Lion Caves

Sea Lion Caves, America’s largest sea cave, is just further north and is a great spot for viewing whales and the coastline. 

Winter Music Festival Florence

The Winter Music Festival Florence, an annual event held near the end of January, has been named “the Coast’s Best Music and Arts Festival.” In addition to music and workshops, the event features local food and libations.

Best Restaurants

The Dunes Cafe

Enjoy breakfast or lunch at The Dunes Cafe, a popular spot with locals. The service is great and the breakfast food is delicious!

Waterfront Depot Restaurant

A local favorite for fine dining is the Waterfront Depot Restaurant. Located in Historic Old Town and right on the bank of the Siuslaw River, the Waterfront Depot has fabulous views, great seafood, and fine service. 

Where To Stay

Driftwood Shores

The Driftwood Shores is a favorite accommodation with spacious units overlooking Heceta Beach. Check the link for the live webcam. All units have ocean views and private balconies while some units have full-size kitchens. 

The Market At Driftwood Shores

If you don’t wish to cook for yourself, visit The Market At Driftwood Shores for take-out meals, dining in, and a small grocery store. Bring your bathing suits and enjoy the indoor pool and hot tub. Enjoy beach activities like horseback riding or strolling the beach.

3. Depoe Bay

Known as “The Whale Watching Capital of the Oregon Coast,” Depoe Bay is worthy of many visits, especially during the winter when 18,000 to 20,000 gray whales migrate along the Pacific from Alaska to the warm waters of Baja, California. 

Oregon State Park Whale Watching Center

Start your visit at the Oregon State Park Whale Watching Center, located right on Highway 101 next to the sea wall. Here you can enjoy the observation camera, the exhibits, and talking with park staff. The best times to catch the migration are winter (mid-December through January) and spring (late February to March) when the whales return to Alaska waters.

Approximately 300 gray whales permanently hang out in the waters just off Depoe Bay. So any time of year is a fun time to visit the Whale Watching Center.

Tradewinds Charters

You can view the whales from land or enjoy a whale-watching cruise. We enjoyed a cruise with Tradewinds Charters, the office of which is located just across from the Whale Watching Center. Tradewinds also offers fishing and crabbing trips. Check Tradewinds’ website for recent fishing and whale reports.

Best Restaurants

The Horn Public House And Brewery

For a casual dining spot in Depoe Bay, enjoy The Horn Public House & Brewery. Located just across from the Whale Watching Center, The Horn sits on the corner, immediately north of the bridge. The location provides an amazing view of both the harbor and the Pacific Ocean. Stop by for a flight of craft beer, great seafood, and delicious pizza.

Tidal Raves Seafood Grill

For elegant dining, visit Tidal Raves Seafood Grill. Perched high on the ocean cliff, about a half-mile north of the Whale Watching Center, the view is fantastic and the menu is enticing. We enjoyed pasta rave, a delicious seafood feast served with linguine and creamy pesto sauce. We also shared a dish of coconut shrimp and a house salad. Tidal Raves is popular and no reservations are accepted. You can call ahead to check for the wait time and be placed on a list.

Where To Stay

SCP Hotel Depoe Bay

We enjoyed our accommodation along the harbor at the SCP Hotel Depoe Bay. The hotel is a small (13-room) eco-friendly lodge. SCP stands for Soul (personal wellness), Community (social good), and Planet (environment). The hotel is environmentally friendly, has a minimalist style, uses green practices, gives back to its community, and plants a tree for every guest stay.

Coffee and granola are available for breakfast. The community room is large with an inviting fireplace and beautiful harbor views. 

4. Heceta 

Located just south of the town of Yachats, the Heceta Head Lighthouse and Heceta Lighthouse Bed & Breakfast are fabulous destinations for a winter getaway. 

Heceta Head Lighthouse

Heceta Lighthouse is one of the most photographed lighthouses along the Oregon Coast. Perched atop the 1,000-foot Heceta Head, you will enjoy jaw-dropping views of the Pacific Ocean. The ground floor of the lighthouse is open daily. Do check out the tiny gift store.

Heceta Lighthouse Bed & Breakfast

Heceta Lighthouse Bed & Breakfast is the historic keeper’s cottage. A stay at the delightful cottage will be one made of memories. The bedrooms are cozy and the main floor has several inviting parlors with fireplaces. The big event is the seven-course breakfast! Plan for two hours for this gourmet feast. The breakfast is served family-style, so you can enjoy chatting with the other guests. If you prefer, you may request your own table. Right after the meal, there is a history talk. There is also a daily wine and cheese event. 

Cape Perpetua Visitor Center And Day Use Area

Close by is Cape Perpetua Visitor Center and Day Use Area, the highest viewpoint on the Oregon Coast that is accessible by car. Marvel at the miles of ocean beaches and towering trees. With 26 miles of trails, the area is called the “Coastal Wonderland.” Stop by the visitor center to learn about the cultural and natural history of the area. The movie theater offers a choice of interesting videos that you can individually request. Your National Parks Senior Pass works here — otherwise buy a day pass at the kiosk by the visitor center.

5. Tillamook And Manzanita

Slightly inland, Tillamook County is dairy country. Watch for the well-kept country farms and fields filled with dairy cows. The small city of Tillamook sits at the confluence of three rivers and is the gateway to the Three Capes Scenic Loop, a 40-mile scenic drive along the Pacific.

Tillamook Creamery

A must-stop each visit is to the Tillamook Creamery. Enjoy the self-guided tour, which features stories behind life on a dairy farm and milk’s journey from farm to factory. Order the delicious Tillamook Ice Cream, either a cone or a flight. The flight is ample for two people. Stop in the store to taste some of the famous Tillamook cheese.

Tillamook Air Museum

A truly hidden gem in Tillamook is the Tillamook Air Museum, whose mission is to “interpret, preserve, educate, and honor the WWII history of the Tillamook Air Station and Hanger B.” One could spend several hours here — and then still want to come back for more. The Tillamook Air Museum website has more information on its aircraft collection. 

Two of my favorite exhibits are The Hall of WWII, constructed all by one man who has recreated battles and displays to help teach about WWII and to honor all those who served the U.S. My second favorite exhibit honors all the contributions of women during the war. The display has the quote: “Let the generations know that women in uniform also guarantee their freedom.” 

Best Restaurants

Off Shore Grill & Coffee House

We drove to the ocean-side village of Manzanita for dinner and lodging. Off Shore Grill & Coffee House is a delightful spot for dinner. We shared a beet salad — ample for two — and enjoyed the Steamer Clams and Duck Breast for entrées.

Where To Stay

Oregon Coast Cabins

Oregon Coast Cabins offers three types of accommodations: cabins, homes, and lofts. Ours was Loft 6 — The Neahkahnie, an amazing 1,100 square foot condo on the second floor, located in downtown Manzanita. We enjoyed two bedrooms, two baths, a gourmet kitchen, a huge living room, a gas fireplace, and laundry facilities. It is an incredibly luxurious accommodation!

The Oregon Coast beckons you for a delightful winter weekend. There are a variety of activities for all — whether you prefer storm-watching, whale watching, shopping, museum visiting, or great dining, there is something for everyone!

You don’t have to be from Texas to know that bluebonnets are a sign of spring. Some of the most beautiful sights in Texas are fields of bluebonnets. Travelers come from all over to wander through the backroads of Texas in search of the perfect batch of bluebonnets for that annual photo of the family all dressed up in their spring outfits.

In my lifetime as a native Texan, I’ve seen many families pull off the highway to capture their little ones rollicking around in the bluebonnets. It’s true, beautiful bluebonnets can be seen from highways and byways, but I think road-tripping to small towns that hold official bluebonnet titles is the best way to experience them, don’t you?

At the end of March, the bluebonnets start to perk up here in Texas, but the peak season is the first or second week in April. If you weren’t aware, the bluebonnet season doesn’t last long around here. So, come spring, the hunt is on for the perfect batch of pretty blue flowers to enjoy however you like. Begin planning your road trip somewhere in Texas with these seven best towns in Texas to see our beloved state flower. Also, if a town hosts an annual bluebonnet festival, I’ve noted it.

1. Cedar Hill State Park

Dallas County

Minutes from Dallas is a wonderful state park for hiking and biking in rolling tallgrass prairie. But it’s even nicer to hike, bike, run, walk among the beautiful bluebonnets of North Texas. You can do just that in the spring. And, where there are bluebonnets, there are also bluebirds. Visit Cedar Hill State Park to see fields of bluebonnets in several areas throughout the 1,200 acres of the park, and perhaps you’ll spot a few bluebirds. Most trails are easy to access and are well-maintained. A small fee will apply to enter the state park.

Pro Tip: The trails close when wet, so it’s best to call ahead of time at (972) 291-3900 to make sure they are open. Bring your leashed dog along to accompany you.

2. Ennis, Official Bluebonnet City Of Texas

Southeast Of Dallas

The city of Ennis goes all out when the bluebonnets bloom — and for good reason. Ennis, a small town about 40 minutes east of Dallas is where blankets and blankets of bluebonnets spring up every year, and 100,000 visitors flock to the area to see it all. For this reason, Ennis is known as the Official Texas Bluebonnet City and goes all out with a festival.

Ennis is also part of a trail that goes from Ennis to Corsicana, to Athens, onto Kaufman then back to Ennis. You’re likely to see more wildflower, such as Indian paintbrush, Arkansas lazy daisies, winecups, wild verbena, pink evening primrose, and larkspur. This is my favorite route to view the bluebonnets because it’s the way I go to visit my mother. My family has actually traveled parts of this route since the ’70s, making our way to our lake house on Cedar Creek Lake, so we’ve seen a few of its bluebonnets and other wildflowers in our time.

The best time to see how Ennis goes all out for bluebonnets is during the full month of April when their annual Bluebonnet Trails Festival is going on.

Pro Tip: If you’re following the trail, you may want to plan to spend a day in Athens to see the beautiful azaleas at the East Texas Arboretum and Botanical Society.

3. Chappell Hill

Northwest Of Houston

Chappell Hill, a historical community right in the heart of bluebonnet country, hosts what’s recognized as the Official Bluebonnet Festival of Texas by the Texas Legislature. Its Bluebonnet Festival is normally held on the second weekend in April and is the largest festival in Washington County. The bluebonnets are in full bloom by then, and the festival is full of entertainment for the whole family.

Afterward, you may want to make a stop in the next town over (to the west) to see why Brenham is a very charming town to spend a day and perhaps stroll the historical downtown or enjoy a glass of wine at the Pleasant Hill Winery. If nothing else, it’s worth a drive to visit the Blue Bell Creamery.

4. Llano, Burnet, Marble Falls

Hill Country

The peak season to see fields of bluebonnets in Texas Hill Country is usually around the beginning of April, mostly in these three towns. Luckily, all three are minutes apart from each other, and the scenic drive is marvelous! Llano and Burnet share The Bluebonnet Capital of Texas title and celebrate its annual Bluebonnet Festival in Burnet during the second weekend in April. Everything from live music to a parade, arts and crafts vendors to a wildflower show, and more. They go all out here!

Travel a little further down on Highway 281 to beautiful Marble Falls to see more flowers. But, for a better idea of where the best fields of bluebonnets are located, Marble Falls Visitor Center maintains a large bluebonnet map that’s updated daily.

Pro Tip: To get a full dose of spring bluebonnets, have lunch at the Blue Bonnet Cafe in Marble Falls and order one of their world-famous pies.

5. Wildflower Celebration At Wildseed Farms

Fredericksburg

During the bluebonnet growing season, a true Texas tradition is observed at Wildseed Farms in Fredericksburg. If traveling to Fredericksburg via Austin on Highway 290, you’ll come to Wildseed Farms first. If I don’t stop there first, I’ll make a quick stop during my trip to see what new Texas souvenirs and memorabilia they have. There’s one thing for sure; there will be a bluebonnet or two on just about everything they sell! So, Wildseed Farms is a perfect place to stop to enjoy the bluebonnets and buy cute Texas gifts for yourself and everyone you know. While there, be sure to check out the Bluebonnet Tractor Ride. Nice restrooms are available inside the store.

Pro Tip: Before you go, check out these Best Things To See And Do In Fredericksburg, so you’ll know what not to miss!

6. Natalia

Southwest Of San Antonio

A little over 27 miles from San Antonio on IH-35 is the Queen City of the Southwest known as Natalia. A small community in South Texas beaming with local pride and — you guessed it — bluebonnets! They start to see bluebonnets in late March. The Natalia Bluebonnet Festival and Parade is an annual event that’s celebrated on the last Saturday of March. Everyone in Natalia comes out and helps support their library during this time.

On your road trip to Natalia, you’re likely to see other vibrant and aromatic wildflowers. So, this is the time to get out and smell the wildflowers. Be careful if doing so.

7. Brushy Creek Lake Park

North Of Austin

One of the best-known spots around Austin to see Texas’s beloved native flower is Brushy Creek Lake Park. The park also features a kid- and pet-friendly walking trail, a nice playground, and a lake full of ducks that love to be fed. So grab the family and a picnic basket full of sandwiches and snacks and enjoy this park in the springtime.

Pro Tip: The Lady Bird Johnson Wildflower Center at the University of Texas at Austin would make a wonderful stop if time allows. You’ll be able to view 900+ species of native Texas plants in the garden and elsewhere. The center is open year-round.

Fun Facts About Bluebonnets

• Bluebonnets were named Texas’s official state flower in 1901.
• Bluebonnets usually spring up at the end of March and stay around until May.
• Each floret on the bluebonnet plant looks like a small bonnet.
• There are six varieties of bluebonnets in Texas, and all their official names start with the word Lupinus.
• The bluebonnet is both a perennial and an annual plant and thrives in warmer weather.
• The most common variety has vivid royal blue flowers, while the florets have white tips.
• It is not illegal to pick bluebonnets, though many Texans and out-of-towners think it is.

Pro Tips

Though the blooms depend much on the rainfall, there’s never been a bluebonnet season that I haven’t seen here in Texas. So rest assured, our beloved state flower will poke itself out long enough and vibrant enough for you to enjoy and snap photos of your loved ones jumping and frolicking in the midst of them. If you want to pick a few, bring along something to put them in and leave the rest so they can grow next year. Also, note that it is not okay to pull over to pick flowers on private property.

Editor’s Note: Kim’s fun facts about bluebonnets are inspired by this 2016 Country Living bluebonnet article.

Related Reading:

• 5 Best Places To See Tulips In Texas According To A Local
• 16 Texas Towns Our Writers Say You Should Visit In 2023
• 5 Gorgeous Places To Visit In Texas That You Probably Don’t Know About

Aspen is a glorious winter playground where the rich and famous hobnob with ski enthusiasts, both looking for excitement and an adventure-filled getaway. The beloved mountain town offers an abundance of snowy outdoor adventures and ample indoor coziness. 

Unique experiences and unparalleled scenery will make your Aspen getaway unforgettable. Four mountain complexes, breathtaking Rocky Mountain views, delectable culinary bites, and luxurious stays come together to make Aspen, Colorado, the winter vacation of your dreams.

Your Aspen experience can be super lux and upscale or fashionable ski-bum focused, depending on your travel style. Either way, you can hunt for the perfect stash, enjoy fabulous cuisine, and experience fun winter activities.

1. Snowmass

The Aspen/Snowmass ski complex, comprised of four ski areas, has everything you need for your ultimate winter getaway. From double black diamonds to beginner slopes, every skier and snowboarder will find their favorite run, backcountry bowl, or hidden stash.

Snowmass, Aspen’s most well-known ski area, offers 3,339 acres of skiable terrain and one of the biggest vertical drops in the United States, a whopping 4,406 feet. Imagine the excitement of traversing that downhill run. The rush of hitting a steep grade peppered with bumps will certainly get your adrenaline pumping. 

Snowmass has a few beginner trails to get your snow mojo up and running. However, the majority of the runs are geared toward intermediate and advanced skiers and boarders.

2. Aspen Mountain

Aspen Mountain — known as Ajax to the locals — is an intermediate and expert ski area with blue, black, and double black diamond trails for your skiing and snowboarding adventure. 

Ajax has spectacular views of the Rockies, runs right into downtown, and is a local favorite for lunchtime ski runs.

3. Aspen Highlands

At Aspen Highlands, you will find locals and visitors enjoying the mountain views and powdery snow this ski area is known for. The Highlands is perfect for intermediate and expert skiers and boarders looking for a challenge.

The trail map for Aspen Highlands lists four types of runs: blue (difficult), black diamond (very difficult), double black diamond (expert only), and E.T. double black biamond (insanity runs). As you can see, there are no beginner trails at Aspen Highlands. 

4. Buttermilk

Buttermilk is the best place for beginners in Aspen; many of Buttermilk’s trails are rated easy. If you are new to skiing, start your vacation here. Later, you can move on to an intermediate mountain to hone your skills. Buttermilk is the perfect family-friendly mountain.

5. First Tracks

Virgin powder untouched by skis awaits at Snowmass’s First Tracks. Skiers and snowboarders with solid skills are invited to join the staff in the first run of the day on select days of the week. Play at being an Aspen insider and be the first to cut tracks in the freshly groomed snow or fluffy, new powder. Experience the thrill of having the entire mountain mostly to yourself during your early-bird run. 

It is a unique treat to be out on this huge mountain enjoying the quiet beauty of a nearly solo run. Contact the Snowmass Ticket Pavilion to make a reservation.

6. Alpine Coaster

Have you ever wondered what riding down a luge would be like? Now’s your chance to get that feeling (with the dangerous aspect eliminated!). The Breathtaker Alpine Coaster allows you to experience the sensation of speeding down the track, banking tight curves, and watching the trees whistle by as you ride a tandem coaster car. The mile-long track gets you up to about 28 miles per hour — not quite a luge speed, but fast enough for a thrilling ride.

Ride the Breathtaker at night for an eerie, speedy adventure illuminated only by your coaster car light and the moon.

8. Snowshoe

Explore the Aspen/Snowmass area on foot with a guided snowshoe tour. Aspen Center For Environmental Studies’ naturalist guide will take you on a 2.5-mile trek through a peaceful winter wonderland setting while discussing the ecology of the area. It is a fun combination of exercise, education, and entertainment for skiers and non-skiers alike.

9. John Denver Sanctuary

The John Denver Sanctuary is a memorial to the legendary country singer, composer, and guitar player. His love for Colorado and the wide-open country was ever-present in his music. This small park is a tribute to Denver’s love for the natural world. It is a nice spot to stop and reflect upon the beauty of the gifts Mother Nature allows us to enjoy.

Breathe in a meditative breath and contemplate the glory of Denver’s beloved Rocky Mountains.

10. Maroon Bells

The Maroon Bells area is one of the most visited and hiked scenic areas in the White River National Forest. The picturesque Maroon Peak and North Maroon Peak are two of Colorado’s 58 14ers (mountain peaks that exceed 14,000 feet). 

The Maroon Bells are a challenge to hike in the summer months, even for the most experienced climbers. In the winter, they are best viewed from a distance at Maroon Lake. The crystal-clear lake is accessible by Moon Creek Road. When the weather is good, you can drive up or take the shuttle; in the winter, you’ll need to get creative.

Cross-country skiing, snow biking, snowshoeing, or hiking with crampons will get you to Maroon Lake. If you want to ride, the T-Lazy-7 Ranch offers a Maroon Bells snowmobile tour. The 2-hour tour takes you through the breathtaking backwoods scenery of the White River area. Single and tandem snowmobiles are available, and driving instructions are provided.

11. Shopping

Enjoy a stroll through the downtown area, where you could easily dine, drink, and shop for days. Aspen’s understated elegance is evident everywhere, particularly in the storefronts. 

The epitome of elegance, the Prada Aspen, is only one of many luxury shops. For amazing deals, stop by The Little Bird, a consignment shop where you can find Gucci, Chanel, and other designer names to fill your closet. For the discerning shopper, Pitkin County Dry Goods carries casual clothing that makes an elegant statement.

Restaurants In Aspen

Apres-ski spots, fine dining, and cozy bars dot Aspen’s landscape. Whether you are enjoying an elegant sit-down dinner or a nosh at a mountain peak restaurant, Aspen restaurants offer amazing ambience and a great dining experience.

Red Onion

If you enjoy dive bars, you will love the Red Onion in downtown Aspen. Serving patrons since 1892, the Red Onion is a popular hangout for Aspen’s in-the-know crowd. You never know who you will run into; business insiders, celebrities, and athletes frequent this local hub. Grab a seat at the bar for some friendly conversation, a drink, and a yummy nosh.

Betula Aspen

Betula Aspen serves expertly crafted upscale cuisine. The rack of lamb with caponata, pine nuts, sun-dried tomatoes, and roasted garlic is heavenly. The pan-seared Colorado trout with artichokes, cauliflower, and pickled onions is a delightful rendition of a local catch.

Pro Tip: Ask for a seat on the porch for a luxuriously casual meal.

Cloud Nine Alpine Bistro

Warm, gooey, and oh-so yummy, raclette and fondue are fortifying after a morning on the slopes. At the Top of the Cloud Nine Lift in Aspen Highlands is Cloud Nine Alpine Bistro. This ski-in, ski-out lunch spot is a favorite stop for hungry skiers. Order several plates to share while you swap downhill run stories. It’s the perfect midday pick-me-up. On a clear day, you can dine with a breathtaking, mountain top view. 

Resorts In Aspen

Finding a place to stay in Aspen is easy, but deciding how you want to visit can be challenging. Options include ski-in, ski-out stays, downtown hotels, and private rentals.

The Little Nell

The Silver Queen Gondola on Aspen Mountain and downtown Aspen are both at your fingertips when you stay at The Little Nell. This five-star hotel offers fine dining at Element 47, as well as the Wine Academy program, spa services, and an amazing staff ready to serve you. The Little Nell will ensure your luxurious Aspen getaway is perfect.

Snowmass Ski-In, Ski-Out Properties

Snowmass offers a listing service where you can research and compare all of their ski-in, ski-out properties. With options like the modern Limelight Hotel Snowmass, you will find the perfect stay for your snowy vacation.

Pro Tip: Hop on the free shuttle from Snowmass to the city bus stop. From there, you can take a bus to downtown Aspen. Enjoy exploring the downtown area, and then ride back to Snowmass and leave the driving to them.

For more on Aspen/Snowmass, read:

• 10 Must-See Family-Friendly Aspen Vacation Rentals
• 16 Fantastic Things To Do In Snowmass, Colorado This Summer
• Everything You Need To Know About Hiking Maroon Bells In Colorado

After you enjoy your Aspen getaway, discover your next ski destination by learning about the other great ski resorts in Colorado for every level and interest.

The charming seaside city of Newport, Rhode Island, is more than just a summer destination — it is a bustling hub of activities all winter long. The city perched on beautiful Narragansett Bay is filled with American history, award-winning restaurants, intriguing museums, and stunning mansions.

A shining jewel in the coastal state of Rhode Island, Newport is synonymous with the luxury of the Gilded Age. It is a traveler’s haven where you can vicariously step into the shoes of a Vanderbilt family member. The awe-inspiring Newport mansions may draw you in, but you will love all the other wonderful things that comprise Newport’s charm. 

Here, we have listed just a few reasons to visit Newport in winter below. It is presented in no particular order.

1. Newport Burger Bender

February 17–26, 2023

Join in the Newport Burger Bender and vote on your favorite area burger. It’s a great excuse to indulge in a perfectly cooked patty and help crown this year’s Best Burger in Newport.

Local restaurants come together to embrace their competitive side and throw their carefully-crafted top burger into the ring. In 2022, Mooring Seafood Kitchen and Bar took home top honors in the beef category for their Portuguese Burger, a mouth-watering combination of Angus beef, Fontina cheese, Mozambique aioli, chourico-sweet onion jam, cherry peppers, topped with a fried egg. Yum!

These creative chefs don’t limit their entries to only beef patties. Past winners in the non-beef category have included unique compilations like The Boat House’s Mediterranea Swordfish Burger and Midtown Oyster Bar’s Sushi Burger.

2. Newport Winter Festival

February 17–26, 2023

The 35th Annual Newport Winter Festival is a 10-day celebration and features more than 150 events across the city. Getting out for a day or weekend getaway is the perfect way to dust off your cabin fever and explore all that Newport has to offer.

Romantic events like sipping on a colorful Polar Pineapple beverage at the Newport Harbor Island Resort are a fun start — all the while enjoying a view of Narragansett Bay. Afterward, taking in a concert and dinner with your special someone will help you to shake those winter blues.

Family-friendly events, like a Princess Party for your tiniest Disney fan at OceanCliff or the Rainforest Reptile Show at the Newport Marriott, make it easy to plan a getaway for the entire family. While exploring, don’t miss stopping by the igloos and cozy firepits throughout the festival.

Other showstopping events include beach polo, a chili cook-off contest, multiple tribute band concerts, best hot drink contest, family-friendly comedy and magic shows, and much more.

3. The Chanler Hot Chocolate Bar

The Chanler At Cliff Walk

Saturdays And Sundays From February 11–April 2, 2023

Nothing is more winter-in-New-England than sipping a rich cup of gourmet hot chocolate, available with a decadent array of toppings. Enjoying it at a former 19th-century mansion transformed into a luxury hotel — The Chanler at Cliff Walk — or in front of the outdoor fire pit completely elevates the hot chocolate experience.

4. Mansions

A Gilded Age Mansion tour is synonymous with a visit to Newport. These magnificent, stately “summer cottages” reflect the glamor of high-society life during Newport’s Gilded Age.

The Breakers and The Marble House are open during the winter. If you only have time for one mansion visit, the Breakers is a must-see; it is spectacular. Transport yourself into the life of the Vanderbilt family as you wander the opulent rooms of this storied summer home. The Breakers also offers a variety of winter events, including the Gilded Age Lecture Series and the Gilded Age Orchestra of Newport Musical Program.

Other mansions, including The Elms and Rosecliff, open later in the year.

5. Ice Skating

Newport Harbor Island Resort

Ice skating is a quintessential winter activity for all ages, and there isn’t a more beautiful spot to lace up your skates than the oceanside rink at the Newport Harbor Island Resort. Skaters enjoy views of the Newport Bridge, Goat Island Lighthouse, and Newport Harbor. Outdoor skating is a wonderful way to spend the afternoon as a family and a nostalgic date idea for couples to reconnect.

Skates and skating aides are available to rent or you can bring your own. The rink is open to the public and no reservations are required.

6. Igloo Dining

Dinner with a view, the coveted window table takes on new life with the chic trend of igloo dining. Three of Newport’s fabulous restaurants have erected outdoor globes so you can enjoy all the benefits of dining with a view while still keeping cozy and warm.

Check out the menus at these three igloo dining locations and pick the one that suits your cravings. Choose from sumptuous seafood fare at The Reef, a delicious Mexican fiesta at Diego’s Newport, or an aprés skate bite at Newport Harbor Island Resort.

7. Historic Tavern

White Horse Tavern 

The National Historic Landmark White Horse Tavern turns 350 years old this year. The tavern, an iconic Newport red clapboard building, immerses guests in its 17th-century feel as soon as they step through the door. From the classic Colonial 12-over-eight windows to the stalwart portraits gracing the walls, you will love the history of this wonderful old tavern.

Try the beef Wellington or the pan-seared scallops with a beautiful bottle of your favorite wine for a memorable dining experience.

8. Tea Time

Hotel Viking

Everyone, at least once in their lifetime, should enjoy an afternoon tea time experience. The Hotel Viking, on Bellevue Avenue, offers the ideal personalized tea service. The staff is expertly trained in preparing your selected tea blend and you will love the house-baked scones and assorted cakes rounding out this time-honored tradition.

The adult beverage cart will also make its rounds if you prefer champagne or other beverages with your tea cakes.

9. Newport History

Museum Of Newport History

February 17–26, 2023

The Newport Historical Society offers Newport History Walking Tours showcasing the city’s top historic sites. A unique variety of tours are available, including the Rum & Revolution Tour, the French in 18th Century Newport tour, the Road To Independence Tour, and many others.

Visit the website to select the tour, or tours, that tickle your historical places fancy.

10. Newport Helicopter Tours

One of the best ways to visit an area when it’s too cold to stroll the streets is from above. Newport Helicopter Tours offers a selection of themed flying tours for the intrepid visitor. Flying above the city offers an interesting view from the usual street-side sightseeing.

Enjoy a unique aerial view of Newport’s famed mansions, circumnavigate the island enjoying a peek at her lighthouses, or enjoy a romantic sunset flight around the island over the Atlantic Ocean.

11. Wine Tasting And Craft Breweries

Newport area wineries invite guests to relax and enjoy an opportunity to sip their tasty offerings. Newport Vineyards in Middletown combines a winery and brewery; it is also home to Taproot Brewing Company. Greenvale Vineyards in nearby Portsmouth is a farm destination offering stunning views of the bay and vineyards, and Carolyn’s Sakonnet Vineyards in Little Compton will win you over with its award-winning wines.

With over 10 craft breweries in the Newport area, you will easily find a frothy brew to quench your thirst.

12. The Newport Winter Foodie Stroll

Fridays And Saturdays From February 3—April 8, 2023

A great way to experience some of the best local flavors is The Newport Winter Foodie Stroll. Join your guides on a Friday or Saturday evening to enjoy a gourmet three-course meal, with wine pairings, at three delicious restaurants along Newport’s Historic Thames Street. It’s impossible to leave hungry!

13. The Gilded Age

Select Dates From January 26–March 2, 2023

The Preservation Society of Newport County is offering the Gilded Age Lecture Series: a variety of in-person and Zoom access lectures covering an eclectic mix of historic topics focusing on the American Gilded Age (circa 1870–1910).

Lecture topics include:

• Fashioning America: African American Designers and Dressmakers; a peek into the sewists who designed and crafted stunning garments for the ultra-privileged Newport elite.
• “I’ll Have Another” — Cocktail Culture in the Gilded Age; Enjoy a look at classic cocktails like the old-fashioned, the Manhattan, and other heady adult beverages that graced the tables of fabulous Newport summer parties.
• Gilded Age Orchestra of Newport; Enjoy a music program from the Orchestra of Newport that will transport you back to the high-society Gilded Age.

14. Dining In Newport

The extensive variety of restaurants in Newport will have your culinary head spinning. Deciding where to dine is best tackled by narrowing down your options from fine dining to the pub-grub path. A few options are listed below but they are just the tip of the dining iceberg.

Fresh seafood is one of the main reasons visitors flock to Newport and the surrounding coastal communities. A variety of on-the-water establishments like The Mooring, Thames Waterside Bar & Grill, and S.S. Dion Kitchen + Bar are great places to begin your search.

Brunch is a decidedly relaxing vacation indulgence. The Clarke Cooke House offers Sunday brunch steeped in charming Newport style.

Don’t forget about Newport Burger Bender listed above for a list of excellent spots for burgers and more.

15. Hotels In Newport

The getaway stay options in Newport range from luxury accommodations with ocean views to charming family-friendly spots to rest your head. No matter your budget, you will find something to suit your needs.

If you are looking for a glamorous and luxurious stay, look no further than The Vanderbilt. The artfully renovated downtown Newport mansion immerses you in opulent decor and exemplary service.

Chic and trendy, Gilded is a bright and cheery oasis to revive you after a day of exploring. It includes a deliciously curated “small bites” breakfast menu — zucchini and goat cheese tian, strawberries and cream scones, and more — that will get your day off to a great start.

The Newport Marriott is a centrally-located, family-friendly option on the water in downtown Newport. Kids will be delighted by the large indoor pool, while adults can enjoy the extensive spa offerings.

Discover Newport offers an extensive list of area stays with everything from boutique inns and bed and breakfasts to waterfront hotels.

Discover Newport Year Round

Newport is gorgeous in the sultry summer months. It blooms with life in springtime and is crisply colorful in fall. In the winter, Newport has a surprising hum of indoor and outdoor activities that make this vibrant city a delightful winter blues getaway destination.

Visit Discover Newport to find up-to-the-minute information on the comings and goings in and around Newport. Check out our Newport destination guide for ideas about your next Newport getaway.

To read more about Newport, check out:

• 8 Amazing Restaurants To Try In Newport, Rhode Island
• 4 Best Mansions To Visit During Christmas In Newport, Rhode Island
• How To Spend A Perfect Weekend In Beautiful Newport, Rhode Island

There is something magical about driving and seeing the eye-catching beauty of wildflowers on both sides of the road. It’s what makes an ordinary road trip more the merrier.

Each year around the first of April, beautiful wildflowers start popping up all over Texas, and many wonderful wildflower drives occur by Texans and out-of-state travelers. Texas has over 5,000 species of wildflowers, but the most common ones are bluebonnets (Texas’s state flower), Indian paintbrush, pink evening primrose (known as a buttercup to Texans), Indian blankets, Texas bluebell, dandelion, brown-eyed Susan, white prickly poppy, and about twenty more.

I have many memories as a child playing with wildflowers and took for granted that they would always be around. Sometimes when walking by a dandelion, I pick it and make a wish. Wondering now if other Texans do that. Or all those times I would tell someone to smell a buttercup only to leave tiny bits of yellow matter on their noses. Then we would laugh.

If planning accordingly, there are several wildflower festivals to catch in a few of the small towns listed below. Springtime is definitely an awe-inspiring season to visit Texas and to play in the fields of wildflowers. Here are nine of the state’s best wildflower drives to explore for rich beauty and excellent photo opportunities.

In general, the best time to see fields of wildflowers in Texas is March through May, with the peak season being in April.

1. Northeast Texas

Linden, Avinger, Hughes Springs

A showcase of beautiful yellow fringed orchids, coreopsis, Indian paintbrush, phlox, and other wildflowers are sprawled out over this 40-mile triangle route through these tri-cities. This drive gives you a taste of what is to come on the expanded 128-mile route along Highways 43 and 49 down to Marshall and back up to Linden, should you want to continue. There are massive wildflowers such as the coneflower, dogwoods, field pansy, bachelor buttons, bluebonnets, and more to see. Wow, to me, that’s worth going the full route. Some of these flowers, I buy to plant in my flower pots and garden at home! The tri-cities host an annual Wildflower Trails of Texas celebration in Linden on the fourth weekend in April.

Tip: After exploring this area and before heading back to Linden, you may want to stop in the quaint town of Jefferson to get a photo of yourself in front of the iconic blue truck that’s parked downtown.

2. East Texas

Palestine, Rusk, Alto, Nacogdoches, Crockett

On this drive, you’ll wind through these towns spotting beautiful blooming trees, like the dogwood and the redbud, along with winecups and other wildflowers. If you start in Nacogdoches, you’ll drive through the Davy Crockett National Forest, then onto Crockett, then to Palestine, making your way back to Nacogdoches. And, while in Palestine, you may want to visit Davey Dogwood Park to see the gorgeous bloomed-out dogwoods. If in the area in the middle of March through the first of April, catch the Texas Dogwood Trails Celebration.

3. Mrs. Lee’s Daffodil Garden

Gladewater

You may want to make a quick stop in Gladewater (East Texas) if you love golden daffodils. Beginning mid-February to March, you’ll see millions of them scattered all over Mrs. Lee’s Daffodil Garden. If you have any plans at all to visit the charming town of Tyler, Texas, for a weekend getaway, Gladewater is about twenty-five miles north and is worth a drive to see the lovely yellow dainty flower.

Tip: There is no cost to enter the garden, and you can walk around the garden at your leisure seven days a week.

4. Washington County

Brenham, Burton, Independence, Washington, Chappell Hill

On this route into Washington County, you’ll come across blankets of bluebonnets, Indian paintbrush, thistles, purple coneflower, verbena, and so many more wildflowers to many to name here. This area is one of my favorite places to visit for family fun, and it showcases some of the best of Texas’s spring wildflower scene.

My grandson and I went camping in this area, and we made a mad dash to charming Brenham, Texas, where we ordered a scoop of ice cream at the nostalgic Blue Bell Ice Cream Parlor for only $1.

Tip: If making your way for that $1 scoop of ice cream is on your to-do list (which it should be), take note that the ice cream parlor is not open on weekends.

5. Brazoria County

West Columbia, Angleton, Lake Jackson, Brazoria

Brazoria County is located in the Gulf Coast region of Texas. So, if visiting Galveston is on your bucket list, you could drive the wildflower route in West Columbia, Angleton, Lake Jackson, and Brazoria and then spend a great day in Galveston and possibly stay overnight. You can see spider lily, black-eyed Susan, bluebonnets, morning glory vine, and wild indigo along this route. Brazoria National Wildlife Refuge offers the sites of tropical sage, coreopsis, yellow thistle, and sea oxeye daisy if you have time.

6. Texas Hill Country

Lampasas, Burnet, Marble Falls, Johnson City, Fredericksburg

Aww, probably the most driven route in Texas. I say that because it’s a forgiving piece of land out there and known for many things like great weather, wanderlust, and wine, to name a few of my favorites! It’s always okay to drive with the top down while viewing the many wildflowers that grace Texas Hill Country.

My favorite backroad to take to get to the wonderful scenery, and the one you’ll want to take, is down Highway 281 to Lampasas if coming from the Dallas/Fort Worth area. Coming from any other area, Austin is nice, but try to avoid going through the city — and instead take the backroads. If you end up in Fredericksburg, Texas, which is not a bad place to end a gorgeous ride, check out Wildseed Farms for many Texas memorabilia and souvenirs.

Tip: Burnet hosts its annual Bluebonnet Festival in April.

7. Red Poppy Trail

Georgetown

Springtime is when all the little red poppies come out to play with Georgetown’s residents and visitors. I spent a fantastic weekend in Georgetown during the holidays and got a glimpse of what the town will look like in the spring. You guessed it — all red. If you love the color red, you’ll love their small-town vibe. Known as one of the best areas to see the red poppy wildflower, the whole town is red all year long. But mark your calendar for this wildflower trail in April and for their Red Poppy Festival at the end of April.

8. Western Hill Country

Bandera, Leakey

If you’ve ever driven through the mountains of Bandera, you know that this drive is spectacular year-round. Add exceptional wildflower blooms to the mix, and you’ve got an awesome drive waiting to happen. On this wildflower drive, expect to see bluebonnets, Indian paintbrush, evening primrose, penstemon, mountain laurel, Blackfoot daisy, and gorgeous redbud trees as you meander through the towns of Utopia, Vanderpool, and Medina before you circle to where you started.

9. Big Bend Country

Alpine, Terlingua, Lajitas, Presidio, Marfa

If you’ve never been to this part of Texas, you may think there’s nothing there to see but land — and lots of it. But don’t make that mistake. Big Bend Country is where you can enjoy nature all day long at the Big Bend National Park. The towns in this area, Terlingua and Marfa, get visitors all the time for outdoor adventures and glamping. But, when the wildflowers, or desert blooms, some call them, start popping up, you better believe this area is a must-see. No matter where you start, this route is one big circle, and anticipate seeing blind cactus, rainbow cactus, strawberry pitaya, ocotillo, yucca, and desert marigold. Those who wander to the national park expect to see bluebonnets, cacti, more yucca, and more.

Tip: In this area, flower blooms depend on great rainfall. So it’s possible to see wildflowers in the summer months if enough rain has fallen. Also, don’t be afraid to drive on unpaved roads or canyons to see wildflowers, but be safe.

Pro Tip

Did you know it’s not illegal to pick wildflowers in Texas, not even the bluebonnets? However, you wouldn’t want to go on private property to pick them. So many people (Texans included) thought picking bluebonnets was against the law, but it’s not. So bring along a vase or two on your wildflower drives, pick some good ones for a lovely flower arrangement, and leave the rest in the fields so they can grow again next spring — and the next and the next.

Ottawa’s residents know a thing or two about celebrating winter in style and this February, they’re going to prove it. This year marks the 45th Winterlude festival. This annual celebration has been enjoyed since 1979 but the last few years have seen in-person activities placed on hold thanks to pandemic-related restrictions. As such, locals are more eager than ever to get outside — and to welcome visitors once again. This year’s Winterlude promises to be bigger and better than ever, so pack your wooly socks, fuzzy hats, and thick mittens and get ready to have some fun. Here’s what you need to know for this year’s celebrations.

When Is It?

Winterlude takes place over the first three weeks in February, with most activities happening on weekends. In 2023, the event runs from February 3 to 20. You can get the hour-by-hour details on the official schedule found here.

Where Is It?

Winterlude takes place in Canada’s National Capital Region, primarily in downtown Ottawa, Ontario, and downtown Gatineau, Quebec.

How Can You Get There?

There are bus and rail links from Toronto, Montreal, and many other communities in the region. Most air passengers fly into Ottawa International Airport. Those driving up from the United States will likely cross the border at Ogdensburg, New York, which is just over an hour away.

How Much Does It Cost?

Frugal travel fans, rejoice! Nearly all of the Winterlude events are free and those that do have a cost are affordable. There’s even a free bus to help you get around!

Some expenses you might want to consider (in addition to transportation, accommodations, and food) include renting ice skates, museum admissions, or maybe tickets to the Ottawa Winter Jazz Festival (which takes place February 3-4).

Best Things To Do

Visit The Snowflake Kingdom For Fun, Culture, and Community

At the northern part of Jacques-Cartier Park in Gatineau, visitors will find a “Snowflake Kingdom” with snow-based fun. Activities include super slides for tubing, ziplining, a kids’ zone, a labyrinth, an obstacle course, and spectacular snow sculptures. On the south end of the park is the Canadian Museum of History. During Winterlude, the museum doubles as a festival site. Some of the activities include the Minoshkite (music to your ears) show on opening weekend. Visitors are invited to celebrate community spirit at the mini powwow and tour the artisan fair to learn more about Indigenous culture. Inside, if you’re looking for a bit of nostalgia to warm your heart as you warm your feet, the museum’s current exhibit is From Pepinot To Paw Patrol®: Television Of Our Childhoods. 

Pro Tip: Love snow sculptures but a visit to Jacques-Cartier Park isn’t in your plans? The Ottawa neighborhood of The Glebe has a snow sculpture competition called Snowphy Trophy. 

Go To Sparks Street For Pride And Carving Competitions

Just steps from Parliament Hill, the pedestrian-only Sparks Street is home to two of the biggest events of Winterlude. On opening weekend, the National Ice-Carving Championships take place. This is one of the longest-running and most popular activities in all of Winterlude and carvers represent all of Canada’s ten provinces and three territories, plus ample international destinations. Their creations are truly spectacular.

Things are equally exciting during the second weekend of Winterlude when Sparks Street hosts Ottawa’s Winter Pride, highlighting the city’s diversity and inclusion. You can see the full list of events here, including the Capital Pride Ice Parade, which takes place nearby at the Rideau Canal. Is this the only Pride parade that takes place on ice? We think so!

Pro Tip: On opening night, Friday, February 3, DJ Ashen will be at the Musical SHACK on Sparks Street. You can dance, celebrate Indigenous culture, and hang out by the fire pit if you need any extra heat (though this event will be hot enough on its own).

Skate And Snack On The Rideau Canal

The Rideau Canal is the world’s largest natural ice rink and it’s at the heart of Winterlude’s fun and festivities. Skating is the star of the show here and you can rent equipment from several locations. However, if you’re none too steady on your blades, you can also walk. No matter which way you choose to explore, be sure to stop for some canal-side treats, including hot chocolate and BeaverTails. These flat, oblong pieces of deep-fried dough are said to resemble the shape of their namesake’s tail — no beavers are involved! They’re traditionally covered in cinnamon and sugar but you can get other toppings like chocolate, bananas, Skor bits, and more. 

At press time, all of Ottawa was eagerly awaiting an announcement about when the Rideau Canal would open for the season. As the National Capital Commission reports: “The Skateway will open when a 30-centimeter (11.8 inches) thickness of good quality ice has formed. To get there, our ice experts need about 10 to 14 consecutive days of temperatures between -10 and -20 degrees Celsius.” 

At present, one Winterlude event, the ice-based dragon boat races on the first weekend, has been postponed as conditions aren’t quite right. 

Take In The Sights At The ByWard Market

If your idea of winter fun includes looking at the sights from indoors as much as outdoors, you’ll want to head to Ottawa’s ByWard Market. There’s plenty to do outdoors when the weather is mild (including sleigh rides and interactive art installations). However, you will have just as much excitement if you’re mostly indoors. Lots of restaurants and bars have special menus for the festivities. On weekend nights, you’ll want to make reservations for dinner here as it will get busy. Some even have their own mini ice sculptures or snow sculptures outside their doors, adding to the festive atmosphere. 

Pro Tip: Photography fans, you’ll want to swing by the ByWard Market in the early evening to check out the Sonic Runway. This art installation converts audio signals into light patterns down a corridor that’s 342 to 432 feet in length.

Tulips, oh, how I love thee. It’s amazing how something so simple can brighten someone’s day. Millions love these beautiful cup-style flowers and to take home an elegant bouquet of tulips. Over 100 types of tulips grow in Texas, where tulip season generally lasts from late February to early April.

Have you ever tried to grow tulips? It’s hard work. I tried one year — went all out and bought a bulb planting tool for that perfect hole in the ground, one after the other. After planting, my back hurt so bad that I promised myself I’d never plant tulips again. From now on, I tip-toe through the tulips at Texas-Tulips!

Tulips symbolize love for some, and for others, they are just pretty to look at, but whatever the reason, these spring bloomers are remarkably colorful and cheerful. Let’s dig in (pun intended) on where to see gorgeous tulips in Texas.

1. Texas-Tulips

Pilot Point

This well-known pick-your-own tulip field in North Texas is a short drive north of Dallas and about an hour’s drive straight south of the Texas-Oklahoma border. It’s where many of us flock to get those Instagram-worthy photos. Texas-Tulips is a 6-acre tulip farm in Pilot Point and the first-ever tulip field in the Lone Star State. Row after row of various tulips in every color is there for picking. Of course, it all depends on Mother Nature when the farm opens for tulip picking, but it’s usually open around mid to late February and stays open for about five to six weeks. Bring the kids for ice cream and sit at one of the picnic tables to enjoy.

Admission is $5 per person. Tulips are $2.50 each. Photographers will pay $25 for a day pass. No charge for parking.

If I can give one tip, wear shoes you don’t mind getting a little dirty (and please, no high heels), especially after a downpour as it gets quite muddy out there. Also, leave the bulbs in the ground. I wasn’t aware of this my first time out there, but the bulbs stay as it produces more tulips the next year.

Make a complete day in Pilot Point by strolling the antique shops and cafés and seeing the sites of old buildings on the historic town square. If there’s time in the day, drive to the next town, Sanger, Texas, where there are more boutiques and two popular restaurants — Babe’s Chicken, which serves family-style, and Miguelitos, which serves Tex-Mex food and outstanding margaritas.

Pro Tip: No pets are allowed in the field or the parking lot.

2. US-287 Business

Decatur

Snuck in between the Whistle Stop Café and the historical petrified gas station on US- 287 Business in Decatur (both are amazing icons to visit in Decatur) is this beautiful collection of red tulips growing on the edges of old petrified buildings. It’s quite the show-stopper. Decatur, Texas, is located 30 miles west of Denton, 40 miles north of Fort Worth, and 66 miles northwest of Dallas. To get the exact location of these beauties, look up the directions of the Whistle Stop Café. The best time to see the tulips is in April.

We were there last year (in April) to have lunch at the restaurant and to see the old historical gas station. To our amazement, there were these beautiful patches of red tulips growing in the flower bed between the two. We were also surprised to see a few red poppies scattered throughout. You just don’t see tulips and poppies growing often in Texas. I could have skipped lunch altogether to stare at these flowers.

Speaking of the café, Whistle Stop Café serves large portions of down-home country meals for breakfast and lunch. It’s the only place I know of in North Texas where you can get a full meal for under ten bucks. The café is open Monday through Friday and closed on weekends. You could make a full day by having lunch, seeing the flowers, visiting the petrified wood gas station, and strolling the beautiful town square with lots of shops and an amazing courthouse.

Pro Tip: If going to the café for lunch, go early or late as it gets busy from 11 a.m. to 12 p.m. Hours are 6 a.m. to 2 p.m.

3. Dallas Arboretum And Botanical Garden

East Dallas

Each year, from the end of February through mid-April, Dallas Blooms, the long-running floral festival at the Dallas Arboretum, showcases beautiful tulip blooms where thousands of guests marvel over the outdoor floral landscape in just about every color imaginable. Tulips aren’t the only flower growing at the arboretum during spring. Thousands of other spring-blooming annuals and perennials, such as daffodils, azaleas, pansies, violas, Japanese cherry trees, poppies, and more, are also growing. You’ll for sure want to bring your camera along for family photos.

The Dallas Arboretum was named one of “The Best Places to See Stunning Spring Blooms Across the South” by Southern Living.

4. Poston Gardens

Waxahachie

Just a short drive south of downtown Dallas, Poston Gardens is a 2-acre field of over one million blooming tulips that sprouts red, all shades of pink, and the most beautiful variegated colors. This seasonal destination celebrates spring, beautiful blooms, and a chance to give to charity with its annual festival. Tulipalooza is a festival in March that lasts for two full weeks, starting the third weekend of the month. Waxahachie is a charming town with boutique shopping and eating on every corner of the downtown square. If you want to venture around town, you will find plenty to do, especially if you love Victorian-style homes — that’s what makes this charming town so sweet. Plan for an all-day visit.

Admission: $15 per adult ($20 on weekends); $5 per child under 5. Half of your ticket price will be donated to the organization of your choice when you purchase in advance.

5. Sweet Berry Farms

Marble Falls

Sweet Berry Farms is a lovely farm in Marble Falls in the heart of the Texas Hill Country. I can attest to it because I’ve been there twice during the fall for zinnias and pumpkins. The farm depends on the weather when it opens to the public, so check their website. However, expect it to be the end of February or the first of March. Always check their website for opening days. I love visiting their website because they frequently give updates to let visitors know what’s going on at the farm, what they are planting, and how it’s all going according to the weather.

Their biggest season on the farm is fall when I would say to plan an all-day excursion as there are so many activities for the whole family — including the largest pumpkin patch you will ever see. But during tulip picking season, there are a few family activities, but no food is offered. Plan for at least a couple of hours out there. Kids love it out there any time of year. It’s free to park and enter the farm. Tulip field entry is $5, and each tulip picked is $2. Each activity charges a fee, but you can pet the animals for free.

Also, I’m not sure if the tulips and activities are on both sides of the road like it is in the fall, but if so, you could be walking around the farm quite a bit, so be sure to wear a good pair of walking shoes. The good part is that the terrain is dirt and has no hills. Strawberry picking season is after tulip season. To get the most from your trip, check out this article.

Pro Tip: Credit cards and cash are accepted. No pets allowed.

What makes a great winter getaway location? Obviously, first and foremost is warm weather. The winter (November–February) thermometer in Pensacola typically reads highs in the mid-60s to low 70s. But with the sun shining most days, it feels warmer. The nighttime lows range in the low to mid-40s. I don’t know about you, but these temps sound way better than “below freezing”! 

Pensacola also has something for everyone — whatever your likes and dislikes, activity level, and accommodation preferences. For example, are you a hiker or a cultural enthusiast? Do you like shopping or fishing? Do you like RVing, prefer a rental house, or love to check into a hotel? There’s something for you in Pensacola.

Here is our list of why we think Pensacola, Florida fits anyone’s bill for being the perfect warm winter getaway location.

Note: Thank you to Visit Pensacola for hosting our visit. The opinions offered are my own.

1. Easily Accessible By Plane Or Car

Pensacola, which includes Pensacola Beach and Perdido Keys, is located on the westernmost end of the Florida Panhandle on the Gulf Coast. Getting to Pensacola has never been easier. Most major cities, including Boston and Chicago, offer direct flights to Pensacola International Airport.

For those living in neighboring states, the destination can be reached via road trip in 5 hours or less. From our home in North Carolina, we can drive down in the morning and arrive in time to have dinner on the waterfront and watch the sunset. Perfect!

Pro Tip: There is a plethora of accommodations in the Pensacola area — something for every kind of winter getaway. Everything from campgrounds, vacation rentals, and B&Bs, to major hotels — right on the beach or downtown, giving visitors a true urban vibe.

2. Emerald Coast Beaches

Pensacola is home to some of the world’s whitest beaches on the Emerald Coast. Just over the bridge from downtown lay 18 miles of stunning white quartz sand beaches and clear emerald-green water. We’ve been to a lot of beach locales, and I’ve got to say that without a doubt, Pensacola beaches are some of the best I’ve ever experienced.

Pro Tip: Unlike some beach towns, Pensacola beaches offer tons of free public access points including some in Gulf Islands National Seashore. There are several boardwalks and beach access mats for accessibility.

3. Pensacola Beach Gulf Pier

Stretching out 1,471 feet, Pensacola Beach Gulf Pier has something for everyone. The pier is the perfect place to fish, stroll, or just sightsee. Along with some great fishing, the pier is great for bird and marine life watching. On any given day, you might see a variety of seabirds including gulls, great blue herons, and brown pelicans. Or keep your eyes peeled and turned to the water and witness dolphins and sea turtles playing in the surf. It is also the best vantage point for some of the greatest sunsets on Pensacola Beach! 

Restaurants On (And Near) Pensacola Beach Gulf Pier

The Pensacola Pier area is home to some of the region’s finest restaurants. Boasting fresh coastal cuisine and stunning beach views Drift sits closest to the pier, right on the beach.

If you’re looking for a casual and fun barefoot tiki bar, look no further than Whiskey Joe’s Bar & Grill. Travel less than a mile east from the pier on Via De Luna Drive and discover the best brunch (in my humble opinion) in Pensacola, Native Cafe. It’s where the locals go.

4. Palafox Street

I love downtown Pensacola! And apparently I’m not alone. Palafox Street was named one of America’s Top 10 Streets by the American Planning Association. Downtown, you will find an array of shops including restaurants, bars, boutiques, and galleries. 

Palafox (and surrounding streets) has a very French, Old-World feel, reminiscent of New Orleans, with wrought iron balconies, outdoor dining, and music wafting through the air. There is an abundance of restaurants downtown, sure to meet everyone’s delight. It is also very walkable. I’d even suggest that walking is the best way to experience downtown.

5. Historic Downtown Districts

Did you know that Pensacola was the first European settlement in modern-day America? It was first founded in August 1559, preceding St. Augustine by 6 years. While you’re downtown, be sure to take a walk on America’s First Settlement Trail. This historic “trail” is a 3-mile marked path through downtown, the Historic District, and Pensacola Village (more on this in my museum recommendations below). Along the trail there are 20 stops and over 70 points of interest that invite you to discover over 260 years of history, learn about Pensacola’s humble beginnings, and understand how it became the city you see today.

Four blocks south of Palafox Street is the historic neighborhood of Belmont-DeVilliers. A long-standing African American neighborhood, Belmont-DeVilliers has undergone revitalization measures to once again become a melting pot, especially when it comes to music and food. “The Blocks” as the area is known, was an important center for blues, jazz, and ragtime. Early music legends such as Louis Armstrong, Aretha Franklin, Ike and Tina Turner, James Brown, Fats Domino, and many more toured here. Today, in the heart of “The Blocks” on the site of the old Gussie’s Record Shop and WBOP Radio Station is Five Sisters Blues Café, offering what some critics call the best soul food in the South.

6. National Naval Aviation Museum

The National Naval Aviation Museum (NNAM) is located on Naval Air Station Pensacola and is free to the public. My family has its own Naval history, so this museum was at the top of my “must-do” list. The museum exhibits hundreds of vintage Naval Aviation aircraft and preserves the history of Naval Aviation through displays, symposiums, IMAX movies, and tours. I was astounded by the displays and information here. I even talked my husband into “flying” with the Blue Angels in the Blue Angels 4D Experience

Pro Tip: Just down the road from the Naval Aviation Museum is the Pensacola Lighthouse and Maritime Museum. Climb the 277 steps to the top for amazing views and peruse the old lightkeeper’s cottage, now the Maritime Museum.

7. Pensacola’s Museums

During the summer it’s hard to pull yourself away from the crystal-clear water and sandy-white beaches. Winter, on the other hand, gives snowbirds added adventure by perusing the many, and oft uncrowded, museums.

History Museum

This is the best place to learn more about The City of Five Flags. Pensacola’s colorful history is on display at the Museum of History, which is housed in the three-story Mediterranean Revival architecture of the former Pensacola City Hall (circa 1907).

Historic Pensacola Village

Just behind the Museum of History on 8.5 acres sits Historic Pensacola Village, dating back to the early 1800s. Visitors can take a guided Historic House Tour, which goes through the Lavalle House (1805), Old Christ Church (1832), the Dorr House (1871), and the Lear/Rocheblave House (1890).

Another option is a self-guided tour of the Village that includes the Museum of Commerce and the Museum of Industry (my husband’s personal favorite) in addition to the historic buildings above.

Museum Of Art

The Pensacola Museum of Art is more than just an art museum. Centrally located in Pensacola’s historic downtown district, the Museum of Art is housed in the old 1906 City Jail. Visitors can immerse themselves in all forms of art through two stories of exhibitions.

Pro Tip: Take advantage of the seven-day ticket, which gains you entrance to all the Pensacola Museums (except NNAM). Keep in mind that the museums are all closed on Mondays and only the Museum of History, the Children’s Museum, and the Museum of Art are open on Sundays from noon to 4 p.m.

8. Gulf Islands National Seashore

On the western tip of Santa Rosa Island, part of the Gulf Islands National Seashore, stands Fort Pickens. This national park offers beautiful beaches, scenic trails, overnight camping, and a massive pre-Civil War fortress, including cannons, that once housed Union troops and the Apache leader Geronimo.

Pro Tip: You could easily lose yourself exploring Fort Pickens — expect to spend several hours here at least. Park rangers offer free tours daily. Also, be sure to stop in at the gift shop for one-of-a-kind gifts and souvenirs.

9. Mardi Gras

The iconic Mardi Gras celebration returns to Downtown Pensacola as its largest street party. It features live music, food and drinks, and free public access to the vibrantly decorated Mardi Gras floats. Mardi Gras is Pensacola’s must-attend event of the season. It runs from the first Friday in January until Fat Tuesday.

In February, visitors can experience the most extravagant parade of the season with the downtown Pensacola Grand Mardi Gras Parade, then the Parade on Pensacola Beach, followed by an Illuminated Parade featuring hand-built pirate-themed floats. Finally, there’s the unique Mardi Gras Pirate Flotilla — an annual floating boat parade that travels down the Intracoastal Waterway in Perdido Key.

Pro Tip: Arrive early and expect traffic delays for all parade events. Allow extra time if you have to cross any of the bridges to get to an event. If you’re staying in or near downtown, we suggest leaving your vehicle parked and walking to the downtown events.

Related Reading:

• 11 Pensacola Vacation Homes Near The Sugar Sand Beaches
• 12 Delicious Restaurants To Try In Pensacola, Florida
• 11 Amazing Things To Do In Beautiful Pensacola, Florida

Cancun may get a lot of recognition as a winter tourist destination, but its neighboring city in the Riviera Maya is also a tropical paradise. Pristine beaches, delicious food, and exciting nightlife await in Tulum, Mexico. It also offers environmentally friendly opportunities to see wildlife in its natural habitat and visit historic ruins!

With warm sunny days for relaxing on the beach or exploring, the best time to visit this beach town is during the winter months so you can miss the hurricane season and enjoy the average temperatures of 75 degrees. Here are 9 reasons to visit Tulum, Mexico in the winter.

1. Maya Ruins

Plan a day trip and explore three Maya ruins (often incorrectly called “Mayan ruins” — learn more here). The location of the 13th-century Maya archaeological Tulum ruins on the beachfront makes the start of this day trip even more exhilarating. Then about an hour away from Tulum are the Coba ruins with a 138-foot pyramid, and the Chichen Itza ruins are a little further.

The Tulum ruins are well preserved and housed on a cliff with views of the Caribbean sea. Recognized as one of the world’s seven wonders, visiting the ruins inspires awe and is a way to discover Mexico’s history. An often-photographed site is the Castillo — the clifftop watchtower, which hearkens to days when this was a port village.

Pro Tip: Just south of Tulum, the Muyil Ruins (also known as Chunyaxché) are less crowded.

2. Underground Cenotes

The word cenote means “sacred well.” And while the region is known for its number of these caves and underground rivers, the closest and deepest known cenote to Tulum is Cenote Dos Ojos. Meaning “two eyes,” Dos Ojos is the coincidence of two cenotes that appear as two large eyes looking into the underground. The two cenotes connect into a large cavern, ideal for exploring the unique ecosystem.

Just outside of Tulum, Gran Cenote offers crystal-clear waters for swimming, snorkeling, and diving. These underwater limestone sinkholes are fed by underground rivers and offer a breathtaking glimpse into the world below.

3. Pristine Beaches

Many visit Tulum for its beaches, which are some of the most pristine in Mexico. Spend the day lounging on near-white sand, watching the waves, and enjoying the sun. You’ll find the untamed jungle and miles of beachfront make it one of the most spectacular beach destinations in the world.

Some of the best beaches include Playa Ruinas, located at the base of the Tulum ruins, Playa Paraiso, and Akumal Beach, or visit the Las Palmas Public Beach.

Pro Tip: Looking for more fun in the sun? Xel-Há is a popular natural waterpark that offers snorkeling, mangroves you can float through on a tube, and a slide that’s nearly 100 feet tall among other adventure activities.

4. Kaan Luum Lagoon

Just a few minutes’ drive from Tulum is the Kaan Luum Lagoon. The turquoise lagoon has shallow areas for wading as well as other areas that are no deeper than 6.5 feet. The mineral-rich mud is known for its healing powers, and the shallow waters make it easy to cover yourself in the mud or just sit and relax in the waters. If a mud bath isn’t your preference, take a paddleboard tour of the lagoon or kick back in a hammock suspended above the water. In the center is an enormous cenote that scuba divers can explore.

The lagoon is located inside the Sian Ka’an biosphere reserve, a UNESCO World Heritage Site. While you’re there, take in this important nature reserve with nine ecosystems. It’s home to four endangered species including jaguars, tapirs, manatees, and peccaries. Plus, 300 bird species and 100 species of mammals make it a truly unique destination.

Explore the mangroves and lagoons of Sian Ka’an on a boat or kayaking tour. Maya communities on the outskirts of the reserve will take you on an organized expedition of Sian Ka’an. Immerse yourself in the culture even more and take part in workshops put on by locals who will introduce you to honey production, medicinal herbs, and the Mayan language.

5. Sea Turtles

From May to October, thousands of turtles arrive on the beaches to lay their eggs in the sand. Watch for them after sunset as the mother turtles lay their eggs and then return to the water.

If you’d like to see the ruins and swim with sea turtles, Ocean Tours has a guided trip during which you’ll start with a visit to Tulum National Park, an archeological site with Maya ruins, visit some of the cenotes, and then swim along the coast with sea turtles in Tulum’s coral reef. They offer a variety of combinations including hiking through the jungle, swimming in cenotes, and more, so you can try all that the area has to offer in one tour.

Or, rent snorkeling gear and head to Akumal Bay. It’s a perfect area for snorkeling with turtles as the bay is protected by a reef that keeps large waves from the area. The turtles are abundant in the bay, and since they’re used to humans, you can swim up close for a once-in-a-lifetime experience.

6. Eco-Friendly

In addition to Sian Ka’an, other reasons Tulum is more than just a tourist destination are the sustainable hotels that attempt to blend tourism with creating a smaller footprint. Three hotels have attained Green Key certification in Mexico for their focus on sustainable hospitality. Their initiatives include protecting marine life and nature, creating jobs for local residents, limiting food waste, and green building practices.

One such hotel is Ahau Tulum. Located on the beachfront, the eco-conscious cabanas and huts, daily yoga lessons, and sunrise meditations add up to a luxurious yet environmentally conscious destination.

An adult beachfront property, AZULIK takes this quest even further and only uses light from candles. Because of the natural lighting, the beach in front of AZULIK is a popular nesting area for turtles. The 48 villas reflect a desire to live in harmony with the Maya jungle and the Caribbean Sea and do not have electric light, air conditioning, or televisions.

7. Exciting Nightlife

Spend your days diving in cenotes, exploring the ruins and the wildlife reserve, taking a yoga class, or lounging on the beach. Come nightfall, Tulum comes alive with beach parties and live music venues.

According to blogger Mexico Dave, the best bars are located in two areas: the Pueblo and the Middle Beach Zone. Each has its own vibe with The Pueblo being more affordable and laid back and Middle Beach Zone offering more upscale hotspots. Dave says that five bars take turns hosting the biggest parties, each designated a certain night of the week. The bars are open nightly, but the party night for each includes Tuesdays and Wednesdays at Batey Mojito and Guarapo Bar, Thursdays at Casa Jaguar, Fridays at Gitano, Saturdays at Papaya Playa Project, and Sundays at Salsa Night at La Zebra Hotel.

8. Explore The Area On Bikes

With the majority of the hotels and bars centered along the shoreline, Tulum is an ideal destination to rent a bicycle and explore. Tulum is known as a bike-friendly town and rentals are available, or take a bike tour. Tulum Bike Tours provides cenote tours, a city tour, and a backroads tour during which you’ll discover the culture and wildlife of the area.

9. Delicious Food

With a focus on the flavors of the Yucatán Península, the food in Tulum is not to be missed. There’s something for everyone with trendy eateries, taquerias, and, of course, delicious street food.

Kin Toh

For an immersive experience in nature, dine in an enormous treehouse that has private nests high above the Maya jungle for seating at Kin Toh. The food is Maya-Mexican signature cuisine that utilizes local ingredients blended with international elements. For a special meal, indulge in the three-course tasting menu that includes an appetizer, a main course, and dessert for about $185 USD.

Loco Tulum

At Loco Tulum, taste chef-inspired Mediterranean cuisine. The menu is designed to “puzzle, amuse, and amaze” with seasonal options utilizing unique flavors, textures, and aromas. Entree options include duck, salmon, and prime rib in diverse preparations.

Taqueria La Eufemia

If taquerias are more your preference, get your fill of tacos at Taqueria La Eufemia. Your toughest decision will be whether you want grilled shrimp, grilled octopus, veggie, beef, fish, or al pastor at this small yet trendy restaurant.

Taqueria Honorio

Sampling street foods in Mexico is one way to fully immerse yourself in the food scene. Enjoy fresh coconut water, roadside tacos, and ice pops at stands in Tulum. For breakfast or lunch, stop by Taqueria Honorio. They open at 6:30 a.m. to serve fresh and hot traditional Yucatan tacos.

Getting To Tulum

Located on the Caribbean coast in the Mexican state of Quintana Roo, Tulum is about a 45-minute drive south of Playa del Carmen and is 90 minutes south of Cancun. Tulum doesn’t have an airport, but tourists can fly into Cancún International Airport. Cozumel’s airport is another option but involves taking a ferry from the island. A bus such as the ADO or chauffeured van can get you the rest of the way to Tulum.

Staying In Tulum

The resort town is divided into a hotel zone and an archeological zone. Zona Hotelera is where the ritzy hotels, resorts, and beach clubs are located, while the archeological zone is home to ancient Maya ruins. A popular place for wellness retreats, Tulum offers upscale all-inclusive resorts, boutique hotels, and even hostels.

Related Reading:

• 7 New Luxury Oceanfront Resorts In Mexico And The Caribbean To Book In 2023
• Why This Riviera Maya Resort Is My Favorite To Visit In Mexico
• Beyond Chichen Itza: Maya Ruins In The Yucatan Worth Visiting

Perched high on a ridgeline of McDowell Mountain in Scottsdale, Arizona, ADERO Scottsdale Resort is perfect for a winter getaway. The weather is pleasant and you can’t beat the restorative powers of exercise, massage, fine dining, craft cocktails, and relaxation.

Late September through November and March through early May are the best times to visit Scottsdale for pool time and outdoor activities. ADERO Scottsdale Resort is a perfect destination in the Sonoran Desert for self-care year-round.

Scottsdale is famous for luxury resorts, high-end boutiques, notable celebrities, snowbirds, and championship golf courses. Historic Old Town Scottsdale, only 20 minutes away, is worth a visit.

Because of its secluded location, traffic is minimal, and those arriving at ADERO are quickly accommodated with valet parking. With no stairs to navigate at the entrance, arriving in the spacious lobby holding treasures from the local mine and breathtaking artwork will stop you in your tracks. The experience thus far is merely the beginning of your winter getaway.

ADERO Scottsdale Resort hosted my visits, but all opinions are my own.

Mild Winter Weather

Scottsdale enjoys 330 days of sunshine a year. From October through May, the weather is mild, and the sky is clear. The average daytime temperature ranges between 70 and 90 degrees Fahrenheit.

The summer months bring the monsoons with triple-digit temperatures, humidity, and torrential rains. Thunder and lightning storms dance across the Valley of the Sun.

There is no snow in Scottsdale during the winter, so tee times on the Sunridge Canyon Golf Course and Adero Canyon trails surrounding the resort are not impacted. The temperature drops below freezing only three nights a year on average.

Great Local Hiking Trails

Adero Canyon presents hikes for beginners, intermediate, and advanced hikers. All levels offer panoramic views of the Sonoran Desert, New River Mountains, and Tonto National Forest. The trailheads are 20 yards from the Valet station at ADERO Scottsdale Resort.

The ADERO Adventure Concierge guides guests through the living desert with hiking excursions on the Adero Canyon trails.

The Cleanse + Reset Wellness Retreat at ADERO includes a desert-bathing and earthing walk experience on these trails. It helps to reconnect with yourself, the earth, and nature.

Pro Tip: Signs advise guests to be vigilant for wild animals like javelina on the trail.

Fabulous Amenities

Sunridge Canyon Golf Club

A short drive down the hill from ADERO, Sunridge Canyon Golf Club offers stunning golf course views, rental clubs, reserved tee times, seasonal passes, and golf instruction with PGA-trained professionals.

Fitness Center

The ADERO world-class Fitness Center has state-of-the-art cardio and weight-training equipment and includes pilates, aqua classes, peloton cycling, and other group fitness classes. Daily yoga classes begin on the Four Peaks View Lawn at sunrise.

Unique to ADERO, outdoor pickleball courts nestle next to one of the heated pools. You can rent pickleball equipment at the Fitness Desk.

Lighted championship tennis courts offer an exceptional view for spectators and players perfecting their game.

Two heated pools help you recharge on the sundeck. The family pool is over 2,000 square feet, the adult-only lap pool is 1,000 square feet, and a secluded hot tub and poolside cabanas complete the outdoor water features.

REVIVE at ADERO provides snacks for breakfast, lunch, and dinner. Homemade granola parfaits, freshly made smoothies, and refreshing cactus water are available when you are in the Fitness Center or coming from an appointment in the spa.

Spa At ADERO

I could have spent the entire day in the spa. Ending in the relaxation room on a Rolf Benz chaise lounge with low lighting reflecting off the shimmering azure and silver bead wall, I savored the refreshing beverages served post-massage. Every comfort is considered. From the fluffy robe, countless white towels, and slippers to the whirlpool and sauna in the women’s locker room.

The delightful 80-minute massage, Amethyst Awakening Massage, accomplished exactly what it was supposed to. I came away in a peaceful state of relaxation.

Named for the gemstones found in Four Peaks Mine in the Mazatzal Mountains 35 miles across the valley from ADERO, the massage utilized amethyst-infused oil, hot stones on pressure points, heated packs, an eye covering, and cool polished stones on my face at the end. While I thought someone would massage me with amethysts, I discovered that to be highly unlikely. Here’s why.

Native Americans first discovered the gemstone deposits in Four Peaks Mine. The only commercial amethyst mine in the United States has no roads leading to it. It takes a three-hour hike for the miners to get to work and all the mining is done by hand. A helicopter brings in supplies and takes out the gemstones for cutting. There’s no electricity or running water in the mine. Solar power provides lighting and ventilation, and rainwater is purified for drinking.

A piece of amethyst gemstone that resembles a geode decorates the lobby next to the front desk.

Dining At ADERO

Cielo Restaurant 

Cielo Restaurant is a modern, farm-to-table-to-sky experience. The service is consistently superior and friendly. I enjoyed the American dinner menu and craft cocktails on both visits.

A lavender negroni is a gin drink stirred, not shaken. This colorful signature drink accompanied the charcuterie board that included acerbic caper berries, cherry bomb peppers, artisan cheese, meats, rustic bread, and whole grain mustard. In the summer, I chose to sit on the outdoor deck (with the misting system turned on to cool the air around me), slowly devour this meal, and relish the view of Fountain Hills with its hourly fountain performance, Four Peaks, and the valley below. 

On my winter visit, I appreciated the panoramic windows in Cielo Restaurant. The musician played easy listening tunes while I sipped It’s A Dry Heat, a curated craft cocktail perfectly paired with the Ahi Sashimi tasty plate. The blackened seared tuna with sides of truffle edamame, kimchi cucumber, pickled garlic-onion, and shishito Peppers was enough for a light meal in keeping with my health and wellness experience.

The Village At SkyTop

Open for brunch on the weekends and daily for dinner, the award-winning SkyTop Lounge might be my favorite spot at ADERO. It was too warm for cocktails outside on my summer visit, but it was the perfect spot for exciting experiences in cooler weather. Let me explain.

Seating for refreshments and panoramic views with comfortable furniture and cocktail tables afford a stadium view of the valley and mountains.

In the winter, globes dot the grounds in The Village at SkyTop. Guests can reserve a themed globe that looks like an igloo to drink and dine under the stars. The use of a Bluetooth speaker creates a fantastic sanctuary. Your reservation includes an appetizer and a bottle of prosecco.

Star Dudes

ADERO is strategically located in a Dark Sky Zone. On bluffs overlooking Fountain Hills, the world’s 17th International Dark Sky Community, the unobstructed view is perfect for observing the star-studded sky.

On Friday evenings October through May, weather permitting, Star Dudes bring a telescope for guests to observe and learn about the night sky. At this exciting event, the experts help preserve the night sky by raising awareness of smart lighting and protecting our dark skies.

ADERO joins the Star Dudes in their quest to educate their guests with this unique opportunity. You can reserve a telescope to use in your room on the expansive balcony.

I was fortunate to participate with other guests on a breezy, cold night in winter at the SkyTop Lounge. We observed Saturn, Jupiter, Mars, and countless star constellations. A brilliant meteor burned out so close we could almost touch it. Gasps of amazement accompanied its trajectory.

How To Get To ADERO Scottsdale

ADERO Scottsdale Resort is a 30-minute drive from Phoenix Sky Harbor International Airport and a 25-minute drive from Scottsdale Airport. Vehicle rentals are available at both airports, along with taxis and ride-sharing.

Interstate 10 is easily accessible from Scottsdale via Loop Roads 101 and 202. I prefer the drive through Salt River Valley and the Salt River Pima-Maricopa Indian Community with its wide-open spaces venturing through Fountain Hills and driving up McDowell Mountain.

Pro Tip: Drive across the northern side of Phoenix on Loop 101. Traffic flows well, the freeway is broad, and you can avoid traffic jams on Interstate 10 through Phoenix.

Adero Scottsdale Resort is perfect for a winter getaway. The resort fulfills health and wellness goals with all the fitness activities, spa services, fine food and beverage selections, and ultimately, relaxation. Unique offerings that you won’t find anywhere else are the pickleball courts and Star Dudes.

The landscape of northern Minnesota always makes me think of the classic flick The Great Outdoors, starring John Candy and Dan Aykroyd. Those towering spruces and wide-open spaces create the perfect setting for a much-needed getaway, although we can probably do without the hijinx of mischievous raccoons and bears with long memories.

While the movie takes place at the height of the summer season, winter is just as appealing, perhaps even more so, considering here in the heart of the North Woods, a blanket of white makes everything that much more magical. That’s why we’re headed to the Brainerd area — Minnesota’s bonafide winter playground!

Brainerd, Minnesota, and its surrounding lakes and woods first caught my attention a couple of years ago while searching for places that were within a day’s drive from home. At less than 6 hours from my Manitoba, Canada, home, Brainerd is a welcome addition to my list of 3-day weekend destinations! It was our last destination before the pandemic hit in March 2020 and our first after it ended in April 2022 when Canadians were able to cross the border. 

Located between Minneapolis and the Canadian border, Brainerd shares the spotlight with its sister city, Baxter, together providing retail therapy, hotels, attractions, and dining options in an urban setting. It’s in the surrounding areas, like Crow Wing State Park, Nisswa, and Crosslake, that you’ll find even more to do, like meandering cross-country ski trails, posh lodges with outdoor hot tubs, and plenty of places to drop a line and try your hand at ice fishing.

1. Grand View Lodge

Let’s face it. Not everyone is into the exhilaration that comes from frosty cheeks and tingling fingers. But nearly everyone can get excited about a hot tub, especially ones that are outside so you can breathe that fresh air while luxuriating in the warm water.

One glance at the exterior of Grand View Lodge near Nisswa, Minnesota, makes it a must-visit. Built in 1916 to house overnight guests interested in buying property on Gull Lake, the historic pine structure remains the focal point for resort life. It’s a beauty! But perhaps the best feature of Grand View Lodge is its giant outdoor hot tub, which stays open year round. It’s part of the NorthPark complex that includes massive indoor and outdoor pools.

In addition to the handful of historic rooms still available in the main lodge, Grand View has cabins, townhouses, villas, cottages, and suites in clusters around the original building — including modern rooms in a new boutique hotel called North. The massive lobby invites guests to lounge by the fire and grab a coffee, beer, wine, or light snack from Brew, the café on site.

Pro Tip: The Grand Breakfast buffet in the Heritage Room of the main lodge is easily one of the most impressive and delicious breakfast offerings I’ve experienced. When you book, look for specials that include this morning treat.

2. Ice Fishing

For those who don’t live in northern climes, it’s tough to believe that those sparkling lakes of the summer season freeze solid and still attract die-hard anglers. Ice fishing is huge in Minnesota, proven on the big screen in 1993’s Grumpy Old Men, when feuding next-door neighbors and retirees John Gustafson and Max Goldman take their battles to the ice in Wabasha, Minnesota. 

Book an outing with one of the guides in the Brainerd area, who will supply licenses, rods, tackle, bait, shack, and cleaning services. Get ready to reel in bluegills and crappy, plus prized walleye and feisty northern pike. The Brainerd Jaycees Ice Fishing Extravaganza happens every January on Gull Lake and draws more than 10,000 participants who compete for more than $200,000 in prizes. It’s the world’s largest charitable ice fishing tournament.

Pro Tip: If the thought of dropping a line down a six-inch hole in the ice and waiting, waiting, waiting is not your thing, take a stroll on the ice through one of the ice fishing villages. They make great photography subjects, with crusty characters and creative shacks.

3. Cross-Country And Downhill Skiing

There is no shortage of trails in the Brainerd area to slide and glide on a pair of cross-country skis. The Brainerd Nordic Ski Club maintains and grooms three trail systems in the area, and rental shops can get you set up with what you need for a day’s outing. Many of the hotels and lodges also have their own groomed trails along with rentals to make things ultra-convenient. 

For those who feel the need for speed, head to Mount Ski Gull in nearby Nisswa. Seven downhill runs with lifts plus a tubing hill make it a winter blast for one and all. If you’re a bit rusty, book a refresher lesson on a Saturday or Sunday. And if you’re 65 or wiser, skiing is free at Mount Ski Gull!

Pro Tips: While you’re in Nisswa, take an afternoon of retail therapy, then refuel at Main Street Ale House (order the pickle wings and smoked sea salt fries) and The Chocolate Ox (grab some sea salt caramels and gigantic peanut butter cups).

4. Brainerd’s Waterparks

After they’ve had a snow-filled day, your crew might be looking for a change of pace, and Brainerd’s waterparks are just the ticket. Keep them busy at one of three area parks.

Rapid River Lodge & Waterpark has a heated pool, lazy river, and two large water slides inside the newly renovated hotel. Paul Bunyan Waterpark inside Arrowwood Lodge is considerably larger, with slides, a treehouse, hot tubs, a zero-depth entry pool, and an arcade. The waterpark is free for hotel guests and open to the public for a daily fee. Holiday Inn Express & Suites guests enjoy access to the Three Bear Water Park with its lazy river, gigantic splash bucket, and a 300-foot body slide that is very fast!

5. Crow Wing State Park

Just south of Brainerd is Crow Wing State Park, once site of a bustling community of 500 people along the Crow Wing and Mississippi rivers. The town died when the railroad chose to cross the river at Brainerd. The park has meandering self-guided trails and historic sites, including one building from the original settlement as well as a reconstructed boardwalk just like the one that ran across the front of several stores. 

The entire park is open for snowshoeing and winter hiking with lots of interpretive signage that tells the story of this once-thriving community.

6. Northern Pacific Center

A 47-acre Northern Pacific railyard that got its start in the late-1800s Brainerd is now the Northern Pacific Center, home to event venues, restaurants, and shops, all housed in stunning historic buildings. An area called The Shoppes hosts a variety of local vendors, while freestanding stores like The Smokestack, a barbecue supply store, attract barbecue enthusiasts with grills from Pit Boss and GMG as well as a huge selection of brines, sauces, and rubs. 

Pro Tip: Alissa of Native in The Shoppes combines Pendleton blankets with leather and cowhide to create stylish modern pieces, including a crossbody bag that includes fringed details and a canvas lining for a one-of-a-kind look.

7. The Gull Lake Frozen Fore Winter Weekend

The highlight of the winter season around Brainerd is the end-of-February extravaganza called the  Gull Lake Frozen Fore Winter Weekend. Polar plungers can sign up for the Frozen Flop, where brave, swimsuit-clad souls hop into the water through a hole in the ice, all in the name of charity. (A heated tent party follows with an ice bar, food, and live music.) 

For duffers craving the summer sport, there’s a winter version here, where tennis balls are used instead of golf balls and snowmobiles take the place of golf carts. It’s a great way to see what nine different area courses look like during their winter sleep.

8. Area Breweries And Distilleries

They say there’s something in the water that makes the Brainerd area a hub for cozy tap rooms and classy cocktail bars. Take your pick from more than a half-dozen breweries including Big Axe Brewing Co., Snarky Loon Brewing Co., and 14 Lakes Craft Brewing Company. 

Five Rocks Distilling Co, makes Cold North Vodka, Lizzy’s Gin, and maple bourbon, for starters. Plus they have a cocktail room to serve up some innovative sips, including The Dirty Pickle and the grapefruit rosemary gimlet. Keep an eye out for special events where the distillery partners with local restaurants for cocktail dinners.

Go with the slow is a phrase used in the San Juan Islands referring to kicking back, taking the pace of life down a notch, and enjoying what the day brings. Living in the Pacific Northwest, I love everything the San Juan Islands offer outdoor adventurists, history buffs, artists, and wildlife lovers. My partner and I visit these beautiful islands frequently via our sailboat or hopping on our e-bikes and enjoying the ride aboard a Washington State ferry.

Wintertime, when the rush of tourists has vanished, leaving quiet streets to wander, is a wonderful season, also known as the shoulder season, to explore these islands in the upper Northwest corner of Washington State.

Each small town on these islands holds its own charm. Have a leisurely stroll through the local shops, now free of the tourist crowds, to find artisan gifts, antiques, or the perfect novel to curl up with in a beachside cabin. When you have turned the last page and read the final word, it may be time to head outdoors to savor the San Juans. Here are six suggestions to get you started.

1. Winter Birds 

The very word winter may conjure up thoughts of hunkering down, but for avid nature lovers, the San Juan’s are a haven for an array of migrating birds, many of who only flock here between the fall and spring months.

Hop aboard a Washington State Ferry and soak in the beauty of nature as you wind through the islands’ inlets on your way to the three main islands the ferry system serves: San Juan, Orcas, and Lopez Islands. Then, lace up those boots and grab your binoculars, it’s time to go bird watching in the San Juan’s.

The Puget Loop Of The Great Washington State Birding Trail

Orcas, Lopez, and San Juan Island are participants in the Puget Loop of The Great Washington State Birding Trail, where birders can easily access locations of current regional species. Some of the most common winter birds to be spotted are the majestic trumpeter swans. Usually seen around ponds, lakes, and marshes such as Egg Lake on San Juan Island, these swans mate for life. They commonly are seen traveling together in pairs, in family groups, and even with the more common Canadian geese.

There are many varieties of ducks to be seen on the shores of the islands including Harlequin ducks, known for the distinct white spots near their ears. For a real treat keep your binoculars scanning the shoreline for a glimpse at the visiting Pacific loons bobbing up and down amongst the waves. With very good luck, you may even spot a Southern Resident orca whale.

Cattle Point and South Beach on San Juan Island are advantageous viewing areas. The list of wintering birds is long indeed and can be seen at the San Juan Islands Audobon Society.

2. Forest Bathing Hikes And Beach Combing Walks

Escaping the hustle of daily life, even for a short period, is beneficial for our health, which is why time spent immersed in nature, slowing down with an activity like forest bathing, feels good to us.

Forest bathing is simply taking in the forest atmosphere around you, and it is easily incorporated into walks and hikes. During winter, these simple, quiet, wooded walks, especially strolling in solitude along stormy beaches, offers a meditation of rolling waves.

Editor’s Note: Want to learn more about forest bathing? Read fellow traveler Jill Browne’s take on forest bathing for the first time.

American Camp National Historical Park

The perfect place to forest bathe and beach comb is at American Camp National Historical Park on San Juan island. Hike through the grassy meadows and along the cliffs overlooking the Strait of Juan de Fuca, a perfect vantage point to watch a storm roll in, feeling the awesome power of Mother Nature. Below, the longest public beach on the islands stretches along for 2 miles. Beach comb through the piles of driftwood while listening to the waves crash or scan the pebbly shore for a souvenir to remember your time walking these island beaches.

Moran State Park

If you fancy a wooded walk for a day of bathing under the forest canopy, head to Moran State Park on Orcas, where a 4-mile hike around Mountain Lake leads you through a pristine, tranquil forest of cedar and fir trees.

Pro Tip: There is a free inter-island ferry serving passengers between Orcas, Lopez, and San Juan Islands, making sightseeing between islands effortless.

3. San Juan Island Museums

With the Pacific Northwest known for its rainfall, the San Juan Islands generally escape this wet weather by being in a rainshadow. Receiving as little as 15 inches of annual rainfall (compared to Seattle’s 40 inches), these islands lean closer to a mild, temperate climate, making the cooler months of the year an enjoyable time to visit. But when the wind kicks up ducking indoors becomes a favorable retreat. On days like these, begin with brunch at a local cafe in Friday Harbor, Eastsound, or Lopez Village followed by a leisurely afternoon tucked away inside one of the many enchanting museums or art galleries.

The Whale Museum

A favorite place to visit while in Friday Harbor is the Whale Museum. A natural history museum founded in 1979, the Whale Museum inhabits two floors full of exhibits as well as educational resources, all on marine mammals throughout the Salish Sea. There is a primary focus on the resident orca pods including a chart showing their lineage throughout the decades. But what is most impressive is the museum’s stewardship of these whales through various educational and research programs, leaving you with a sense of hope for the future that these great giants will not be lost.

San Juan Islands Museum Of Art

Friday Harbor is home to many artists. The San Juan Islands Museum of Art, located right on Spring street, is a haven for local art exhibits, including Indigenous art from all around the Pacific Northwest.

4. San Juan Island Lighthouses 

San Juan Island is graced with not one but two lighthouses, Lime Kiln Lighthouse and Cattle Point Lighthouse, and during winter you’ll find them less crowded. Both of these majestic sentries have been guiding vessels entering the Haro Strait and waters of the San Juan Islands from the Strait of Juan de Fuca for over a century.

Cattle Point Lighthouse

Located inside Cattle Point Interpretive Center, near American Camp, a short path through meadow grass leads you to Cattle Point Lighthouse. The picturesque views stretch out to the Olympic and Cascade Mountains and over the surrounding islands. Seals and sea lions enjoy lounging on the rocky hillsides below this historic building. One full of rich stories involving armies, ships, and, of course, cattle (hence the name).

Lime Kiln Point State Park

Spend an afternoon inside Lime Kiln Point State Park enjoying the informative visitor center, trails along craggy shores, and, of course, wildlife. This lighthouse, a designated historical site, looks out over Haro Strait and has become a popular spot for whale watchers (sometimes known affectionately as Dorcas for their obsession with orca whales).

Pro Tip: The Southern Resident orca whale pods are wild animals. They follow the native salmon runs throughout the Salish Sea. Sadly, with diminishing salmon populations, the orcas sometimes must hunt for food further out to sea, meaning their time spent around Lime Kiln Point is unpredictable and less frequent than it once was.

5. San Juan Island Spa Experiences 

After a day hiking, walking, and exploring in the elements, nothing is better than treating yourself to a massage or perhaps a long, hot soak. Wherever your trails lead you, the islands have many spas to soothe your body and soul. 

In Friday Harbor, a few blocks up from the ferry landing, find Lavendera Massage. Here they specialize in couples massage, pampering both of you for an afternoon. Their highly experienced therapists tailor each session to meet your every need.

The Spa at Earthbox, located in the center of town, will indulge anyone’s senses in luxury as will the Spa at Rosario on Orcas Island. At this resort, all your tensions lift as you swim in the warm waters of their beautiful, historic indoor pool.

Where To Stay

Once the shopping, hiking, or birding expeditions are done for the day, head back to one of the cozy hotels or bed and breakfasts found on the island.

Many are within walking distance of restaurants and shops, such as Island Inn in Friday Harbor. Literally steps from the ferry and float-plane docks, this eco-designed boutique hotel boasts sophistication and a switch-on fireplace perfect for snuggling up in front of with that good book you purchased in town. Combine your fireside read with a glass of local wine from Madrone Cellars (just up the street) and you have created a perfect evening. 

Island Inn looks out over the harbor, making this an advantageous spot for viewing the incoming ferry as well as storm watching, all while you remain tucked inside.

On Orcas Island, find Rosario Resort, a haven of quiet elegance overlooking the bay, or try Doe Bay Resort, where guests receive access to their world-famous hot springs and sauna. Watch the steam from these pools swirl into the crisp air as you release your worries and sink into the moment. Certainly an experience not to be missed. It’s very soothing after a day hiking Moran State Park or exploring the island.

Pro Tip: Do note Doe Bay’s hot tubs and saunas are clothing optional.

The Scottish Highlands offer up-close nature, wild and majestic scenery around many corners, history, and adventure. It is where golf was invented, and the national animal is the unicorn. What more do you need for a perfect holiday?

For Scotland’s New Year’s Eve festival, Hogmanay, we hired a car and driver (you can take day trips), headed north to tour the Highlands, and learned why winter is the perfect time to visit. Like us, 8.3 percent of Americans claim Scottish heritage. While you can learn a lot about your family’s clans in Edinburgh and Stirling Castles, getting out into the countryside allows you to gain a love of the land beyond the city experience. Inverness is a logical place to start.

Pro Tip: Be prepared for Scotland’s variable and unpredictable weather. The Scots like to say, “You can experience all four seasons in a day.” Thick socks, hats, and layers of warm, waterproof gear remain a must when traveling in winter, as does an appropriate water and food supply.

Here are seven great reasons that show winter is a perfect time to visit Scotland.

1. Fewer Crowds

The British Isles are typically crowded. Traveling off-season is the perfect time to explore with space to spare. After passing over the Firth of Forth, enjoy the scenery and start in Inverness with shopping, Inverness Castle, Urquhart Castle and Visitor Center, and Loch Ness to seek out “Nessie,” the Loch Ness Monster. 

From Inverness, you can choose to go north to the Isle of Skye and over 900 islands, or return south towards Fort William, Oban, and the “Bonny, Bonny Banks of Loch Lomond.” In between, stop to visit the Outlander exterior film locations. This is the perfect weather to recreate a photo of Claire traversing the standing stones at Craigh na Dun.

Winter in Scotland is, in fact, an excellent time to take photographs. From recreations of looks from your favorite films and shows (Outlander, Harry Potter, Brigadoon, Skyfall, Disney’s Brave, and The Crown) to stunning wintry landscapes, be sure to have your camera ready.

Visit Scotland’s six UNESCO World Heritage sites outside Edinburgh, including the Stones of Stenness — standing stones in the Orkney Islands that predate Stonehenge by hundreds of years.

Drive over the Skye bridge to the Isle of Skye and check out The Fairy Glen, Fairy Pools, or Dunvegan Castle. With reduced crowds come reduced prices at some historic homes that make your visit that much more memorable. Take an abbreviated Castle Tour or drive along North Route 500, depending on schedule and weather.

Fort William

But when you stick to the Highlands, you’ll want to wander around Fort William and visit Old Inverlochy Castle, or Neptune’s Staircase, the longest staircase lock in Britain. Have your camera ready for a glimpse of the Jacobite Steam Train billowing across the aqueduct. If you can make the time, it’s worth it to hop on.

Oban 

In Oban, take a walking tour or wander after enjoying the country’s famous fish ‘n chips at Nories. Then, climb the hill to McCaig’s Tower, the “Crown of Oban,” on historic Battery Hill. This half-circle stone lime wall was built to employ stonemasons during economic downturns and was never used during battle. The location, though, provides excellent panoramic views over Oban, neighboring islands, and the deep, cold waters of the Firth of Lorn.

2. Winter Festivals

On November 30, Scotland celebrates St. Andrew’s Day, the patron saint of Scotland. Locals and visitors alike celebrate with dance, dinner, and cultural displays.

Hogmanay kicks off the New Year in style. While the largest festival remains in Edinburgh, most towns and cities host their own. Loch Ness invites you to follow their social pages to keep up with the party.

Our favorite part of Hogmanay was the torch bearers’ ceremony where each party lit a torch and carried it along a serpentine path in Old City. With music, art, literature, and history alive and well in the statues and actors amongst you, it’s a grand night.

January 25 is Robert Burns Night in honor of Scotland’s national poet. Enjoy your haggis, whisky, and ceilidh dancing, and plan to sleep in the next day.

3. Warm Up With Whisky

Taste the so-called “Water of Life!” Eat, drink, and be merry at local distilleries where you’ll hear the history of whisky-making as the aroma of the malt, or perhaps the angel’s share, fills the space. Find elbow room at local pubs during the long winter nights. Your older teens may be pleased to learn the minimum age for drinking in Scotland is 18.

Choose from 100 distilleries across five whisky regions and learn about the reasons for distinct tastes, from the original recipe to the barrels that age the batch. Enjoy a dram, or two, and the companionship of locals who can regale you with local legends and folklore.

4. A Great Time To Golf

For many tourists, Scotland is synonymous with golf, specifically St. Andrews Links. Located on the east Scottish coastline’s sand dunes, the weather in St. Andrews can change in minutes but they’ve accommodated for that with firm, fast-draining turf that makes the course one of the best in the world year-round. With four courses open through the winter, determined golfers ward off the cold to make the most of their time on the legendary Old Course or its compatriots, Jubilee, Strathtyrum, and New Course.

Bonus for these hardy souls: It’s half the price to golf in winter as it is in summer.

During your non-golf-playing time, you may enjoy a Golf History Tour, and for the non-golfers, a walking tour that includes Scotland’s oldest university.

Pro Tip: Reservations to play at St. Andrews are required and fill quickly, so book early.

5. Unforgettable Stargazing (And The Northern Lights)

When Scotland’s night skies are clear, the sparkling celestial activity is spectacular. If you’re lucky, you’ll be here when the aurora borealis is active. The further north you are, the more likely you are to see the lights, especially away from town light pollution.

The rugged snow-capped mountains and lovely lochs or beaches make excellent backdrops for the northern lights.

Pro Tip: Download the aurora forecast app before you go.

Our favorite place to stay is Cameron House with its beautiful location and wonderful spa on Loch Lomond. Its light pollution remains low and offers excellent stargazing with clear skies.

6. Hike From Sand To Snow

From the snow-dusted mountain peaks of winter to the craggy shoreline and white sand beaches, as long as you dress properly for the weather and take provisions, winter is a beautiful time to hike through the highlands with walks for all levels.

The unmissable, must-do event in Inverness is viewing Loch Ness from Urquhart Castle.

In Fort William, the must-do for climbers is hiking Ben Nevis, the U.K.’s tallest mountain. The summit panorama includes Scottish Highland lochs and mountains as far as you can see; on a clear day, that’s about 150 miles, sometimes reaching the Irish coast. At 4,411 feet, it’s an 8-hour climb, and many expert climbers pitch a tent for the night to enjoy the breathtaking sunset.

For a less strenuous jaunt, walk to Steall Falls and enjoy the sounds of rushing water before you spot the waterfall. You may recognize this moss-covered area as the setting for a Quidditch match in Harry Potter.

Loch Lomond

In Loch Lomond, visit the viewpoint at Rest and Be Thankful. If you dress warm enough, enjoy a picnic lunch here as you commune with nature. One thing you’ll quickly learn about Scotland is that they offer some of the best hot chocolate — with whipped cream, marshmallows, or both! Ask your hotel for a thermos to take with you for your outdoor adventures.

7. Skiing

Scotland’s five ski resorts vary from excellent beginner learning facilities to serious back-mountain slopes. Glencoe Mountain, aka “White Corries,” is the oldest and contains the gnarliest black-diamond run in Scotland, called “the Flypaper.”

Glenshee Ski Centre spans three valleys and caters to families with great beginner and intermediate runs. It is known for its challenging black run, “The Tiger.” The Nevis Range is the newest and offers spectacular views of Loch Eil and Ben Nevis from Scotland’s only mountain gondola. Their back-mountain runs are meant only for experts.

The CairnGorm Mountain resort is Scotland’s most popular, with reliable snow and plenty to do in case of bad-weather days. Lecht Ski Centre caters to families and is known to have the best beginner slopes and facilities in Scotland.

And one of the most beneficial elements of traveling to Scotland in winter? No midges!

For more on the Scottish Highlands, check out these articles:

• 7 Reasons I Love Exploring The Scottish Highlands By Water
• 12 Reasons I Loved My 8-Day Bus Tour Through Scotland
• 6 Charming Small Towns To Visit In The Scottish Highlands

We often hear about visiting national parks in the summer, but there are a number of beautiful parks that are even better in the winter. Well, bundle up! Retired park rangers Rebecca Harriett, Marilyn Irwin, and Greg Jackson shared their favorite national parks to visit in winter with TravelAwaits. 

1. Acadia National Park

Maine

It’s called the crown jewel of the North Atlantic coast. Acadia National Park is home to Cadillac Mountain, the highest point on the eastern seaboard; the views of Bar Harbor and Frenchman’s Bay are stunning. In the summer, you can also sink your toes into the sand at Sand Beach.

A fun summer activity in Acadia National Park is taking horse-drawn carriages along 57 miles of carriage roads, but Irwin says in winter, the roads become excellent snowshoeing trails. Hiking trails are accessible with traction footwear and trekking poles. Snowmobiles can be used on unplowed fire roads, the Park Loop Road, and the road up Cadillac Mountain — a wonderful place to view the sunrise. 

Part of the park becomes inaccessible in winter, but you can take scenic drives along the rugged coastline with waves crashing against rocks, weather permitting. You can enjoy ice fishing in several of the lakes, and if you’re a birder, winter is a good time to look for many bird species because the trees are bare of leaves.

2. Black Canyon Of The Gunnison National Park

Colorado

Known as the Grand Canyon of Colorado, Black Canyon of the Gunnison is located in western Colorado, near Montrose, Crawford, and Gunnison. This national park is about a 5-hour drive from Denver. The Gunnison River follows along the bed of the Black Canyon, which gets its name from its high walls that do not allow much sunlight to illuminate them. 

Winter is an excellent time for visiting Black Canyon of the Gunnison, says Irwin. Backcountry camping, snowshoeing, and cross-country skiing are fun ways to experience the park. Hiking trails and several nature trails are accessible with winter footwear and trekking poles. Some trails bring you very close to steep drop-offs into the canyon, so caution is necessary. Because Black Canyon is away from urban areas, you can observe a brilliant night sky.

3. Yellowstone National Park

Wyoming, Montana, Idaho

Yellowstone and all of its glory was the country’s first national park, established in 1872. This amazing park contains 60 percent of the world’s geysers and hot springs, including the most famous, Old Faithful. The national park service has an estimated geyser eruption resource. You can also hike Yellowstone’s Grand Canyon. 

While Harriett usually tries to stay away from parks, or anywhere for that matter, when the temperatures drop below freezing, she makes an exception for Yellowstone. 

Visiting Yellowstone at any time takes careful and early planning; winter is especially no exception. Because of the logistics of traveling in Yellowstone during the winter, Harriett went on a small group tour where lodging and transportation were part of the package. While they didn’t see as much of the park as I did during a summer visit, winter in Yellowstone is unquestionably magical. Seeing wolves run through the snow on an early-morning wildlife walk or listening to them howl on a cold, dark night is beautifully haunting. Cross-country skiing around a geyser basin on a clear blue sunny day when the air is so crisp that it sparkles is enchanting. For Harriett, toasting the New Year with newfound friends as Old Faithful erupted under a starry sky was indescribable. She’s ready to go back!

4. Cuyahoga Valley National Park

Ohio

Cuyahoga Valley National Park is a hidden gem in Ohio, near Cleveland and Akron. This is the only national park in Ohio and one of seven in the Midwest. The 33,000-acre park protects the rural landscape along the Cuyahoga River, and more than 2.2 million people visit each year. A unique way to see the park is on the Cuyahoga Valley Scenic Railroad. 

Greg Jackson notes that winter activities at Cuyahoga Valley National Park can be hit-and-miss, depending on the weather. If it’s a good snow year, you can enjoy cross-country skiing. There are two downhill ski areas that make snow Brandywine and Boston Mills. You can also enjoy tubing. The areas are available as long as the winter is cold enough to make snow. If there are at least 4 inches of snow on the ground, you can borrow snowshoes at the Mills Visitor Center.

You can also do a little ice fishing in the park — just be responsible on the ice. Large-mouth bass, crappie, and bluegill are a few of the big catches. The park encourages catch-and-release fishing.

The hiking trails remain open in the winter, and some of the animals are very active.

5. Rocky Mountain National Park

Colorado

Rocky Mountain National Park is about a 2-hour drive from Denver and features 76 mountains and 400 square miles. It is open all year round, easily accessible via airport and highway, and winter is often a great time to visit. While some of the summer highlights are closed, you can enjoy the park in its winter splendor while snowshoeing or cross-country skiing. A great place to start is the Estes Park Visitor’s Center, just outside the national park.

Irwin spent her career as a ranger at this park. In winter, she says hiking trails in the park become cross-country ski and snowshoeing trails. As with other parks in the winter, to navigate most trails, you need stabilizing devices that can be attached to hiking boots and trekking poles for balance. For lovers of cold weather and snow, backcountry camping is a great way to experience Rocky’s wilderness. Herds of elk can be seen in the meadows and bighorn sheep are often spotted near park roads.

Note: Much of Trail Ridge Road, the highest, longest continuously paved highway in North America, is not accessible by vehicle in winter because of large amounts of snow.

6. Cedar Breaks National Monument

Utah

Cedar Breaks National Monument is in southwest Utah. The grand staircase in the park sits at 10,000 feet and looks into a half-mile-deep geological amphitheater. It’s also often referred to as a miniature Bryce Canyon. The bristlecone pine, one of the oldest trees in the world, grows in this beautiful park. 

Jackson recommends this park because of its easy access in the winter. It’s a particularly great place to snowmobile with a guide. You can also join a snowshoeing tour — it’s a good way to try it in a group. 

This part of Utah can be a little finicky when it comes to the winter weather. The storms hit hard but then clear quickly, and you can enjoy perfectly sunny days. 

7. Olympic National Park

Washington

This diverse park covers more than 1 million acres in the state of Washington. You will see snow-capped mountains, old-growth temperate rainforests, and over 70 miles of wild coastline. The park is home to a wide variety of animals, including whales and dolphins offshore and cougars and bears on land. 

Olympic National Park’s mountains are breathtaking in the summer but off limits in the winter, with one exception: the ski area at Hurricane Ridge. Jackson says this is not your typical downhill skiing or snowboarding adventure. Essentially, you have two rope tows, a Poma lift, and a tubing park. It’s really about the experience of skiing at 5,000 feet in the Olympic Mountains.

You can also cross-country ski on closed roads for the novice or the backcountry for the most advanced. Another option is taking a ranger-led snowshoe walk.

Pro Tip: Winters there are wet, but not necessarily cold and snowy; however, if you’re driving up there, you’re going to need chains on your tires because there is not a commercial shuttle. The road crews are well experienced, and the road is well traveled.

For more from our experts, read:

• 6 Fabulous Winter Experiences At U.S. National Parks — From Mild To Wild
• 3 Beautiful Desert National Parks To Visit During Winter
• 15 Best Hidden Gem National Parks To Visit In The U.S.
• Retired National Park Rangers Share Their Top 8 Spots For Fall Camping

Myrtle Beach is located in the center of a 60-mile stretch of pristine shoreline in northeastern South Carolina. Stretching north from nearly the North Carolina border south to Georgetown, it includes 14 communities such as North Myrtle Beach, Conway, Surfside, Murrells Inlet, Garden City, Ocean City, and Pawley’s Island — collectively known as The Grand Strand.

Myrtle Beach takes pride in the fact that it is a vacation spot for everyone. The Grand Strand is home to an array of tourist attractions, over 2,000 restaurants, world-class golf courses, and of course, miles of white sandy beaches.

The typical “beach season” in Myrtle Beach runs from late April through late October but that doesn’t mean that there are not plenty of things to do and see in the winter months. The mostly mild winters average daytime highs from 57–61 degrees (Fahrenheit), from December through February.

While the temperatures may be a bit cooler, the crowds are smaller and the abundance of things to do and see are waiting for you. Here is our list of incredible things to do in Myrtle Beach during the winter.

1. Myrtle Beach Boardwalk And Promenade

Drawing an average of 19 million visitors annually, Myrtle Beach Boardwalk is the number 1 tourist destination in all of South Carolina. I’ve heard some say that it’s “touristy,” but isn’t that why you’d go to the number 3 Best Boardwalk in the U.S., according to National Geographic?

The 1.2-mile boardwalk is filled with restaurants, nightclubs, entertainment venues, a SkyWheel, and shopping — from high-end designer boutiques to the legendary Gay Dolphin Gift Cove (c.1946), with over 70,000 Myrtle Beach souvenirs.

SkyWheel

A ride on the SkyWheel is one of my “must-dos” at Myrtle Beach. The SkyWheel is one of the first true “observation wheels” in North America. Standing at 200 feet above sea level, on a clear day, riders can see up to 25 miles in all directions — almost the entire length of The Grand Strand. At night, the ride is even more spectacular as it becomes a revolving display of 1 million dazzling LED lights.

Pro Tip: Even if you have a fear of heights (like I do), I suggest riding the SkyWheel. The gondolas are large and enclosed. Okay, I’m not going to lie; I was very skittish at first, but then the ride became enjoyable, and I’ve got great aerial photos to boot.

2. Fish The Intracoastal Waterway

Don’t let “Old Man Winter” fool you. Some of the best fishing in the South can be had in the cooler months. The waters surrounding Myrtle Beach are teeming with all sorts of prized fish. There are several different fishing venues to explore as well — inshore, offshore, and deep-sea fishing.

Inshore fishing takes place in the calmer waters of rivers, saltwater estuaries, and the Intracoastal Waterway along the coastline. It’s one of the most scenic fishing adventures you’ll ever have while cast-fishing for black drum, speckled trout, or tarpon. We recommend Captain Smiley Fishing Charters in Little River. Ask for Captain Buddy, a four-time world-record holder that has been fishing in these waters all of his life.

Offshore and deep-sea fishing are anywhere from 10–80 miles offshore. Keep in mind, the farther out you want to fish, the longer the trip will be. An inshore trip can be as little as 4 hours, while deep-sea fishing is mostly all day and even overnight.

Pro Tip: There are hundreds of fishing charters (yes, that’s right) in Myrtle Beach. Most sail out of both Murrell’s Inlet (to the south) and Little River (to the north). Check this site for more information.

3. Theater Shows

When the cooler weather tries to keep you indoors, head to the theater — a stage-show theater. There are some great venues in Myrtle Beach including the GTS, an opulent 1920s-style cabaret theater. The Alabama Theatre has been entertaining locals and tourists since 1993 with the grandest variety show.

We more than enjoyed our night out at The Carolina Opry, named “Top Myrtle Beach Attraction” by CNBC. It is a Grand Strand landmark. We were mesmerized from the moment we pulled up to the fabulous structure awash with lights. The grand entrance hall was breathtaking and the luxurious auditorium was very comfortable. The show was outstanding; two thumbs up.

Both Pirates Voyage and Medieval Times offer dinner and a show. Broadway on the Beach boasts two relatively newer theaters. Legends in Concert is a “live-tribute show” and the Palace Theatre offers a variety of shows as well.

4. Golf Courses

Many say that golf in Myrtle Beach is one of the top activities during the cooler winter months. After Hurricane Hazel in 1954, the damage to The Grand Strand beach communities was tremendous. It was during the rebuilding process that developers had the vision of Myrtle Beach as a golf destination. Today, Myrtle Beach is home to over 80 world-class golf courses — a premier golf destination.

The Dunes Golf And Beach Club

The Dunes Golf and Beach Club is an 18-hole course designed by Robert Trent Jones, one of the all-time great golf course architects. This course is consistently ranked in the Top 100 courses in the nation, according to Golf Digest. The multi-course, Barefoot Resort and Golf is home to courses designed by Greg Norman, Davis Love III, Tom Fazio, and Pete Dye. It has been ranked number 1 in “The Top 50 Golf Courses in Myrtle Beach.” And the list goes on. Does golf get any better than this?

5. Horry County History Museum And L.W. Paul Living History Farm

I know in the summer it’s hard to pull yourself away from the sandy white beaches and warm sun, but the cooler winter months are a great time to peruse the Horry County Museum and L.W. Paul Living History Farm, 20 minutes away in the town of Conway.

The history of Myrtle Beach started long before there was a Myrtle Beach in Horry (pronounced OH-ree) County. Here, you’ll learn that the “Strand” was a coastal Native American trade route and was once the most fruitful rice production region in the world. After the Civil War, a lumber company built a railroad that was used to transport lumber and other goods, such as indigo and cotton, to and from the town of Conway. This railway was also used to transport inland (mostly farming) folks to the seaside for rest and relaxation. In 1900, the first “resort hotel,” the Seaside Inn, was built to accommodate these visitors. Inspired by the abundance of wax myrtle trees growing wild along the shoreline, New Town was renamed and Myrtle Beach was born.

Pro Tips: Plan to spend at least 2 hours (or more) in the museum and another hour or so at the farm. The farm has a great gift shop. Both the museum and farm are accessible, although, the farm has earthen pathways.

6. Charlie’s Place And Myrtle Beach Colored School

Discover Black History

As noted above, Myrtle Beach is steeped in history. Like most southern towns, much of that history revolves around early African-Americans, their lives, and contributions to the area. Two places of notable black history are worth visiting.

Charlie and his wife, Sara, opened a “black” supper club in 1937 — Charlie’s Place. Black entertainers such as Otis Redding, Dizzy Gillespie, Little Richard, Billie Holiday, Lena Horne, Duke Ellington, and many others routinely performed there. The club is gone but the hotel where black performers and other travelers (who could not stay in whites-only hotels) remains. Both white and black customers gathered at Charlie’s Place to listen to music and dance. Oral tradition has it that the shag, or southern swing dancing, originated at Charlie’s Place.

Opened in 1932, Myrtle Beach Colored School was the first school for African American children in the Myrtle Beach area. In addition to learning, the school was a place where the children could play sports, perform in plays, and compete in spelling bees. When the deteriorating Colored School was proposed for demolition, its former students, many now senior citizens, gathered together and began the efforts to save their school. Their dedication, together with the City of Myrtle Beach, saved the school from destruction. It is now a Museum and Education Center preserving not only Myrtle Beach’s black history, but that of all of Horry County and the South.

Pro Tips: The buildings at Charlie’s Place are not open to the public, but you can walk the grounds and read the historical site signs. The Colored School Museum is open for limited hours. 

7. Brookgreen Gardens

Even in the winter, Brookgreen Gardens is magical, filled with fall and winter blooms, fantastic water fountains, and even a small Lowcountry Zoo. Stroll along the winding paths throughout expansive lush-green grounds, dotted with small ponds, and filled with grand old oak trees adorned with quintessential southern hanging moss.

Brookgreen is more than just a botanical garden, it is the largest sculpture garden in the country. Over 2,000 sculptures by 430 artists are on display throughout the gardens and indoor galleries.

As an added bonus for winter visitors, in November and December, you’ll be able to experience Nights of a Thousand Candles when Brookgreen Gardens comes alive with millions of twinkling lights and nearly 3,000 hand-lit candles. Celebrate the season as you walk the paths with a warm cup of cider and listen to the sounds of holiday music. Nights of a Thousand Candles includes an extra fee.

Pro Tips: More than several hours may be needed to stroll throughout the gardens. Bring a picnic lunch or eat at one of three dining options on the property. The cost of one ticket is good for 7 days. Service dogs are welcome and many paths are hard gravel but accessible.

8. Huntington Beach State Park

Located near Murrells Inlet, Huntington Beach State Park consists of 2,500 acres of maritime forest, salt marsh, and pristine white sand beaches. There are campsites, picnic shelters, hiking trails, interpretive boardwalk trails over marshland, and even a nice beach walk out onto a jetty.

This state park is a bird-lovers paradise, particularly in winter. Over 300 species of birds have been spotted throughout the park. On any given day, you will see ornithologists of every kind out with their cameras and mega lenses just hoping to capture a particular species on film.

While visiting the park, be sure to see the National Historic Landmark, Atalaya Castle, the winter home of Archer and Anna Hyatt Huntington. The Moorish-style “castle” was Anna’s sculpture studio, built during the Great Depression. It is fully accessible.

9. Myrtle Beach State Park

Situated on a 1-mile stretch of Grand Strand coastline, Myrtle Beach State Park sits nestled among an oceanfront maritime forest. Opened in 1936, it’s South Carolina’s first state park. The fishing pier is just one of the many reasons folks visit in the winter. Along with campgrounds, there are six cabins for rent — a perfect cozy wintertime spot.

Myrtle Beach State Park has a plethora of winter activities to enjoy, like fishing, hiking, biking, beach combing, bird watching, and even horseback riding on the beach beginning the third Saturday in November through the last day of February.

10. Broadway At The Beach

Wrapping up a winter visit, one of the newer sensations drawing crowds to Myrtle Beach is Broadway at the Beach, a mega shopping center and entertainment complex. Spanning over 350 acres, there are over 20 restaurants, 100 shopping storefronts, theaters, and attractions.

The adventurous complex includes a zip line, Ferris wheel and carousel, jet-boat rides, and even a nightclub district. Ripley’s Aquarium, the Hollywood Wax Museum, and Wonderworks, a place that “combines education and entertainment in over 100 hands-on exhibits,” are perfect indoor activities during the winter months.

Pro Tip: This can be an all-day excursion if shopping, lunch, and attractions are involved.

Related Reading:

• 9 Reasons This Coastal Southern Town Is The Perfect Holiday Getaway
• 4 Reasons I Chose To Retire On South Carolina’s Beautiful Grand Strand
• My 7 Favorite Beaches To Visit In South Carolina

While some are enthralled with the winter season, others spend their time dreaming of ocean views and warmer weather. If you’re one of those people who prefers sand over snow, look no further than these premier locations for a wintertime getaway. From Florida down to the many escapes in Central America, these are our favorite snowbird destinations.

1. Nassau

Bahamas

Just a short flight from Miami, and you’ll find yourself in the tropical paradise of the Bahamas. Lay on the beach, soak in the sun, enjoy the casino or just do nothing but relax and soak up the warmth of the sun.

Culture and modern comforts make this location a great mix for a winter getaway.

• Average temperate between November and March: 78 degrees

2. Cancun

Mexico

The Yucatan Peninsula is always a favorite winter escape, and Cancun offers wonderful beach resorts to let you warm your toes in the sand in style. When you are not swimming in the stunning tropical waters, you can practice your yoga at your choice of many beachside retreats.

Over a dozen different airlines fly into Cancun, so getting here is pretty easy.

• Average temperate between November and March: 76 degrees

3. Panama City

Panama

In addition to warm weather, Panama City offers great landmarks and flower-filled plazas through which to stroll on warm winter nights. The historic district of Casa Viejo overlooks the modern highrise glass towers of downtown, making for an unusual mix of old versus new in this coastal city of wonders.

The capital is nicknamed the “crossroads of the world,” so you can rest assured: Many airlines fly into Panama City.

• Average temperate between November and March: 79 degrees

4. Dominican Republic

The Dominican Republic has a wide range of landscapes to explore while enjoying the warm winter days by the Caribbean Sea. Feel like a little outdoor adventure? Try hiking the tallest mountain in all of the Caribbean islands — Pico Duarte. At just over 10,000 feet in elevation, the views are breathtaking. Of course, if you don’t feel like climbing the winter away, there are plenty of beaches on which to lounge at sea level.

With several international airports located across the country, the D.R., as it is referred to by travelers, offers easy access.

• Average temperate between November and March: 79 degrees

5. Barbados

One thing not many people know is that Barbados is the sister city of Charleston, South Carolina. In factm many of Charleston’s early settlers share the same surnames as their distant island relatives, and many of the downtown streets have the same names.

One airport serves the small island with 14 different airlines offering flights.

• Average temperate between November and March: 79 degrees

6. Orlando

Florida

With over a dozen major theme parks in Orlando, it’s pretty hard to get bored. Even though Orlando is not located on the coast of Florida, you have plenty of water parks to choose from. If you want to try an unusual theme park, take a trip to Gatorland to see live alligators.

Orlando is a major destination city and flights here are easy to come by.

• Average temperate between November and March: 72 degrees

7. Jamaica

Similar to the vibes in Cancun, Jamaica’s all-inclusive resorts offer package deals that are hard to resist. If snorkeling, diving, or reggae music are at the top of your list, Jamaica is unbeatable.

Being a well-known tourist destination, cheap flights are generally available to one of Jamaica’s three international airports.

• Average temperate between November and March: 77 degrees

8. Roatán

Honduras

A tiny little island off the coast of Honduras, Roatán is quickly gaining in popularity for its un-crowded beaches, outstanding dive sites, and whale shark migrations. Roatán islanders are friendly and laid back, so plan a chilled-out vacation here.

About 5 airlines fly into Roatán but with only a few flights a day. You will need to plan ahead for this trip.

• Average temperate between November and March: 80 degrees.

9. Bermuda

Bermuda is a British territory with beautiful pink sand beaches and a more sophisticated vibe. If golf is your sport, Bermuda offers some of the finest, but plan to break out the big bucks — greens fees here are not cheap.

Several airlines fly into Bermuda, but you’ll need to watch the airfares here closely to get any deals.

• Average temperate between November and March: 70 degrees.

Wherever you may roam, we hope you have fun escaping from winter!

Related Reading:

• 11 Best Winter Vacation Destinations According To Travel Experts (2023)
• 8 Winter Vacation Destinations Our Travel Experts Love
• The Top U.S. Warm Weather Places To Escape The Cold This Winter

South Carolina is rich in history, beautiful beaches, friendly inhabitants, and many other good things, but snow is not among them. However, the lack of white precipitation in no way dampens the Christmas spirit in South Carolina’s towns, nor does it make those towns less worthy of Hallmark Christmas movie town status.

In the same way, each town has its own look, feel, and story; each also has its own individual Christmas vibe. With so many delightful destinations from which to choose, deciding among them is impossible. But here is a small sampling of shining South Carolina towns where all your Hallmark Christmas movie dreams can come true.

1. Greenville

America’s friendliest town, Greenville, ratchets up the welcoming warmth and hospitality at Christmas. Twinkling tree-lined sidewalks on Main Street. Santa glided down the street in his motorized sleigh (a converted 1993 Ford Aerostar). Ice skaters doing some gliding of their own at a mini replica of Rockefeller Center. These are a few of Greenville’s favorite things, and the Hallmark movie-style happenings just keep on coming.

Christmas carolers in the streets, dozens of giant brightly decorated trees at local hotels for the annual Festival of Trees competition, as well as a community Hanukkah celebration and Menorah Lighting, create a full holiday experience. Of course, Greenville holds a parade and a Kringle Holiday Market featuring artisan vendors, rides, entertainment, visits with Santa, food, and a Biergarten at Fluor Field baseball stadium. 

Pro Tip: Stay at the Westin 4 Diamond Poinsett Hotel. In front of the building stands a statue of South Carolinian, Joel Poinsett, who brought a certain popular Christmas plant to America.

2. Pelzer

What this tiny town lacks in numbers, it more than makes up for in heart, especially during the holidays. Pelzer, without a doubt, would make the perfect setting for a happy Hallmark Christmas movie.

The holiday joy begins in mid-November with the Pelzer Christmas Market, held at the Historical Gym Property, featuring handmade crafts, candles, jewelry, gifts, and home decorations. Admission is free and a photo with Santa will set you back only $10. A petting zoo for the little ones and an assortment of food vendors round out the perfect pre-Christmas day.

By early December, Pelzer is lit up to the rafters, including some of the residents. No, it’s not what you think. The Light People have been a beloved town holiday tradition for over 3 decades, spreading cheer throughout the town and at local nursing homes. These dedicated volunteers dress up in holiday outfits festooned with multi-colored LED lights and dance on roller skates to upbeat holiday music for the delight of all.

Pro Tip: The Light People could be anywhere at any time, starting in early December. Your best bet is to call the Town of Pelzer’s main number to be sure you don’t miss this unique, fun experience.

3. Aiken

A visit to Aiken is a joy any time of year, but during the holidays, this charming equestrian town becomes the ideal spot to star in a Hallmark Christmas movie. Even the horses trot into the holiday spirit during the Hoofbeats and Christmas Carols Parade downtown. Horses and carriages, as well as dogs walking their humans, create a festive mood with community caroling following the parade.

The annual Festival of Trees at the City of Aiken Visitors Center & Train Museum is a joyous family-friendly event lasting through New Year’s Eve. Come see the spectacular display of artfully decorated trees and be sure to vote for your favorite. Admission is free and all children must be accompanied by an adult. 

The annual Aiken Jaycees Christmas parade, Night of 1,000 Lights, and a leisurely ramble through brightly lit garden paths at the Annual Christmas in Hopelands event bring locals and visitors together to celebrate the warmth and joy of the holidays. More such opportunities can be found at the Christmas Craft Show and Christmas Crafts at the Farmers Market, where shopping and camaraderie go hand in hand.

Downtown Historic Cottage | $209/nightly avg

Dreaming of Aiken – your dream vacation awaits you

5 Stars (25 Reviews)

• Property Type: Private vacation home
• Maximum Occupancy: 4 Guests
• Bedrooms: 3
• Bathrooms: 2

Top guest reviews

• Great location in quiet neighborhood, close to everything. Looks just like photos. Would stay again if back in Aiken!
• As advertised the house was well decorated, comfy beds and stocked kitchen. We really enjoyed the stay!
• Friends from Charloote and Hilton Head met half way point in Aiken. Great location. Easy access to the historical downtown area, restaurants, shopping, and other activities. Top notch
• Our stay was amazing. The location is just a couple blocks from downtown, and the neighborhood is lovely and very quiet. The house is perfectly furnished- comfortable and well-appointed; there is a nice terrace surrounded by flowers and a big grill out back. The kitchen has everything you could want; the appliances (including the washer/dryer) look brand new. We arrived after a 7 hour drive, and there were snacks, cold sodas…very thoughtful and we so appreciated it! The house was immaculate…and the bed linens were the best. Definitely stay here if you can…I could move in permanently!! I can’t wait to return.
• Gray house in a great location. Very comfortable

View Deal on VRBO from $209

The Loft | $203/nightly avg

Dreaming of Aiken – your dream vacation awaits you

5 Stars (69 Reviews)

• Property Type: Apartment
• Maximum Occupancy: 6 Guests
• Bedrooms: 2
• Bathrooms: 1

Top guest reviews

• The loft is charming with a lot of character and in a perfect location. Walking distance to cute shops and good restaurants. The place was well stocked and had everything we needed. The king bed in the master was very comfortable. We highly recommend and will definitely be back.
• Bright, cheerful, right in the middle of shops and restaurants.
• It is extremely clean and has everything to meet our needs., down to ziplock bags. The bed is very comfortable. We loved the atmosphere of the loft including the many books. Checkin process was fantastic. We had no issues during our stay. We hope to come back every year for a nice getaway. Thank you for sharing the apartment.
• Lovely stay but a bit disappointed that news channels were limited to one pov. Not even able tostream my preferences.
• We loved our stay and everything about this charming property! The owner was easy to communicate with, the location is great and the decor is warm and welcoming. We were in town for a horse show at Bruce Field and this was a perfect location for us. Overlooking the wonderful shops and restaurants downtown and only 5 minutes from the show grounds. We will definitely be back!

View Deal on VRBO from $203

4. Easley

Located in Upstate South Carolina, Easley is blessed with the kind of spirit that makes it a shoo-in for a Hallmark Christmas movie.

Easley’s Holiday festivities kick off the first weekend in December with its Holiday Market. This event is perfectly timed to help jump-start the season with shopping opportunities galore, free photos with some of your favorite Christmas characters, and free hot cocoa and cookies. 

Downtown Easley is the site of the highly anticipated early evening Christmas Parade of Lights. This annual event is hosted by the Greater Easley Chamber of Commerce.

The entire town gets into the act when it comes to putting up brilliant holiday displays. Bright lights and dazzling colors illuminate the night from homes, churches, public buildings, and just about anywhere there’s electricity.

5. McCormick

For a pretty town with a population of less than 3,000, McCormick makes the holiday season shine with big-time celebrating, just like in a Hallmark Christmas movie.

To help everyone get into Hallmark movie mode, the 2021 Holiday on Main (HOM) Christmas Parade has as its theme “Cultivating a Hallmark Christmas.” Of course, Santa is primed and ready for fun and photos.

The Holiday Market at the Cotton Gin, featuring local and regional artisans selling unique handcrafted creations, as well as the Festival of Trees at the Grist Mill make excellent use of McCormick’s historical sites.

Santa and his elves assist in the tree-lighting ceremony. And everyone is counting the days to the Chamber of Commerce Cookie Walk. A $10 advance ticket purchase buys over 25 individual cookies or baked items from participating local businesses.

6. Myrtle Beach

Who says you can’t have a Hallmark Christmas at the beach? Certainly, Santa doesn’t, and neither do the Myrtle Beach locals and visitors who make Christmas merry in this coastal town.

Begin with Winter Wonderland at the Beach, a holiday event featuring a covered outdoor ice-skating rink, a walk-through light experience, and other holiday happenings at the Burroughs and Chapin Pavilion Place. Then take in the magnificent display of The Great Christmas Light Show, where you can drive through over 2 million sparkling lights at the North Myrtle Beach Park and Sports Complex.

The Christmas Show of the South, a Myrtle Beach tradition, brings the warm spirit of Christmas to life with music, comedy, and dance.

7. Murrells Inlet

One of the oldest and smallest towns on the Grand Strand, Murrells Inlet was once a quiet fishing village. Today, it is a popular spot for vacationers. But during the holidays, Murrells Inlet emits a definite Hallmark Christmas movie vibe.

The highlight of the season is Nights of a Thousand Candles at Brookgreen Gardens, a wondrous extravaganza of over 2,800 hand-lit candles and countless sparkling lights illuminating the magnificent sculpture gardens. Visitors stroll the pathways, marveling at the seasonal lighting and decorations. Each evening, guests can enjoy the Lighting of the Trees at 6:45 p.m. at the Leonard Pavilion.

At the annual Santa Crawl on the MarshWalk, revelers meander the boardwalk along a natural saltwater estuary, enjoying beverages and dinner specials at MarshWalk restaurants. MarshWalk is also the location for the annual Christmas Parade

Pro Tip: Myrtle Beach lies 20 minutes from Murrells Inlet, making a double dose of holiday fun a realistic goal.

8. Manning

Quiet streets lined with stately oaks and antebellum homes make historic Manning a delight to visit. Located approximately 65 miles from South Carolina’s capital of Columbia, this picturesque town could star in a Hallmark Christmas movie. 

Manning may not necessarily be a beehive of organized activity during the holidays, but the town is brightly illuminated, lovingly decorated, and full of warmth and whimsy. It’s the ideal location for a relaxed, unhurried holiday.

Every year, Manning’s residents gather to enjoy the Parade of Lights, which rolls through town spreading cheer right after Thanksgiving. Lighted trees cast their merry glow on Manning until early in the New Year.

“Don’t Get Your Tinsel in a Tangle” is the Carolina Dance Academy’s annual Christmas spectacular. The festive evening begins with an energetic gymnastics program and concludes with a lively dance performance.

9. Abbeville

The delightful little town of Abbeville knows how to think big. It’s home to the Abbeville Opera House and Parson’s Mountain Recreation Area. Abbeville also knows how to put on the kind of holiday celebration that would fit into any Hallmark Christmas movie. 

This town goes all out to support local businesses, especially during the holidays. Handmade for the Holidays is an arts and crafts festival featuring items produced by local vendors. Christmas Market is a 2-day open house, family-friendly event at Crate and Quill, featuring holiday shopping, live Christmas music in the courtyard, and sweet treats.

The Abbeville Annual Christmas Tree Lighting involves more than flipping a switch. Holiday entertainment, hot cocoa, and cookies, all provided by local businesses, infuse the event with warmth and cheer.

The friendly folks of Abbeville look forward to their annual Breakfast with Santa, a traditional hometown Christmas parade, the Cookie Walk, and the Ugly Christmas Sweater Wine Walk. Wouldn’t you?

10. Pendleton

Four miles from the college town of Clemson, Pendleton feels like a different world. Life moves at a slower pace, no one is a stranger, and the town’s history is fascinating. So, the transformation into a Hallmark Christmas movie town for the holidays is, like Pendleton itself, smooth and gentle.

Every weekend from late November to mid-December finds Pendleton residents at the Christkindlmarkt, a quaint, European-style Christmas Market on the town’s historic Village Green. Important holiday shopping becomes less stressful amid the bright, cheerful sights, sounds, and smells of the market. A live 40-foot Christmas tree watches over shoppers as they purchase original hand-crafted ornaments, indulge in local treats, and sip holiday beverages.

Locals turn out in force for the annual Christmas Parade and the tree lighting in the square. No Grinch in his right mind would even dream of trying to steal Christmas from Pendleton.

Pro Tip: Drop into Mama Rae’s Ice Cream Shop for a special Christmas hot chocolate decked out with whipped cream and two candy canes arranged in the shape of a heart.

11. Rock Hill

The town of Rock Hill can keep visitors busy for days, especially during the holidays. Old Town magically transforms into ChristmasVille, an award-winning holiday village and outdoor art festival that makes for excellent Hallmark Christmas movie material.

Locals and visitors engage in over 70 Christmas-themed events that keep them in the Christmas spirit. Horse-drawn carriage rides, carolers, a gingerbread house-making contest, children’s activities with Santa, and ice skating, are only a few of the many delights individuals and families can enjoy.

The festival is held in honor of Vernon Grant, whose magical art graced many children’s books. However, he is best known for his creation of SNAP! CRACKLE! and POP! characters for Kellogg’s Rice Krispies cereal brand. Vernon Grant is still an important figure in his former home of Rock Hill. His charming illustrations of gnomes, elves, and Santa make their cheery appearance throughout the festival.

12. Greenwood

Approximately 1 hour south of Greenville lies the town of Greenwood. Here, holiday cheer is alive and well with a Hallmark Christmas movie vibe that can rival any town, anywhere.

Uptown Greenwood’s Holiday Lights begin to sparkle in mid-November and brighten the nights throughout the holidays. Whether you choose to cruise through town in your vehicle or take a leisurely stroll, shopping and snapping photos as you go, you don’t want to be in a hurry. Trees along Main Street and Maxwell Avenue are wrapped in sparkling bright white lights and the whimsical Uptown décor — giant alphabet blocks, a Teddy bear, a toy soldier, Santa, and more — add to the festive atmosphere.

A Cookie Crawl, Santa on Main, and other activities keep everyone blissfully occupied as the holidays unfold.

For more things to do in South Carolina, check out these articles:

• 13 Treasures Of South Carolina’s Little-Known Congaree National Park
• 10 Reasons You’ll Fall In Love With Beautiful Kiawah Island, South Carolina
• 4 Reasons I Chose To Retire On South Carolina’s Beautiful Grand Strand

Unlike the last few years, people are traveling domestically or overseas this Christmas — placing them in the vicinity of the world’s great department stores — and their knock-out Christmas window displays.

Most festive window displays aren’t encouraging people to spend but are giving back to their communities. Department stores know that the annual visit to their windows is an integral part of families’ Christmas traditions passed down through generations. Stores are glad to see the tradition resume, and many have themed their windows on togetherness.

So here’s what to expect from some of the world’s most historic and best-loved department stores in a year when travel is very much back on the Christmas cards.

1. Macy’s, New York City

Macy’s flagship store on 34^th Street has decorated its windows every Christmas since 1874. The store’s first Christmas window was scenes from Harriet Beecher Stowe’s Uncle Tom’s Cabin, using porcelain dolls. In 1883, the store introduced a panoply window (a circular track) showing Santa pulled by a reindeer. Word spread of Macy’s “miracle.”

Holiday window displays then became a fixture in New York City, such as those at Lord & Taylor, Tiffany & Co., Bloomingdales, Bergdorf Goodman, and Saks Fifth Avenue. But when it comes to Christmas, people still recall Macy’s. Perhaps because scenes from the Miracle on 34th Street, released in 1947 and a perennial family favorite at Christmastime, were filmed inside the store. And many of Macy’s windows have featured this classic film.

Last year Macy’s introduced Tiptoe, a gorgeous little blue reindeer who was too scared to fly — a lot like many of us back then. But her friends helped her out with a balloon flying machine. The balloons burst and Tiptoe discovered she could fly on her own. To fly, she only needed to believe.

In the accompanying commercial, Tiptoe’s story ends with a little girl at the airport reluctant to fly to grandma’s and her father alleviating her fears by telling her Tiptoe’s story. She starts to feel confident, believing she can board that plane — a timely message.

This year Macy’s holiday theme is “Give Love,” with Tiptoe the Reindeer acting as the main character; she goes on a journey to visit each of her friends and celebrate the holidays together. Yes, travel is back, and New York is back, teeming with tourists from all over the country and the world.

2. Selfridges, London

Many of us know of Selfridges from the British television series about the founder Harry Gordon Selfridge. In 1909, Selfridge brought his department store concept from Chicago to London along with a more exuberant American way of celebrating Christmas. He included the tradition of window dressing and decorating every inch of his store for the festive season. But the windows were, and remain, the real crowd-pleaser. Selfridges window displays are sometimes controversial but always artistic and often feature the work of hip new artists.

This year’s theme is Season’s Feastings: a celebration of the power of food to bring people together. 15 windows offer surreal and spectacular interpretations of festive “foodie” moments including “toasty roasties” (gigantic potatoes wearing Christmas hats) and “Brussels sprouts a la car(te)” (a car loaded with presents, and bearing a bizarre Christmas tree formed from Brussels sprouts).

3. Galeries Lafayette Haussmann, Paris

Galeries Lafayette on Haussmann Boulevard is one of the world’s most beautiful department stores. Opened in 1912, the architecture was inspired by Opéra (the Parisian opera house), and the interior features striking Art Nouveau balconies and a jaw-dropping stained-glass dome. Each year, the store hangs a Christmas tree they claim as the largest in the world from the dazzling dome. The tree is trimmed in accordance with the theme set by the window display. For example, one year, the window’s theme was A Christmas From Another Planet with robots, Jedi, R2-D2, and stormtroopers, so the store decorated the Christmas tree with stars and meteorites.

This year the tree and windows have been themed on an original fairy story by Claire Castillon: Planet of Fir Tree. The story, the tree, and the window decorations take participants on a cosmic journey, echoing Galeries Lafayette’s whimsical world. You can view the tree and windows online.

Pro Tip: Galeries Lafayette is one of many incredible Christmas window displays in Paris. For a walk past the best displays, see The Best Things to Do In Paris During Christmas.

4. Brown Thomas, Dublin

The unveiling of the Brown Thomas Christmas window on Grafton Street marks the beginning of the festive season in Dublin. The store was established in 1849. Like Galleries Lafayette, this year’s theme is cosmic. What a compilation! The inspiration for the displays titled Out of this World came from intergalactic objects from Georges Méliès iconic 1920s film A Trip to the Moon, the glittering runways of Gucci, and the work of Baz Luhrmann, Tim Burton, and David Bowie!

Fittingly, the windows were launched by Dr. Norah Patten, one of 12 participants selected to take part in a unique scientist-astronaut training program in Florida. She is on course to become Ireland’s first astronaut.

5. Smith & Caughey’s, Auckland

All major cities have a department store that has stood the test of time. In Auckland, Smith & Caughey’s has been in its Queen Street location since 1884. This year the much-loved tradition of Smith & Caughey’s Christmas window depicts scenes from the local children’s book The Chaos Before Christmas. The story is from the minds of two talented Kiwis, writer Sarina Dickson and illustrator Lily Emo. They depict a tale of mayhem at the North Pole when Elroy McChristmas and friends sit their final test at Elf School. The book has the rhyming style of Clement C. Moore’s classic A Night Before Christmas, which many of us find endearing.

For 17 years, puppeteer David Poulton, the artistic director of Promotions in Motion, an Australian-based company specializing in animated retail windows, has crafted Smith and Caughey’s Christmas window displays. The puppets are subtly detailed work with heads made from a Japanese-based mixture of clay and paper mache, handpainted before being hand sewn into their tiny costumes. Each window resembles a theatre in miniature.

Poulton said on his website, “Smith & Caughey’s is really a client from heaven because they are artistic, they care about the content of the window, there’s no commercialism whatsoever. It’s a gift to Auckland, and that’s their approach. What they’re trying to do is create a memory of how great Auckland is at Christmas. It’s creating a bit of magic.”

6. Ogilvy At The McCord Museum, Montréal

Many Montrealers will recall the Christmas tradition of visiting Ogilvy’s windows. The custom-made scenes by the German toy manufacturer Steiff featured mechanical toy animals, such as dancing ducks, cheeky monkeys, adorable hedgehogs, and jumping frogs. These window displays were among the last of their kind in North America, and visiting them had been an annual tradition since 1947.

Part of that tradition was standing in the snow and warming one hand curled around a cup of hot chocolate.

Ogilvy donated the beloved installations to the McCord Museum in 2018. Museums recognize how these windows are essential to our social history and offer a window into a community’s soul.

The Mill in The Forest scene is outdoors, so the snow boot viewing tradition continues. The second display, The Enchanted Forest, is inside. The outside attraction is free.

7. Myer, Melbourne 

Myer Melbourne was started by Sidney Baevski Myer, a penniless Russian who emigrated to Australia in 1899. Initially, Myer sold goods door-to-door from a horse and cart. His Melbourne store became the biggest department store in the southern hemisphere. While no longer the largest, the store is ingrained in our culture. My parents took me to see the Myer Christmas windows when I was a child, and I, in turn, took my children and this year, will take my grandchildren.

Myer has a proud history of 67 years of Christmas windows, the first occurred in 1956 when Melbourne hosted the Olympic Games, and the theme was Santa at the Olympics.

This year Myer Christmas Windows is “Disney’s 100 Years of Wonder” with magical scenes from Frozen, Peter Pan, Mickey Mouse, The Lion King, and more. It’s summer here, so part of the tradition is for small children to arrive in their pajamas, riding on their parent’s shoulders for the ultimate view.

America tends to treat Christmas like a grand party that’s especially meant for the young. But as Catholics, my husband and I have always looked at it as much more than a party: a very special time with family, much like Thanksgiving. So in the summer of 2009, when we decided to go RVing full time after our wedding, we wondered how Christmases on the road would be.

1. Our First Christmas In Florida

That year, after a cross-country trip from Seattle, we arrived at the Spirit of Suwannee Music Park in Live Oak, Florida, on the afternoon of December 24. The cooking and dining space in our 24-foot RV was so cramped, and disaster struck as our camera fell when Bill was trying to slice the turkey breast roast. The short lens was forever ruined. Still, we were happy. We had just established a tradition of a Christmas ritual on wheels (hopefully, minus a broken camera).

On Christmas night, we went to a very lively concert, a tribute to the Eagles. The park is Florida’s biggest music venue, with several halls for indoor gigs and a large space for outdoor events. But soon we headed south to Thousand Trails Orlando RV Resort.

It eventually became one of our favorite campgrounds, only a few miles from Disney World with the city perks we’d been missing. The New Year’s Eve Dinner Dance Party was a blast. With blinking lights on Mickey Mouse ears from EPCOT, I danced the night away to the music of a live band. At the stroke of 12, 100 balloons dropped from the ceiling, and our first Christmas season away from family was not bad!

2. A Hybrid Christmas In Chehalis, Washington

The following year, a letter from the Commission on Immigration told me I had missed an important appointment for my citizenship application. Luckily, they granted an appeal. Taking a different cross-country route, we were back in Seattle in time for the interview, right before Christmas.

We found the Chehalis RV & Camping Resort 2 hours south of Seattle. We bought our little tree, ornaments, wreath, garland, stockings, and lights at the Christmas Crafts Fair at Yard Birds, a large shopping complex that started as a military surplus store in 1947. 

Because we were close to the city, we spent Christmas Eve with family and Christmas Day with friends from church. Poker, soup, Wii nights, and waffles morning led into the New Year’s Day party. And a day before New Year’s Eve, the ladies of my former “Estrogen Book Club” came for a potluck dinner at the campground.

We loved our hybrid Christmas — camping and seeing loved ones.

3. Overcoming A Setback In Treasure Island, Florida

After the oath-taking ceremony on Valentine’s Day, we took our RV all the way back to Florida on another cross-country route. We got back to the Orlando resort in early December. But the morning after we arrived, my husband felt pain in his chest. We hurried to an urgent care center. They told us to waste no time and go to the Orlando Heart Center. Bill had a heart attack that ultimately required three stents to be put in.

After the surgery, we booked a unit at the Sand Pebble Resort in Treasure Island, Florida, 2 hours from Orlando. We relived the comfort of condo living. There was a view of the Gulf of Mexico and activities around the hot tub, pool, and bar on the ground floor — but it was the beach at the back where we spent our time.

But we had to get back to shopping for Christmas Eve and exploring the beauty around us. We went for long drives along Gulf Boulevard, which connects all 10 barrier islands and the Tampa Bay Beaches.

On December 24, after mass, we had a simple Nochebuena meal with ham, cheese, crackers, and stollen. At the stroke of 12, my husband loved his new jammies, hankies, and a hand warmer. But he didn’t stay on budget. I got new diamond earrings, fit-over dark glasses, and a leather purse.

We rediscovered Christmas in those gifts, the simple meal, and the beauty of Tampa. And we found it with each other. We decided to continue RVing; we had just begun.

4. A Different Christmas In The Caribbean

Fast forward many years. We had given up our RV life and settled at the Viewpoint RV & Golf Resort in Mesa, Arizona. We were looking forward to our first Christmas in our home when our timeshare called. We would lose 5 weeks’ vacation if we didn’t use our points by year’s end.

So for a different kind of holiday, we flew to Cozumel, Mexico, an island in the Caribbean, just a 35-minute ferry ride from Playa del Carmen, south of Cancun. A rental car enabled us to explore the island. I wrote more about it in Celebrating a Cozumel Christmas.

San Miguel de Cozumel, where most of the island folk live, was all bedecked for the season. It’s where we shopped, dined, and found a brightly decorated church for a Christmas mass in Spanish. El Cid La Ceiba Hotel De Playa en Cozumel, where we stayed, was beside the island’s International Cruise Terminal. On any given day, huge cruise ships docked seemingly right at our doorstep. We saw the first, second, and third largest vessels in the world! We postponed buying until the cruisers who swarmed the shopping villages were gone — that’s when prices dropped.

I got a taste of home when I found YES, a Filipino restaurant that caters to the thousands of Filipinos who manned the ships. The Christmas Eve party was at La Ceiba’s waterfront restaurant. And we rocked New Year’s Eve at Hard Rock Cafe, dancing to a live band and eating traditional Mexican round fruits at the stroke of 12.

Yes, Cozumel has plenty of ways to ease the longing for loved ones during the special time that is Christmas.

5. A Meaningful Christmas In Tucson, Arizona

Beginning December 29 the following year in Mazatlán, we extended our timeshare ownership to spend three winter months a year in any of seven hotels around Mexico. To break up the 17-hour drive there, including a long border wait time, we booked a week at the Star Pass Golf Suites in Tucson, Arizona. 

We heard Christmas Eve mass at the oldest intact European structure in Arizona, the Mission San Xavier del Bac, founded in 1692 — and it feels like it. Temperatures were in the mid-40s, our clothes were suited for Mexico, and the church didn’t have any heating. We were shivering until we found seats in a corner away from the door. That night, there were about 200 of us who felt 300 years closer to the reason for the season.

After mass, we looked for a place to have Nochebuena, but all the good restaurants were closed. We remembered Mary and Joseph and found the same relief they must have felt at finding the Inn as we came upon a Denny’s, that old reliable American diner. It was the only place open on Christmas Eve, but the simple meal filled our hearts.

We spent Christmas Day hiking the 2.5-mile Star Pass Trail, soaking in more of His wonderful creation. That night, we stayed inside and kept ourselves warm and cozy by the fireplace. There was no need for a party. On the road, we have found the true meaning of Christmas. So close to New Year’s Day, it is not only about a birth. It is our annual rebirth, wherever we happen to be. 

Pennsylvania has an abundance of quaint small towns; many make you feel like you are in a Hallmark Movie when you visit. But there is one small town in Tioga County, Pennsylvania, called “The Town That Saved Christmas.” Wellsboro is a quintessential Christmas village nestled in the Allegheny Mountains along Route 6 and is home to an extraordinary holiday story you may not be aware of.

Let’s take a closer look at how it all began and why Wellsboro, The Town That Saved Christmas, should be on your list for Christmas travel.

Note: The Penn Wells Hotel hosted our visit. All opinions are my own. 

A Rich History

Before World War II, most Christmas ornaments were made of blown glass and imported from Germany. During the war, the British blockade of goods from Europe meant the United States would no longer receive the 250 million ornaments imported each year. What would people do? Would their trees have no ornaments? How would they celebrate Christmas?

German immigrant Max Eckardt, who handled the distribution of ornaments to the F.W. Woolworth Company and other stores, knew he had to find a solution to the problem quickly. He needed to find a producer of ornaments on American soil.

He turned to Corning Glass and asked them to help him find a solution. Corning Glass tapped their Wellsboro factory, less than 50 miles from headquarters, to change the light bulbs being produced into glass ornaments called “Shiny Brite.”

Shiny Brite Ornaments

The Wellsboro Corning Glass plant was assigned to retrofit its glass light bulb operations to manufacture Christmas ornaments. The Wellsboro plant already had a high-speed ribbon machine that, once converted, could mass-produce the Shiny Brite ornaments. 

The deal not only provided a United States manufacturing base for the ornaments, but Eckardt could also promote ornaments “Made in U.S.A.”

In the first year of operation, Wellsboro’s Corning employees produced over 40 million Shiny Brite ornaments and stocked the shelves in stores all over America. Wellsboro became known as The Town That Saved Christmas. 

The Wellsboro factory continued to manufacture the Shiny Brite ornaments for decades. As the years passed, they updated and improved their processes. A gentleman from Wellsboro developed the shrink wrap process, taking images from artwork and photos and printing them on the ornaments.

They started making ornaments in shapes beyond just round balls. They made ornaments for Hallmark and other companies.

Eventually, glass ornaments were replaced by plastic, and demand dropped significantly. The Corning glass plant that created the Shiny Brite ornaments and shaped the town’s industrial legacy closed in 2016 without fanfare. 

Two ribbon machines from Wellsboro were found in a closed plant in Kentucky, and in 2020 they were brought back to Wellsboro. Due to size, they are not currently on display. But it is hoped a suitable location will be found so visitors can view a ribbon machine. 

Interesting Shiny Brite Facts

• Shiny Brite Ornaments were often sold at Ben Franklin, J.J. Newberry, and Woolworth Stores.
• For 39 years, between 1940 and 1979, Wellsboro manufactured 90 percent of all Christmas ornaments worldwide.
• Shiny Brite Ornament boxes did not list Wellsboro, Pennsylvania, as the address. They list “Made in the U.S.A.” or give the New Jersey address of Max Eckardt’s company. But all Shiny Brite ornaments were made in Wellsboro. 

Shiny Brites On Display Throughout The Year

A year-round display of the Shiny Brite Ornaments is located in the Penn Wells Hotel lobby. It is a large American flag created from Shiny Brite Christmas bulbs. The Wellsboro Division of the Corning Glass Works (CGW) created the flag to honor returning World War II veterans in 1946. It appeared in LIFE magazine and eventually was a gift to the Penn Wells Hotel.

Glass Factory Exhibit At The Gmeiner Art And Cultural Center

A Corning Glass Factory Exhibit is on display in December at the Gmeiner Art and Cultural Center. The collection displays pieces from 100 years of history of the Wellsboro Corning Glass Factory, Shiny Brite ornaments, and the community’s heritage.

Wellsboro was the first Corningworks branch expansion, so there is lots of history to showcase. 

Learn about Willy Woods, who invented the ribbon machine in Wellsboro that revolutionized glass production going from the two-minute process of hand-blowing a light bulb to making 3,000 lightbulbs per minute. 

Wellsboro’s Corning factory was at the forefront of advancements in providing safe, indoor, electric lighting.

Renowned for their productivity and innovations, a few of their creations include radio and television tubes, camera flashbulbs, fluorescent tubes, candle holders, and more. 

Holiday Events In Wellsboro

During December, the main streets of Wellsboro are decorated with Christmas trees and wreaths placed on gaslit lamp posts. All that was missing when we visited was a dusting of snow to make it picture-perfect.

Wellsboro hosts two significant events in December on back-to-back weekends: Dickens of a Christmas and Christmas on Main Street.

Dickens Of A Christmas

Wellsboro is best known for its annual Victorian Dickens Of A Christmas celebration, sponsored by the Wellsboro Area Chamber of Commerce. It attracts 30,000+ visitors each year. It is held the first weekend in December.

Main Street becomes an early Victorian marketplace featuring food, drink, entertainment, and gifts to rekindle the old-fashioned Christmas spirit. Community members join together to provide street performances, quartets, choirs, characters, and more to make Dickens of a Christmas special.

Christmas On Main Street Celebration

They hold the Christmas on Main Street event the second weekend of December. The 2022 event was the seventh year for the 5-day Christmas on Main Street celebration, highlighting The Town that Saved Christmas and the century of labor at the Wellsboro plant. The work and stories about the workers were on display.

There were over 30 destinations with Shiny Brite displays for visitors to view. A Historic Ornament Display Passport encouraged everyone to visit the Shiny Brite ornament displays and have a card stamped. Those who visited at least 10 displays and turned their card in were entered into a drawing for gift baskets.

Strolling along the gaslit Main Street, we enjoyed a unique shopping experience during the festive weekend. Horse-drawn wagon rides were available, two reindeer were on hand for photos, and there was a live nativity scene. There were walking tours of the town to learn additional history and excellent eateries to delight the tastebuds.

Behind the Gmeiner Art and Cultural Center, Greg Hoke, whose mom and step-father both worked at the Wellsboro factory, gave glass working demonstrations, making ornaments and jewelry.

Other activities available during Wellsboro’s Christmas on Mainstreet included:

• Santa Brunch
• Craft Show
• Dollar Christmas Movie
• Christmas Concerts & Caroling
• Holiday-Themed Game Night
• Swing Dance Lessons
• Swing Dancing
• Parade of Lights

The highlight for me was seeing all the vintage Shiny Brite holiday ornaments at the various displays throughout Wellsboro.

Where To Stay When You Visit

A great place to stay to experience the historic nostalgia of Wellsboro is the Penn Wells Hotel, located on Main Street. It is within walking distance of all the activities. There is a tavern and a restaurant on-site. During the holidays, the hotel is beautifully decorated and a showcase for the Shiny Brite ornaments, with a flag, a tree decorated in Shiny Brite ornaments, and a large wreath made of Shiny Brite ornaments of different sizes.

If you prefer modern accommodations, the Penn Wells Lodge is right down the street. It boasts an indoor heated pool and hot tub.

Wellsboro, Pennsylvania, with its small-town charm, rich history, picturesque scenery, and unique seasonal festivities, is an ideal destination for the holiday season. Whether you visit The Town That Saved Christmas during one of its holiday events or anytime during the Christmas season, it is sure to boost your holiday spirit.